diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-30 20:50:14 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-30 20:50:14 -0800 |
| commit | 803038d2d5ec35c39800af170cc3abf125b4834c (patch) | |
| tree | b88cb02a13b5b9a0f556166f8d1856570abe78db | |
| parent | a13b616decfb2af57c3a3dd4a133d8ff5e3f640e (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-0.txt | 5821 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-0.zip | bin | 111027 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-h.zip | bin | 337103 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-h/62155-h.htm | 5791 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 107218 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-h/images/maxil.jpg | bin | 3488 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-h/images/melon.jpg | bin | 11219 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-h/images/mroll.jpg | bin | 3281 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-h/images/p1.jpg | bin | 29798 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-h/images/p2.jpg | bin | 58227 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/62155-h/images/spine.jpg | bin | 7010 -> 0 bytes |
14 files changed, 17 insertions, 11612 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..22b1550 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #62155 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/62155) diff --git a/old/62155-0.txt b/old/62155-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fc5fd69..0000000 --- a/old/62155-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5821 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Journal of Travels from St. Josephs to -Oregon, by Riley Root - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Journal of Travels from St. Josephs to Oregon - with Observations of that Country, together with Some - Description of California, its Agricultural Interests, and - a Full Description of its Gold Mines. - -Author: Riley Root - -Release Date: May 17, 2020 [EBook #62155] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS FROM ST. JOSEPHS TO OREGON *** - - - - -Produced by WebRover, MWS, Stephen Hutcheson, The Internet -Archive (TIA) and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team -at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images -made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.) - - - - - - - - - - JOURNAL OF TRAVELS - FROM - ST. JOSEPHS TO OREGON, - - - WITH - OBSERVATIONS OF THAT COUNTRY, - TOGETHER WITH - _SOME DESCRIPTION OF CALIFORNIA_, - ITS AGRICULTURAL INTERESTS, - AND - A Full Description - OF - ITS GOLD MINES. - - - BY RILEY ROOT. - - - GALESBURG: - GAZETTEER AND INTELLIGENCER PRINTS. - 1850. - - - - - EXPLANATORY NOTE. - - -The Author of the present work has adopted a new method of punctuation, -and, in certain cases, of spelling. He discards entirely the colon and -the semi-colon. Modern readers passing along with great rapidity, and -the principal use of these points being to mark the length of time the -voice is to be suspended, the Author is of opinion that they may with -propriety disappear from our language. Accordingly he has adjusted the -following work to suit those views, and as the reader advances, his -attention will naturally be directed to that subject, by which means he -will be enabled to judge of the propriety or impropriety of this -adjustment of the pauses in the language. - - THE PRINTER - - - - - ADVERTISEMENT. - - -As the advantages for knowing the pronunciation of some of the words -that occur in the following work are limited amongst most eastern -readers, it may not be improper here to give some explanation by way of -change in their orthography. - -The name of the Willamette, a river in the west valley of Oregon, is -changd to Will-am-et, with the accent on the second syllable. A -tributary of the Willamet river, with the several names of Quality, -Tualiton, and Troliton, is more familiarly calld Twality. Also another, -which flows from Mt. Jefferson, by some calld Santa Anna, is more -properly calld San-ty-am. - -San or Saint Joaquin in California, is pronouncd Saint Wau-keen, with -the accent on the second syllable. Stanislaus, a tributary of the St. -Wau-keen, is often improperly calld Spanish Slough. Juba river, a -tributary of the Sacramento, is now calld Yu-bar river. The old name of -Rio de Plumas, is familiarly known by the name of Feather river. -Mereposa is divided into four syllables, with the half accent on Mer, -and the full accent on Po. The above definitions may in some degree, -help the reader to the proper pronunciation of some words as used in -California. - - - - - JOURNAL. - - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER I. - - -Journey from home—Trip down the Mississippi and up the Missouri River to - St. Josephs. - -I left home in Knox county, Illinois, the 3d day of April, 1848, for -Woodstock in Fulton county, a distance of about 20 miles, where I staid -one day with my eldest daughter. I then started for the Mississippi -river, to Nauvoo, a Mormon town, by the way of La Harp, a distance of -fifty miles, over which route most of the way to La Harp is as handsome -prairie as I have seen in the State. I visited the Temple at Nauvoo, -with the expectation of seeing a beautiful edifice, as the Mormons would -have it to appear, that the glory of the latter Temple is to exceed that -of the former. - -It is true that on approaching the Temple[1] the visitor beholds -something exquisite in its outward appearance, though not more so than -many other buildings in America, but on visiting its inner scenery, the -visitor is not arousd by any thing sublime, curious or tasteful. The -inner arrangements may be in accordance with their plans of order and -church government, yet the design and workmanship are of an ordinary -appearance. But the building is fast going to decay, and the town is -vacated of three fourths of its inhabitants. - - -[1]It has since been burnt. - - -From this place I passd down the river to Quincy, where I stopd with a -design to visit my youngest daughter of sixteen years of age, who is -attending school at the Mission Institute, about two miles east of -Quincy. The school at this place was establishd for the purpose of -promoting the cause of Christ by preparing youth for the missionary -field, though other scholars who do not wish to enter upon missionary -labors are sometimes admitted. - -From Quincy I went to St. Louis for the purpose of obtaining a boat to -go to St. Josephs on the Missouri river, where most of the emigrants -meet before leaving the United States for Oregon. On ascending the -Missouri river from its confluence with the Mississippi to Weston, a -town twenty-five miles by land below St. Josephs, no pleasant villages -are seen except Jefferson City, the capital of the State of Missouri. -This town shows something of the beauties of art, with a good levee for -the lading and unlading of goods. The state house is worthy of the most -notice of the traveler. It is large and elegant, and made of hewn stone. - -To the geologist the Missouri river presents a scene of speculation. Its -waters are always muddy, and still more so at high stages of the river. -To the indifferent observer it may appear that the raw edges of its -banks, by their crumbling off at times of high water, furnish material -for its turbid appearance at all times. It is true that in times of high -water its muddy look is greatly increased, but this is not all that is -to be considered. The river has but small depth of water most of the -time, and this passes over an argilaceous bottom, with sufficient force -to keep it constantly agitated. There is also a mixture of exceedingly -fine sand spread over its bottom, and the whole together is constantly -agitated by the motion of its waters. The bed of the stream from its -union with the Mississippi to St. Josephs, is at least one hundred feet -below the high prairie of the country around it. The question naturally -arises as to the length of time required to excavate such a channel -through a country so vast in extent as the Missouri traverses with all -its tributaries, considering the amount of alluvium carried outward into -the ocean from age to age, whilst the bed of the river is supplied in -part from the high countries of its tributaries, and thus rendering the -work of degradation exceedingly slow. Yet notwithstanding the amount of -soil received from year to year from above, that river carries outward -into the ocean more than it receives, and thereby causes a lowering of -its bed, though not visible for ages, yet gradually and slowly has it -worn away the earth to its present condition. The geologist has no -certain means of ascertaining with certainty the amount of degradation -from year to year, and must leave the subject, sublime as it is, to the -wild fancies of imagination. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER II. - - -St. Josephs—The Indian country lying west of the River—Formation of the - Prairie—Scouring material of the Soil—Its general appearance as - far west as the South Pass, or dividing ridge. - -St. Josephs is a new town on the Missouri river, in latitude of about 34 -deg. 45 min. north, with about 1800 inhabitants, which five years ago -was a field of hemp. The town has 18 stores, 3 drug stores, 9 groceries, -6 tailor shops, 8 blacksmith shops, 2 tin shops, 3 taverns, 3 boarding -houses, 1 steam and 1 water flouring mill, and 2 steam saw mills. Among -its inhabitants are 15 lawyers, 11 doctors, 2 silversmiths and 2 -gunsmiths. - -The town is mostly located on a plat of ground with sufficient descent -for drainage, contiguous to the bluffs on the north, on which it is -partly built. On this bluff stands the court house of Buchanan county, -where the spectator can overlook the town. - -The river from this point is seen but a short distance either up or -down, in consequence of its meandering course, so that it is soon lost -sight of behind the bluffs. - -I left St. Josephs for the Indian country lying west of the Missouri -river, through which I was to pass on my way to Oregon, with a train of -emigrants for that place, on the 25th of April, 1848, with a view of -reaching Oregon before the inclemencies of winter should overtake me, -under as favorable auspices as the nature of the case would allow. - -The Indian country is a wild, uncultivated tract, and almost destitute -of inhabitants. It has, however, a few scattering tribes of Indians, -though few indeed and far between. This country is what is calld a -prairie country or natural meadow, with very little timber except along -the water-courses. It is a continuation of the great valley of the -Mississippi westward along the tributaries to the Rocky mountains, where -the waters of the continent divide and run westward into the Pacific -ocean. - -A prairie may be an alluvial country, and it may be tertiary. The one -here spoken of is alluvial. At a remote period, the timber and loose -material of the country, as well as all prairie districts, were fired by -its inhabitants or by lightning, and this continued for ages will -destroy the timber and leave its soil to be clothd only by the grasses, -an inferior but oftentimes resplendent robe. - -The traveler soon after leaving St. Josephs, westward sees prairie in -all stages of formation, from the dense forest to an entire prairie. -This, with the dense forests of young timber eastward, where the white -man has forbidden the practice of firing prairies, seems to be a -convincing proof of the aforementioned mode of prairie formation. - -It has been noticed in the State of Illinois, and some other places, -where the plowman is permitted to glide his plow smoothly over the -beautiful landscape, that there is an exceedingly fine scouring material -lying near the surface of the soil, so that steel mold boards, on a very -short use of them, are seen to present a polishd surface, on drawing -them from the soil.—Ages of constant burning of the prairie grasses must -necessarily produce a great amount of very fine coal dust and ashes, -which, by the beating rains from year to year, would cause it to mingle -with the earth to the depth of several inches. Such is the probable -cause of the scouring material of these plains. - -On passing over the country from St. Josephs to the dividing ridge of -the continent, along the emigrant route to Oregon, the traveler -accustomd only to fertile districts, is greatly surprised at finding so -great a portion of the continent an almost barren waste. From St. -Josephs to the Platt river, a distance of 250 miles, is most of the way -a country of soil and fertility. - -On arriving at the Platt river, a beautifully flat country presents -itself, where nature, it would seem, has but an easy task to burden the -ground with excessive vegetation, but behold a country of extensive -bottom lands, of feeble soil much of the way, and still more feeble at -the distance, among the bluffs and rolling country. - -Soon after our arrival at Platt, one day while sitting on its banks -watching our cattle, I could but reflect on the situation of the -country, the emigrant and his journey to Oregon, which I have here -expressd in the following form. - - One evening at twilight, whilst sitting to view, - On the banks of the Platt, to me ’twas quite new, - Nor sadden or lonely, as one in despair - Sees the beasts of the forest just ’mergd from their lair, - But cheerful and tranquil, I cast my eyes o’er - The wide-spreading Platt, where I ne’er roamd before. - Its banks are all plat, and its islands are flat, - Its waters are tranquil, and turbid at that. - Protrusion of sandbars are seen all along, - To hinder the boatman—here’s nought of his song. - Still anxious for knowledge, I turnd me around. - And saw at short distance what coverd the ground. - ’Twere wagons, full many, an Oregon train, - Who’d left their lovd homes, ne’er to see them again. - If you ask what their hearts speak whilst moving along, - I fear they will mingle a tear with their song, - Whilst telling the story of wandering so far, - With their dear earthly all in their pockets and car. - The parent is anxious for his loving child, - The dame is more careless, less cautious and mild, - The lad cares for little, if father is near, - Of wars or of bloodshed—he’ll shrink to the rear. - Then who shall watch over, and daily provide - For this onward band, which so near are allid? - ’Tis He who makes water spring out of the rock, - Abundance shall follow—He cares for His flock. - Then onward, brave pilgrims, your Canaan is near, - You’ll soon cross the Jordan [cascades] with hearts full of cheer. - -On advancing up the Platt a distance of about 445 miles to Sweet Water, -one of its tributaries, and near to the dividing point, the country -becomes more barren all around, being more within that portion of the -continent where the sun’s influences are not hindered by rains, or even -dews, for a great portion of the year. Here, no soil is formd by the -decomposition of vegetable or animal matter, for none exists with which -to make soil except the wild sage and a few other useless shrubs. - -Few animals of any kind dwell here, for want of the means of sustaining -life. It may justly be calld a desert country. It should, however, be -remarkd that within the distance from Platt to Sweet Water, nearly all -the present buffalo range is comprisd, and if the country is a barren -waste, how do they receive their support? Along the bottom lands of the -Platt and its tributaries, are seen occasional tracts coverd with grass, -but these are few compard with the great extent of country over which -the buffalo is obligd to ramble for his support. At one season of the -year he is seen on Platt and at another on Sweet Water, a distance of -more than four hundred miles in extent. - -Along the country through which the Sweet Water flows, is seen a range -of mountains, calld the Sweet Water range, coverd mostly with a dense -forest. On our right are ranges of granite rock of less hight, -occasionally divided by intervening valleys. These rocks are naked, -having no vegetation upon them except in some of their crevices, where a -few vegetables have found a scanty foothold. Within 50 miles of the -dividing ridge, these ranges of mountains lower down to an undulating -plain, without soil or vegetation, except wild sage, so common on these -deserts. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER III. - - -The Indians east of the Rocky Mountains, their migratory habits, &c.—The - American Fur Company and its shipments—Fort Larimie and - location—Saline quality in the earth and the waters of Platt and - its tributaries—Independence rock—Daring deed of one of our - company. - -Twenty-five miles west of St. Josephs, on the emigrant route, is a -school for Indians, calld Iowa and Sack Mission Boarding School. It is -conducted by a Mr. S. M. Ervin and H. W. Hamilton. During our stay of -two or three days at that place, I visited Mr. Ervin at his school-house -and dwelling, with a pleasing reception as a stranger, and was shown to -the several apartments of the house. It is a building 106 feet in length -by about 40 in width, with a basement for cooking and dining-rooms. The -other two stories are occupied as school-room, lodging-rooms and -dwelling for the superintendent, and in one apartment is a library and -printing press. Mr. Ervin pointed me to his scholars, at this time -numbering only 26, consisting mostly of girls from ten to twelve years -of age, dressd in American costume. These appeard well, and seemd to be -a proof that the wild man of the desert is susceptible of cultivation. -Unhappily, however, I was informd by a person living there, it is with -difficulty youth are persuaded to tarry long enough at the school to -acquire any valuable education. - -Whilst staying at that place, Mr. Ervin came into our camp and preachd a -sermon to the emigrants, and whilst there he publicly declard that we -should pass no nation of Indians on our route to Oregon more vicious -than those of that place. We however met with no difficulty nor lost any -property by them, though one of them had the boldness to say to one of -the emigrants— - -“Me good to steal horses!” - -To which the emigrant replied— - -“You must not steal our horses.” - -The Indian still farther announced— - -“Ah, me good to steal horse.” - -The Indians at this place receive a very good support in consequence of -the large amount of land under cultivation by the care and -superintendence of the mission. - -Those Indians located at Grand Island, calld the Pawnee tribe, are at -present a feeble race, liable to be driven about by the Sioux at all -times. They are poor, and under the necessity of stealing what buffalo -meat and robes they need for their support, and whenever they are -discoverd by a band of Sioux rangers, they are obligd to flee for their -safety to some other place. Their pressing necessity for food and -clothing makes them more inclind to trouble the emigrant trains than -they otherwise would, and whenever they meet with a train that is feeble -in numbers, they fall on them and plunder their food and clothing. - -The day before we arrivd at Grand Island, a band of Sioux rangers -discoverd some Pawnees on the banks of the Platt, drying and preparing -buffalo meat for their winter’s stock of provisions. They enterd their -camp and drove them away so suddenly, that in their wild flight they -were obligd to throw away robes and other property, which was strewd -along the road 15 or 20 miles’ distance. By this circumstance we passd -the Pawnees without seeing an individual Indian. - -The Sioux are probably the strongest nation east of the South Pass. They -range from Fort Larimie eastward to the Missouri river. Near Ash Hollow -on the Platt, we passd two bands of them not many miles distant from -each other, consisting of 40 or 50 lodges in each. Their lodges are made -by setting up small poles in a conical form and covering them with -buffalo skins. Some of them are quite large, requiring from 10 to 15 -buffalo skins to inclose them. In the center of these their fires are -built. The smoke issues at the top of this conical-shapd edifice, -through which a small opening is left for that purpose. Around these -fires whilst in their lodges, the Indians sit or recline upon the -ground, without seats of any kind, or any thing at all, except sometimes -flag matresses or the pelts of some animals. - -When they wish to prepare for the reception of company of a public -nature, they form a semi-circle on the ground with their chiefs or heads -of bands in the center of the arch of the half-circle, which renders -them conspicuous to all. On our approach to the first of these bands, we -found them seated in a semi-circular form, with their two chiefs, -Whirlwind and Badwoon, in the center of this arch, with the American -flag erected within and in front of the chiefs, ready to receive us, -having been apprisd of our coming several days beforehand by an Indian -trader by the name of Richards, who had traveld with us much of the way -from St. Josephs to that place. He having gone ahead, arrivd at the band -several days before us, informing them that we were coming and advising -them to peace, with the expectation of receiving a gift from us as -indicative of friendship. Accordingly they spread robes and blankets on -the ground within the half-circle, upon which the emigrants bestowd -their gifts of flour, corn meal, beans, bacon, and every such thing, as -they pleasd to give. While in the act of doing this, occasional -acclamations were heard from the red audience, especially when a larger -panful of flour than common was presented. - -After our company had ceasd to present their gifts, two or three men -started from the circle to make a distribution of the gift, which was -bestowd upon the heads of families. This was an amusing sight. Some -would present a dish to receive their gift, others the corner of a -blanket, and others again would hold out the skirt of an old filthy coat -to receive a little flour. Presently all receivd their several gifts, -and so we parted in friendship. - -The night previous to our arrival at this band, we had encampd about 2 -miles distant, though in sight of their lodges. In the morning, after -our teams were ready for starting, our captain orderd the train to keep -close together, with their guns where they could lay their hands on them -at a moment’s warning, if necessary, and no one should speak to an -Indian except himself till we should pass the reach of danger, as there -was no possible way to pass this band excepting through their camp, and -as the advice of former emigrants was to guard against the treachery of -the Indians. Unfortunately for me, as some would think, I had neither -gun, pistol nor bowie-knife with me, but the young man with whom I -traveld, having a spare pistol presented it to me, saying— - -“Here, take this, and the captain says you must go to his wagon and get -a hatchet, so that you may defend yourself and others.” - -I told him as we had about 2 miles to travel before we should come to -them, and as I had no convenient way of carrying it, except in my hand, -he had better carry it till we arrivd there, and then I would take it. -But this was the last I saw of the pistol at that place. When our teams -arrivd at the camp, we all halted, and one man ran one way and another -man another way, talking and trading with the Indians, and preparing to -give them presents. - -These bands migrate with the roaming buffalo, for on him depends their -support. At this time they were here, drying buffalo meat for their -winter supply, and also preparing robes for sale, though their station -is most of the time at Fort Larimie. The flesh of the buffalo is cut -into thin pieces and dried in the sun without salt, and this is their -principal food. They have no flour except what little they procure of -the emigrants while passing to Oregon. In this waste country the plow is -not seen to greet the soil, and the poor Indian has nought for his -support but what nature alone provides. These Indians are better dressd, -and may be considerd more wealthy, if their property can be calld -wealth, than Indians west of the Rocky Mountains. - -The American Fur Company, which has its posts of trade located at -different points east of the Rocky Mountains, are at present in a -somewhat prosperous state. I was informd by the Principal at Fort -Larimie, that the company shipd from Fort Pier, a point on a tributary -of the Missouri river, the year 1847, more than 80,000 buffalo robes, -between 11,000 and 12,000 of which were obtaind at Fort Larimie, besides -a great amount of other peltry. But as the country is gradually drying -up and buffalo becoming less abundant, this source of profit will at -length fail. - -Fort Larimie is located at Larimie fork of Platt river, a mile or two -above its confluence with that river. There is nothing interesting about -the fort. It is built of sun-dried bricks, with timbers sufficient to -support the bricks and form the doors and windows, and done in the -coarsest manner. Within this wall, which is about 12 or 14 feet high, -are the dwellings and other necessary rooms for the accommodation of the -fort. Within this area, also, stands a large rude press, for pressing -robes and peltry for market. In another apartment is a yard for horses -and cattle. What is most attractive is, within these dwellings are seen -the white man and the rusty-looking Indian woman, living lovingly -together, whilst the little papooses are playing together as happily. -Without these mud walls are seen no appendages. The eye can rest on -nothing all around but a dreary waste, an uncultivated country. - -On advancing up the Platt and its tributary, Sweet Water river, the -traveler’s attention is attracted by a kind of salt he occasionally sees -upon the ground along the road, which by examining he finds to possess -strong alkaline properties. The waters of the Platt and Sweet Water -rivers are also impregnated so strongly that whenever the rivers are so -low as to disclose the sand-bars long enough for them to dry upon their -surfaces, this salt is seen abundantly upon them. - -A few miles east of Independence rock, along our route, we saw several -ponds, or small lakes, with an incrustation of this salt several inches -thick. These places the emigrants call saleratus lakes, from the known -fact that it has the property of raising bread. - -Advancing a few miles, we come to Independence rock.—This rock is hardly -worthy of notice, except for the many inscriptions made upon it by -emigrants. It is a coarse granite rock about 100 feet high, covering -about 20 acres of ground, standing alone and near enough to our road to -read its inscriptions on passing it. - -About 4 miles west of Independence rock, the Sweet Water passes through -a gap of precipitous rocks 300 feet high, where is a cascade of short -distance. This gap is narrow and formd along its sides with several -crevices of circular and chimney shape, from top to bottom. In one of -these a man of our company, by the name of Brock, descended. Whilst the -train was slowly passing along, several men of our company left the -train for the purpose of passing through this gap along the sides of the -waterfall. On their approach at this place, they stood viewing the -scenery around, whilst one of them, looking up, saw a man in the act of -descending through one of these frightful openings, at a distance of -more than 200 feet above their heads. Mr. Brock had passd around to the -top of the rocks alone, to view the scenery, and finding one of these -places, attempted a descent. He began the descent without knowing that -any human being stood to witness his hazardous undertaking. This opening -was so wide in some places that he could with difficulty reach from one -side to the other without losing his perpendicular position, and -oftentimes he was obligd to hold on to the rocks by his fingers, where -they projected not more than an inch. In this alarming situation of Mr. -Brock, his comrades below stood looking at him, without daring to speak, -with intense anxiety for his safety, till he had accomplishd his entire -descent. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER IV. - - -Remarks of the writer relative to his Journal en route to Oregon—The - Journal. - -As I had at one time thought of making a separate history of my every -day’s travels from St. Josephs to Oregon city, in pamphlet form, in -order to benefit those who might desire to have a knowledge of the route -and its several distances from place to place, at little cost, I -determined to keep as accurate an account of the distances I traveld -every day, together with such remarks in a condensed form as might be -deemd necessary to guide the traveler to Oregon, as the circumstances of -the case would admit. I therefore commencd my reckoning of distances -from day to day by the rotation of a wagon-wheel, at St. Josephs, and -kept it up unceasingly till I arrivd at Oregon city. But finding this -mode of writing somewhat inconvenient, and thinking, likewise, that the -history of my travels might not be altogether uninteresting, although at -somewhat more cost, I have concluded to insert them in this place with -my journal of travels and such incidents as may occur in my absence from -home. - - * * * * * * * * - -On the 25th of April, 1848, I crossd the Missouri river at St Josephs -into the Indian territory, with several wagons of emigrants, who -intended to travel out a short distance and organize for the route. This -day we have traveld as far as the bluffs of the river, a distance of 5 -miles, and encampd for the night.—The next day we pursued our journey as -far as Musketoe creek, a distance of 8 miles, where we encampd. Next -day, Friday, 27th, we organizd into a company of 15 or 20 wagons, with -such regulations as we deemd necessary for our safety through the Indian -country, and tarried there for the night. - -_Saturday, April 28_, we proceeded on our journey a distance of 12 -miles, to the Ioway Mission Boarding-School. - - 25 - -_The 29th and 30th of April_, we tarried at the mission. - -_Monday, May 1_, we traveld 15 miles. - -_Tuesday, May 2_—20 miles. - -_Wednesday, May 3_—15 miles, to Nemahaw creek. - -_Thursday, May 4_, we staid at the same place. - -_Friday, May 5_—13 miles over a very crooked road. - -_Saturday, May 6_—20 miles. - - 108 - -_Sunday, May 7_—14 miles to camp, 4 miles to Blue creek, and 10 more to -camp. - -_Monday, May 8_—20 miles to Wyatt, fork of Blue. - -_Tuesday, 9th_—14 miles to Walnut creek, or Sandy. - -_Wednesday, 10th_—18 miles, at Little Fork of L. Sandy. - - 174 - -_Thursday, 11th_—11 miles, at Blue creek. - -_Friday, 12th_—12 miles, yet at Blue. - -_Saturday, 13th_—9 miles, still on Blue creek. - - 206 - -_Sunday, 14th_—10 miles. Here on Blue our company killd a buffalo, for -the first. - -_Monday, 15th_—12 miles to camp on a small fork of Blue. Feed has not -yet been sufficient to give our cattle a full supply. At this place a -few wagons, which had been traveling behind us, came up and joind our -party, making in all about thirty wagons. - -_Tuesday, 16th_—28 miles to camp. Twenty brought us to Platt river, and -8 more to camp on banks of Platt river. - - 256 - -_Wednesday, 17th_—22 miles up the south side of Platt. - -_Thursday, 18th_—15 miles to City du Chien, at Plumb creek. Here is the -first saline appearance we saw on the ground. - -_Friday, 19th_—Staid at the same place. - - 293 - -_Saturday, 20th_—18 miles to camp on Platt river. Wood and pasturage -scarce. - -_Sunday, 21st_—25 miles. Little grass. - -_Monday, 22d_—25 miles along under the bluffs of the river to camp. No -wood here, except a few willows, for cooking. It raind all this day, and -all the night following. - - 361 - -_Tuesday, 23d_—The severe storm of the previous night drove our cattle a -considerable distance to the bluffs, by which means we did not get them -all till three o’clock. We traveld only two miles to-day. - -_Wednesday, 24th_—12 miles to the crossing of South Fork of Platt. The -confluence of the two streams is about 18 miles below the crossing. The -intermediate high ridge begins about two miles below the crossing, where -probably was once their confluence. This fork at this place is about -half a mile wide, and the quicksands gave way so rapidly under our -cattle’s feet, that we found it necessary to travel quickly over it, for -fear of sinking deeply into it. By my reckoning here, the distance from -St. Josephs to the crossing is 375 miles. After we crossd the river, we -traveld five miles up the north side of the river and encampd for the -night without any wood for cooking our food, except a few small willows. - - 380 - -_Thursday, 25th_—18 miles to camp, one mile and a half west of where the -bluffs come to the river. - -_Friday, 26th_—22 miles to camp, one mile and a half west of where the -old road crosses over to the North Fork of Platt. Grass good, the best -we have had. No wood. - - 420 - -_Saturday, 27th_—22 miles to camp on the North Fork of Platt river. -Eighteen miles of the route was over a beautifully undulating prairie. -Rest of the way, about two miles down into Ash Hollow, to North Platt, -rugged, and even dangerous for wagons to pass. Four miles up the river -brought us to camp, where we had no wood except what we carried from Ash -Hollow. - - 442 - -_Sunday, 28th_—11 miles up Platt river, over a sandy road, and passd a -village of Sioux Indians. - - 453 - -_Monday, 29th_—17 miles to-day. Sandy road, no wood. Burnt buffalo -excrement for cooking. - -_Tuesday, 30th_—13 miles to camp on Platt. Six miles south of this camp -stands Babel towr. It is a precipitous bluff of clay, containing lime -enough to give some degree of hardness to it, 600 feet above the bed of -the creek that passes near its base on the south side of it. Near to -this stands another, nearly equal in hight, but inferior in size. - -_Wednesday, 31st_—21 miles to camp on Platt. 14 to Chimney rock, and 7 -more to camp. Chimney rock is of the same material as Babel towr, and is -fast crumbling down. - - 504 - -_June 1st_—34 miles to camp on Horse-Shoe creek, 8 miles to where the -road leaves the river and passes into Romantic valley, where the bluffs -on the sides of the valley resemble distant cities. At the west end of -this valley, the bluffs are calld Scot’s bluffs, from the circumstance -of a man’s having died there by that name. At this place is a spring -where emigrants may camp, though the grass is not very abundant. At this -place we noond, and passd over the bluffs onward, having a good road to -Horse creek, where we campd for the night. From Scot’s bluffs, Larimie -peak is first seen. - - 538 - -_2d_—15 miles through sand-hills a considerable part of the way, near to -Platt, where little grass grows, except wild wormwood and prickly pear. -Encampd with plenty of wood for fuel. - -_3d_—17 miles, most of the way over a good road, to camp, 1 mile west of -Fort Larimie, on Larimie’s fork of Platt river. - - 570 - -_4th, 5th and 6th_—Staid at the same place, and shod several oxen, which -had become lame by traveling. However, as the road some of the way after -that, provd worse than any we had passd, and our oxen not becoming lame -by traveling over it, we concluded that their lameness must be -attributed in part to the alkali over which they so frequently passd. -The fort has a blacksmith shop and some few tools, for the use of which -our company paid 7½ dollars for one day and a half. - -_7th_—Left Larimie fork about noon, and passd over the bluffs 2 miles to -Platt river. From thence we passd on about 4 miles farther and encampd, -with plenty of flood wood, of yellow pine and cedar. During the night, -it was so cold as to produce ice in our cooking vessels. About 4 miles -farther on, is Black Hills Gap, where the river passes through high, -precipitous rocks. At this place, also, the Black hills commence. - -_June 8th_—22 miles through the Black hills. Encampd at a spring of the -best water west of St. Josephs, near to Platt. Feed very scarce. - -_9th_—20 miles, over a tolerably good road. The waysides are bordered -with wild sage. Occasionally we saw the river Encampd on it at night, -with but little grass for our cattle. This night, the weather was not -very cold. - -_10th_—17 miles. Left Platt early in the morning, and pursued our way -through the Black hills, nearly all the forenoon, in a southerly -direction towards Larimie peak. Road to-day quite smooth. The country -around is almost destitute of vegetation, except the wild sage. Encampd -on Big Timber creek. - - 635 - -_11th_—18 miles through the Black hills. Road tolerably good most of the -way. Encampd on Mike’s Head creek. Have not seen Platt to-day. Before -noon we lost sight of Larimie peak, among the hills. - -_12th_—16 miles to camp on Deer creek, near to Platt. Twelve miles -brought us to Platt, and 4 more to our camp. At this place we had a -plenty of wood, good water and grass for our stock. About noon, we left -the Black hills on the north. South of us they are seen stretching along -towards the south-west, gradually receding from us. - - 669 - -_13th_—16 miles. Encampd on Platt with plenty of wood. Feed scarce. The -wood through this part of the route is cottonwood, and found only -bordering the stream. - -_14th_—Staid at the same place, on account of its being exceedingly -windy. - -_15th_—5 miles to Platt crossing. - - 690 - -At this place the river is about 40 rods wide, and has considerable -current. The Mormons from Salt Lake had arrivd a few days previous, and -prepard a raft for crossing. - -_16th_—Crossd the Platt, traveld up the north side of it 2 miles, and -encampd. - -_17th_—30 miles. Encampd 3 miles east of the Willow spring. About 3 -miles east of camp is a spring or two, the alkaline properties of which -are strong enough in dry seasons to kill cattle, if allowd to drink -freely. I was informd that the Mormons the last year lost more than 50 -cattle at this place, by drinking the water of these springs. Five miles -of the morning route was along the Platt, to a place calld Red Butes, -from their being tingd with iron ore, as are many others through the -Black Hill country. At these butes the Black hills terminate, and the -road leaves the Platt and passes over to Sweet Water river. - -_18th_—7 miles over a hilly though smooth road to camp, at a small clear -spring, though somewhat saline. No wood, burnt buffalo excrement. - - 729 - -_19th_—18 miles, 14 to Sweet Water river, 2 miles to Independence rock, -and 2 farther to camp. Grass and water, no wood. To-day over a level but -mostly sandy road. The country before us and on our left, at a distance, -while traveling along, appeard more serrated, but on advancing, the -illusion vanishes, and the hills mostly appear only isolated granite -rocks of moderate hight, with large intervening valleys. - - 747 - -_20th_—14 miles to camp on Sweet Water river. Grass, no wood. After -traveling 2 miles in the morning, we came to a kanion, where the river -passes through a precipitous ledge of rocks, 300 feet high. The water at -this place falls over the ragged rocks, which at some distant time had -fallen into the stream from above and formd a cascade. To-day, on our -left traverses the Sweet Water range of mountains, whilst on our right -are ranges of less hight, divided occasionally by intervening valleys. - -_21st_—Staid at the same place. - - 761 - -_22d_—12 miles over a sandy road to camp on Sweet Water. Good grass, no -wood. Frost and ice during the night. - -_23d_—14 miles over a sandy road. Grass, no wood. About 3 o’clock, came -in full view of the Rocky mountains. Ice formd in our cooking vessels -during the night. - - 787 - -_24th_—17 miles over an uneven, sandy road, to camp, on the Sweet Water -river. Here the country is a barren waste, except along the river, where -a little grass is found. Back from the river, nothing grows but wild -sage. At this place, the water of the river is clear. Previous to this, -the waters, like those of Platt, have been turbid. - - 804 - -_25th_—9 miles over a hilly and gravelly road to camp, where is another -kanion of the river. - -_26th_—Left the river this morning, and traveld 17 miles over a very -hilly road of coarse, sharp gravel stones, and in some places the rocks -protrude so as to strain wagons in crossing them. In viewing the country -from some of the highest hills in this place, it appears very broken all -around. Passd two or three places that would do for camps for small -parties. Encampd on a fork of Sweet Water, just above its junction. - - 830 - -_27th_—18 miles. Traveld 4 miles, and crossd the Sweet Water river. Here -we left it, to see it no more. About 9 miles farther, brought us to the -South pass or dividing ridge. - - 843 - -South of the culminating point, at a little distance, stands a solitary -high hill, which some call Table rock. On the right, about 12 or 15 -miles, are the Wind River peaks, coverd in some parts with snow. Traveld -5 miles farther and encampd on Pacific springs, calld so from the fact -that their waters run westwardly into the Pacific ocean. Some grass, no -wood. - -_28th_—19 miles to Little Sandy creek, a fine stream, of sufficient -amount of water to carry 4 run of mill stones. We passd over an entire -desert, to-day. There is no possible encampment between Pacific springs -and this place, and here is no grass, except what borders the stream, a -few rods wide on each side of it. - - 867 - -_29th_—Six miles to Great Sandy creek, over a barren clay road. Fine -stream. Little grass, no wood except a few willows. This stream is a -branch of the California Colorado river. This is Greenwood’s cut-off, -which begins a little east of this river, between the two Sandys. The -old road is the one leading to Bridger’s fort. It is also the one the -Mormons took, when they emigrated to Salt Lake. From Big Sandy creek, -the place of our nooning, we traveld about 2 miles, to the top of a high -point of ground, where stands Colepit rock, a mound 20 or 30 feet high, -and perhaps 100 feet around, composd mostly of clay. On the top of this -rock, the country can be viewd to a great distance around. - -Advancing 8 miles farther, the country appears a level plain all around -as far as the eye can reach, except on the north, where the Wind River -range stretches far to the north-west. The rest of the day and the -following night, we traveld about 15 miles, to a deep valley, dangerous -to go down at night. - - 898 - -It may here be remarkd, that it would be safe to remain at Big Sandy -creek till 4 or 4½ o’clock in the afternoon, in order that daylight may -appear before arriving at this valley, as it seems necessary to travel -part of the distance from Big Sandy to Green river in the night, there -being no water nor grass on the way from Big Sandy to Green river, a -distance of 44 miles. - -_30th_—19 miles to Green river. After having passd from Sandy to Green -river, over a sage plain, destitute of water and grass for our cattle, -with four deep and dangerous valleys to descend into on our way, our -hearts were gladdend that we were enabld to slake the thirst of our -famishing cattle. Here, also, as much of the way past, were several -springs issuing from the banks of the river, containing so much alkali -as to render them unpleasant to drink. This crossing of Green river is -half way from St. Josephs to Oregon city, being 917 miles. - -_July 1st_—Staid at the crossing. - - 917 - -_2d_—9 miles to camp on Salmon Trout branch, 6 or 8 miles above its -union with Green river. We gaind but little towards Oregon, to-day, the -road being very circuitous and hilly, part of the way. - -_3d_—16 miles over a very hilly road. 10 miles to nooning, where is a -tolerably good camp for a small party, 6 miles farther to camp. No wood, -little grass, no water except a small spring. - - 942 - -_4th_—10 miles, over a very hilly and stony road, to Ham’s fork of Green -river. Some grass, no wood but willows. Here were a few Indian lodges of -the Snake tribe. - - 952 - -_5th_—14 miles over a very hilly road, and part of it very dangerous to -pass. No wood at camp, and but little grass. - -_6th_—Frost in camp, this morning. To-day, we traveld 18 miles and -encampd on Bear river, 4 miles west of Smith fork. The hills around us -are quite barren. Bear river has a little grass in some places along its -bottoms. It is a considerable stream, though not more than three fourths -the water that Green river has at the crossing. - -_7th_—11 miles to camp on Thomas’ fork of Bear river, about 5 miles -above its confluence, by a circuitous route. No wood but willows. - -_8th_—13½ miles over steep mountains, destitute of soil and vegetation, -except weeds, to camp on Bear river, where the bottom furnishes a little -grass. South of us at a small distance, in a large bottom, is Bear lake, -the outlet of which unites with Bear river, a little below camp. The -mountains, viewd from camp, seem to form a triangle. East, comes in Bear -river. A little east of south, is a long gap in the mountains, where -their waters contribute to Bear lake. A little west of north, the valley -stretches far away down Bear river. - -_9th_—Staid at the same place, and attended the burial of a young man of -our company. To-day, also, are 14 sick persons in our company. - - 1008 - -_10th_—25 miles to camp on Bear river. Passd several fine rills from the -mountains, to-day. A very good road down Bear River bottom. The bottom -and mountain lands, to-day, assume a more verdant appearance, though the -verdure consists mostly of useless shrubs and weeds, except on the -skirts of some of the peaks, where they are clothd with timber -sparingly. From this camp, snow is seen on the Bear River mountains. - -_11th_—10 miles to Soda springs, and 1 farther to camp, making 11 miles. -Have traveld over volcanic rocks, to-day, the first I have seen on our -route. Near to camp and north of it, near the base of the mountain, are -three small craters, apparently, of extinct volcanoes. They may, -however, be the craters of some of those silent springs. - -_12th_—23½ miles to the head waters of Portneuf, a tributary of Snake -river. It runs in a very circuitous manner. - - 1067½ - -_13th_—21 miles, over a mountainous road, to camp. Little grass, no wood -but willows. - -_14th_—16 miles to camp, about 4 miles east of Fort Hall in a large -plain, coverd over a considerable portion of it with a heavy growth of -wild sage. This plain is very extensive, reaching from north to south, -probably nearly 100 miles. The Sheep mountain and three butes are seen -from the fort, a considerable distance to the north of it, rising -abruptly from the plain. To the east, south and south-west, mountains -are seen from the fort, serrating the horizon. The rest of the horizon -around presents nearly an unbroken expanse. This plain is waterd with -several springs and streams of considerable size, some of them rising -from the level plain and passing on to join the waters of the Snake or -Lewis river. The Snake is a fine river, rising in the Wind River -mountains, north of Fort Hall, and passing near to it in a southerly -direction, where it is joind by the Portneuf about 9 miles below the -fort, with other tributaries along the plain. Thence, bending its course -westwardly for more than 100 miles, after which its course is northward -till it falls into the Columbia river. - - 1104½ - -_15th_—4 miles to Fort Hall, and 2 miles farther to camp, on Portneuf -creek. - - 1110½ - -_16th_—7 miles to Portneuf crossing, about 25 rods above its confluence -with Snake river. At this place, and also below, on Snake river, I -gatherd a great quantity of red, yellow and blue currants, the stalks of -which grew, in some places, from 10 to 14 feet high. - - 1117½ - -_17th_—12½ miles to camp, at some springs near Snake river. After -leaving Portneuf crossing, we passd a mile down Snake River bottom, and -came to a slough, bad to cross. Passd about half a mile farther, and -came to another bad crossing of a small stream. Thence, down the bottom -about 2 miles, to a considerable stream, whose banks were steep and its -passage difficult. Thence, about half a mile, to where the road ascends -the first terrace above the river bottom. The river bottom along this -day’s route has considerable grass, furnishing camps at almost any -place. - - 1130 - -_18th_—18 miles to camp, on Cascade creek. Two miles to American falls, -10 miles to palaisades, 6 to camp. The water of the American falls does -not descend perpendicularly, but like a cascade. The whole descent from -the upper to the lower expanse is from 40 to 50 feet, reckond by -perpendicular measurement. The rocks about the falls appear volcanic, -though some of them show marks of stratification. The table lands here -close in, so as to make the bottom lands draw to a point at the falls. -Below the falls, the table lands border the river, and being entirely -destitute of grass, render encampments difficult, much of the way. - -_19th_—8 miles to Cassia creek. No wood. At this camp, the California -road leaves the Oregon trail to the right hand. West of camp, and near -to it, is a range of basaltic trap rocks, of a prismatic and columnar -structure, the fairest specimens of basalt I have seen. Range about 60 -feet high above the creek. - -_20th_—16 miles over a district of basaltic rocks, slightly hidden from -sight by a thin layer of clay, though in many places they protrude so as -to render traveling with wagons irksome. Camp on Marsh or Swamp creek. -No wood, plenty of grass bordering the creek. Country around, both -mountains and plains, destitute of soil. On the plain, is the famd sage. -On the mountains, are clusters of inferior cedar growth. Rest of the -mountains totally barren. - -_21st_—11½ miles, over a dry and dusty plain, to camp, on Snake river, -about 2 miles above the mouth of Goose creek. Here is a narrow bottom, -which furnishes a little coarse grass. No wood. River here about ¼ of a -mile wide. - - 1183½ - -_22d_—21 miles. Four miles to Goose creek, 8 miles to the river, a poor -place for encamping, 9 miles farther to camp. Grass. No water at this -season of the year in this creek. No wood but willows. Forenoon, road -was good. Afternoon, rocky. - - 1204½ - -_23rd_—9 miles to Rock creek, so calld from its rocky bottom. Fine -little stream. Willows for wood. Good camp. - -_24th_—21 miles to camp. Ten to the crossing of Rock creek. Here the -banks are steep and rocky. We noond at this place. Here, also, is grass -enough for a small company to camp at. About 4 miles farther on, Rock -creek turns to the left, and we saw it no more. At this bend of the -creek is a tolerable camp. Seven miles farther brought us to camp, and a -miserable one it was, being on the top of Snake River bluffs, a hight of -at least 300 feet perpendicular from the river. No grass at this place. -Our cattle were driven down a narrow and difficult way, much of it very -steep, three-fourths of a mile to the river, where it was bordered in -some places by little patches of grass, often not one rod wide. Our -cattle were taken up, next morning, with not half a supply during the -night. - - 1234½ - -_25th_—16 miles. Eleven miles to Warm Spring creek. Here is but little -grass. About 4 miles farther, to Salmon Fall creek. One mile down the -creek, to camp, near its mouth. Here is a very good camp. On the -north-east side of the river, along here for several miles, are fine -springs issuing from the bluffs, some of which would carry the largest -flouring mills. They are a curiosity. Supposd to be the waters of the -river, spreading out into the country above the American falls, and -passing along between the basaltic rock above, and another stratum -below, till they arrive at this place, where they are dischargd into the -river. The evidence that they are the waters of the river appears to be -derivd from the fact, that the river between the falls and this place -has not more than half the water in it that it has above the falls. - -_26th_—6 miles. Five miles to first rapids of Salmon falls, 1 more to -camp. But little grass at this place, and that is mostly on a small -island or two. Salmon falls is more a cascade than fall, except in one -place, where it falls a few feet perpendicularly. Also calld Fishing -falls. The whole cascade is more than a mile in length. To this place -the Indians resort to obtain salmon, which at some seasons of the year -are tolerably plenty, having come from the ocean up the Columbia river, -to the mouth of Snake river, whence they find their way to this place. - - 1256½ - -_27th_—24½ miles to camp, on Snake river. To obtain this camp, we left -the road a mile and a half back, and followd a dry branch down to this -place. To-day, we traveld over a dry sage plain, though we had a -tolerably good road. At this place, and even farther east, are seen the -relics of wagons of former emigrants, strewd along the road. Boxes, -bands, tire, and all parts of the irons of wagons, left behind. - - 1281 - -_28th_—2 miles from where we left the road, yesterday, to the old -crossing of Snake river. At the crossing, are two small islands, which -furnish a little grass, Encampd 2½ miles farther on, where is little -grass. No wood for fuel. Along the river at this place, is a kind of -grass so salt that cattle will eat it only as they stand in need of -salt. The leaves of this grass grow about 3 inches high, and the -seed-bearing stalk is from 6 to 10 inches in hight. It grows along the -river bottoms, in small patches. I do not know any name for it, and -therefore denominate it _salt grass_, as other grasses will grow amongst -it, that are perfectly fresh. - -_29th_—12 miles, over as rough and stony a road, along the banks of -Snake river, as ever I traveld. One wagon was broken, to-day, and left -to be totally destroyd by those that came after us. - - 1297½ - -_30th_—11 miles to camp. Grass not very good. About two miles back, -grass might be had by driving the cattle on to an island, in the river. -Road sandy during forepart of the route, to-day, and during the -afterpart, good. - -_31st_—11½ miles. Six and a half miles to Salt Grass creek, a name given -from the abundance of salt grass growing there. A tolerable camp might -be had at that place. The creek soon passes among the bluffs, in a -northerly direction, and unites with Snake river, about 5 miles below -where we are campd. Grass is plenty at this place, but it is almost -impossible to obtain any thing of which to make fires. - - 1320 - -_August 1st_—19½ miles, over a very level plain, most of the way, and -near to the river, to camp, on Grease Wood creek, about a mile above its -mouth. No good camp can be had along this day’s route, till our present -one, which is not very good. Between camp and Snake river, the little -stream on which our camp is located passes through two crags of basaltic -rock, much crumbled down by time. Rock, east of creek, shows marks of -excessive volcanic violence. Volcanic cinders, rocks half melted, -chimneys where smoke has issued, and in fact, every mark of Vulcan’s -blacksmith shop is here displayd. - -_2d_—24 miles to camp on Snake river, at the mouth of a small dry -branch. Grass scarce. No place for encamping, short of this place, -except at 8 miles from last night’s camp, where a small stream affords -very little grass. Our way, to-day, has been over a very uneven and -dusty road. We ascended one hill, so steep and sandy, that we were -obligd to double our teams to surmount it. - - 1363½ - -_3d_—4 miles to camp, on Snake river, and drove our cattle on to a small -island. - -_4th_—9 miles to camp, on Snake river, 7½ miles to Hot springs, 1½ to -camp. The water of these Hot springs, at their source, is scalding hot. -We crossd them both, a short distance from their source, and as they are -not very far apart, it is probable that their fountain is together. They -are much mineralized. - -_5th_—14½ miles, through a sultry hot day, over a desert plain and dusty -road, to camp, on Snake river. No good camp could be had short of this -place, to-day. During the day, we could discover a visible lowering down -of the mountains on each side, towards the confluence of Boyce and Owyhe -rivers and the Snake, where their valleys unite and form an extensive -plain. Salt grass still continues along the river bottom. We, to-day, -lose sight of the basaltic rocks, so long witnessd on our right hand and -on our left. They reach from the American falls nearly to this place, -and as they appear to be thinner on advancing westward, it is thought by -some that the lava of which they are formd, flowd in that direction. It -is said that the Indians of this place are snakes in the grass, but it -is much to be regretted that the river is not a snake in the grass, -whilst our cattle are in so starving a condition. - -_6th_—19 miles to camp on Owyhe river, about 4 miles above Fort Boyce. -Not very good grass at this place. - - 1410 - -_7th_—Traveld one mile and a half down Owyhe river, and encampd. - -_8th_—16 miles, over a good road, to camp, on Malheur (pron. malare) -river. Grass plenty. No firewood but willows. At this place, Mr. Meek -attempted a cut-off to Oregon city, by following up the course of this -river south, for some distance, and then directing his course westward, -till he should arrive at Willamet valley, south a considerable distance -from Oregon city. His attempt proved a failure, with the loss of -considerable property and the lives of some of his company. It is said -that there were nearly 200 wagons in his train. - -Our route to-day, from last night’s camp to Malheur river, leaves Fort -Boyce 3 miles to the right. The fort is located in a pleasant place, on -the bank of Snake river, just below the union of the Owyhe and Boyce -with the Snake. The river at this place is near a quarter of a mile -wide, and the only means of ferrying it is a canoe brought from the -river Payette, 250 miles from this place. - - 1427½ - -_9th_—25 miles to camp, on Birch creek. 13 miles to a sulphur spring, -where we noond. This distance is up an arm of the Malheur, though dry at -the time. Its course is through a level flat, from one to two miles -wide, having high ranges of land on each side. From Sulphur spring, the -road ascends rapidly to its highest point, a mile or two farther on, -where the country can be viewd for a considerable distance all around. -Reflecting upon such a wonderful scenery as is here on every side -displayd, the mind can hardly appreciate the amount of dynamics adequate -to displace and disrupt the surface of the earth so immensely. It -appears like a great harrow, fit only for Hercules to use in leveling -off the surface of some planet. - -_10th_—8 miles to Burnt river, (probably from the naked and reddend -appearance of the mountains through which it passes.) Three miles of the -morning route brought us once more to Snake river, where we saw it for -the last time. Remaining 5 miles over a somewhat hilly road to camp, on -Burnt river, but a small stream at this place. On viewing the river and -its small flats bordering it, from camp, it appears wholly environd by -rugged, jagged mountains, in close contiguity. Oh, when shall I view, -once more, a verdant landscape! One thousand miles of naked rocks! -Landscape without soil! River bottoms with scarcely grass enough to -support emigrant teams. Who can but think of his native land and the -“old oaken bucket”? - - 1460½ - -_11th_—13 miles to camp on Burnt river. No good camp short of this, and -this not very good. For 5 or 6 miles of our morning route up the river, -the road was very rough and stony, and it crosses the creek seven times -within that distance. Remainder of the day’s travel was more easily -performd, though more hilly, yet smooth. South of camp and near to it, -ascends a mountain, the height of which, as nearly as I could measure, -with the limited means I had, is about 1300 feet above the bed of Burnt -creek. Along this stream emigrants have formerly been much intimidated -through fear of sudden attacks from Indians. It is very densely shrouded -much of the way with balm of Gilead, alder, hawthorn, and various kinds -of shrubbery, so that the Indians could secrete themselves, till the -near approach of an emigrant train, and then with a sudden rush from the -thicket, frighten the teams and kill many of the emigrants. However, we -saw no Indians along this river. - -_12th_—4 miles over a worse road than yesterday afternoon, and crossd -the creek five times. - - 1477½ - -_13th_—16 miles to camp on a tributary of Burnt river. Soon after having -started in the morning, we crossd the principal stream of Burnt river, -for the last time. A little farther on, we came to a small right hand -tributary coming from the north, which we followd up about 2 miles, -crossing it 8 times. We then left it, winding our way over the mountains -westwardly, crossing two or three other small tributaries, till we -arrivd again upon the Burnt river bottoms, not more than 8 miles in a -straight line from last night’s camp. At this place we noond, after -having passd over a hilly, though smooth road. Here emigrants might -tarry for the night. One mile further on we crossd North fork, and upset -one wagon at the crossing. Our course was now nearly west, up a -mountain, till we arrivd at a branch of the North fork. Passing on a -mile or more, we encampd for the night. Grasses along the bottom here -are coarse, consisting of wild wheat, rye, and wild chess. Mountain -grasses here are the bunch grass, as it is calld, but at this time so -dry and dead that cattle do not love it. The hills at the sources of the -Burnt river, among which they ramify in all directions, like the blood -vessels in the human system, are composd measurably of a slaty rock, -which decomposes into loose material more readily than the hard basaltic -rocks of Snake river. Occasionally, however, graphic granite is here -seen to protrude above the hills. - -_14th_—20 miles to camp, at Lone Pine stump, now nearly obliterated by -fires set to it by emigrants, in the valley of Powder river. Here is the -bed of a small stream, where there is water at some seasons of the year, -though dry now, except in stagnant ponds. Grass is tolerably plenty -along this little branch. No wood at this place to be obtaind for -cooking. Road, to-day, hilly but smooth. At about 6 miles, emigrants -might camp. Here, we left the waters of Burnt river, and passd over the -hills to Powder river. Powder River valley, east of camp, still retains -the old character of desert and sage plain. - - 1513½ - -_15th_—14½ miles to camp, on west branch in west valley of Powder river. -Nine miles to Powder river, down by a circuitous route, along the river, -2 miles to first crossing. Thence across the plain to second fork or -crossing, 2½ miles. One mile farther to west fork or third crossing. In -all, 14½ miles to camp. East valley of Powder river is a spacious plain, -very level, and would be as handsome a valley as my feet ever trode -upon, were it coverd with the rich grasses of the eastern states. At -each of the three crossings here mentiond, which unite a short distance -below us and form the principal Powder river, is seen in small patches, -a luxuriant growth of the well known grass, red top. As we advance, the -climate changes. In camp, this morning, was seen ice in our cooking -vessels, and by 10 we were uncomfortably warm. On our left, the Powder -River mountains, close by which the river finds it way, are clothd with -timber, nearly down their declivities to their base. On our right they -yet are naked, Indians around us are burning, as fast as verdure becomes -dry enough, which at this time, renders the air so smoky, that we can -see but a short distance. - -_16th_—15 miles to camp, at the head of Grand Round valley. After -traveling a short distance, this morning, from the last crossing of -Powder river, we ascended a short rise. We then proceeded over a smooth -road of moderate descent, till we came to a small branch of Powder -river, at the foot of a hill, where several small rivulets are seen to -issue from the hills round about. This is about 8 miles from the last -crossing. Here is a tolerable encampment. The rest of the way to Grand -Round hollow, a distance of 7 miles further, is over a hilly and some -part of the way, very stony road. At 10½ miles from the crossing, -emigrants might also encamp for the night, there being a little water -and some grass along a small run. Grand Round valley is extensive. It is -surrounded with high hills, coverd with bunch grass, except occasional -patches of yellow pine. Along our road, this valley is rich, coverd with -various kinds of grasses, though entirely dead much of the way across -the upper end of the valley at this time, no rains having fallen here -lately. - -_17th_—15 miles to camp, on Grand Round river. Eight miles across the -head of the beautiful Grand Round valley, to a small branch, where -emigrants might camp for the night, at the foot of the Blue mountains -bordering the valley. From thence, we wound our way over the steep and -rugged mountains, racking and straining our wagons, the distance of 7 -miles farther, to the deep and lonely dell, where the Grand Round river -is struggling and forcing its way through its narrow passage, down to -the beautiful valley, Grand Round. Over this day’s route, the mountains -have as rich a soil as the valley, till near the dell, where the red -mountain soil is seen. Where we are campd, the dell is narrow, and -furnishes but little grass. It is remarkable for loudness of sound, when -a gun is fired. Rocks of these mountains, volcanic. - - 1558½ - -_18th_—10½ miles, over a very uneven district of volcanic rocks and -mountain soil, to camp, on one of the highest peaks of the Blue -mountains on our route. Country, to-day, becomes more densely timberd -all around and along our road, overshadowing it in many places with -yellow pine, fir and spruce hemlock. Have passd several deep cuts, -to-day, so steep that teams were necessarily doubld to ascend out of -them, and some of them were dangerous and difficult. Our camp is located -on the side of a high ridge, in a small opening, nearly one fourth of a -mile above its base, where we were obligd to descend, to obtain water -for cooking. From this high ridge, it is said, Mt. Hood can be seen, but -at this time it is so smoky, that we can see but a little distance. - - 1569 - -_19th_—10 miles, over the western declivity of the Blue mountains, -moderate in descent, and tolerably smooth most of the way to camp, in a -small opening, a little larger than our carelle, calld Lee’s encampment. -Here, two men met us, from Fort Waters, where the late murders were -committed, with news that we had nothing to fear from hostile Indians, -any farther on our route. This gave great encouragement to the timorous -emigrants. Accordingly, - -_20th_—We descended the western declivity of the Blue mountains, part of -the way over volcanic scoria, to camp, on Umatilla river. About 12 miles -of the first part of this day’s route, was through a timberd district of -pine, hemlock and fir, loaded, many of them, with pendant moss. On -leaving the timber, we ascended a hill, a mile or more, to Mount -Prospect, the last high point before descending the bluffs to the river. -I name the hill, from its commanding a view of the whole western -horizon, to a great distance around. - -On Prospect hill is a cluster of rocks, which, with a little help of the -imagination, can be easily construed into Vulcan’s blacksmith shop, -where all the cinders so profusely spread over the Blue mountains, were -made. On retiring, he left his forge loaded with the cinders of his last -blast, as a memorial of his great ambition. - -Three and a half miles more, down the bluffs, brought us to camp, making -in all, this day, 16½ miles. - - 1595½ - -_21st_—Down Umatilla river, near to crossing, 10 miles. Country here -entirely prairie, and very undulating. - -_22d_—Crossd the river, half a mile below camp, and passd about two -miles on the flat. Ascended the bluff, and passd over the prairie about -14 miles, to the river, down the river two miles to camp, making in all -18½ miles. Prairie, to-day, uneven, and of poor soil. - - 1624 - -_23d_—14½ miles to camp, on Alder creek. Five miles to second crossing -of Umatilla, 8½ miles to Alder creek, up the same one mile to camp. -Little grass, no wood but fine willows. In this day’s travel, two miles -might have been savd, by crossing the river at camp, but to avoid sandy -traveling, emigrants go down the river some farther. This is Whitman’s -cut-off. - -_24th_—18½ miles, over a poor tract of the Columbia River valley, to -camp, at the foot of a hill, by a spring, calld Well spring, rising in -the center of a large mound of decayd vegetation, and sinking suddenly -again, within a few feet of where it issues. Noond, to-day, on the -battle-ground of the 24th February, 1848, between Oregon soldiers and -the Cayuse Indians. No grass nor water exists along this day’s route, -where emigrants might refresh themselves and their weary teams. Fire -wood is obtaind two miles east, in a hollow, where are a few scattering -cedars. The spring at camp should be watchd during the night, by a -strong guard, to keep thirsty cattle from falling into it, out of which -they cannot extricate themselves. - -_25th_—13 miles, over a miserably poor and uneven country, to Quesnell’s -creek. Down the creek one mile, in order to obtain water, where camp is -located. - - 1670 - -_26th_—Staid at camp. Morning cold. Found there was ice in our cooking -vessels, though weather became warm during the day. - -_27th_—Returnd up the creek to the crossing, though on the west side of -the flat. From the east side of the flat, to-day’s reckoning commences, -and crosses over to Beaver fork of John Day’s river, a distance of 20½ -miles. No camp can be had between the two places, though a small spring -exists, two miles east of camp. Most of the way to-day, the road has -been good, through a long, level valley. - -_28th_—7 miles to crossing of John Day’s river. Way down Beaver fork, -very rocky, and road crosses it 4 times. - - 1697½ - -_29th_—Down John Day’s river, half a mile. Then ascended the bluff, -about one mile, up a narrow, winding, rocky ravine, the worst we had -ever traveld. On the top of this bluff, the road divides, one leading to -the Columbia river. The other, at the left, is the one we took. From the -top of this bluff, the road, the remainder of the day, was smooth to -camp, at a lone spring among the bluffs. Distance to-day, about fifteen -miles. Grass enough for a small band. No wood. About two miles east, up -a ravine a short distance to the left, there are two small springs, -where a small party might camp for the night. No wood. - - 1712½ - -_30th_—25 miles to camp, on the western declivity of the dividing ridge, -between John Day’s and Deshutes river, at the upper end of a ravine, -where was a little grass, but no wood, and no water for cattle. We staid -through the night, without supper, and left next morning, without -breakfast. - -_31st_—Traveld about 5 miles, to the crossing of Deshutes or Fall river. -Here, we breakfasted in a deep chasm, almost as difficult of descent and -ascent, as the valley of Sindbad the sailor, with nearly precipitous -rocks, from 1000 to 1500 feet high, on every side. Afternoon employd in -calking wagon-boxes, to ferry our goods across the river. - -_Friday, Sept. 1st_—All day employd in getting our goods across the -river, with the help of several Indians. River at the crossing, about -seven rods wide, with considerable current. - -_2d_—Whilst watching some of our wagons on the bank of the river, till -others could be taken up the bluffs, I was led to the following -reflections upon the miserable condition of the poor, degraded-looking -Indians at this place— - - - THE INDIANS OF DESHUTES. - - “That Indian, whose untutord mind - Sees God in the clouds, or hears him in the wind— - Whose soul, proud science never taught to stray” - Far as the glittring sun, or other orbs of day, - Lives far retird—a kanion deep, a solitary dell, - A gloomy shade—’tis there he deigns to dwell. - What is his food, when naught but rocks around - Are seen? No fields of plenty there do clothe the ground. - His raiment, also scant, to shield his naked form, - No robes of beasts, nor pelts, nor furs, to guard him from the storm. - And when with food he chance to break his fast, - He finds no wood to cook his limited repast. - Alas, what then? The salmon and the salmon trout, - In that mad stream, are seen to gambol all about. - By him prepard upon the rocks, or hung on slender poles, - Not far above, on steep decline, where furious water rolls, - He dries his food, and thus ’tis savd from future harm. - ’Tis nearly all he has of food—his clothes, they still are less, with - which to keep him warm. - Now, why should man, poor wretched man, receive such prompt reply, - That when he broke the law of God, ’twas sure that he must die? - Yet linger first awhile, still wretched and forlorn, - To glean an almost naked earth, ’mongst thistle and the thorn? - ’Twas done to show that God is just, and true to all intent,— - That man a lesson here might learn, and thus to him repent. - -Nine miles from Deshutes, over the rocky bluffs, brought us to another -resting-place, on an arm of Deshutes, flowing from the mountains, in the -direction of Mount Hood. Five miles from Deshutes, was a spring, where -emigrants sometimes camp, but at this time the Indian ponies had eaten -off all the grass. We therefore passd on to our present camp. - - 1751½ - -_3d_—12½ miles to camp, on a small tributary of Deshutes, at Barlow’s -gate—all but the gate, though he was found sitting there at the receipt -of custom, allowing each emigrant wagon to pass his road through the -Cascade mountains, at the moderately healthy sum of five dollars each, -which the Government of Oregon had authorized him to receive. But, as -miserable a road as it was, thanks be to Mr. Barlow for his energetic -movement in opening a way through so rough a district as the Cascade -mountains. - -Several small streams were passd to-day, though no camps could well be -made on them, for want of grass, except the first, which had a very -little. - - 1764 - -_4th_—Staid at the same place. - -_5th_—Over the rocky hills, 12 miles to camp, on a muddy arm of -Deshutes, flowing from Mount Hood. Ten and a half miles to the arm, 1½ -up the same to camp. No grass for our stock. - -_6th_—3 miles up Deshutes valley, to Palmer’s cabin. In consequence of -having lost some of our cattle in the thick and almost impenetrable -forest, our day’s drive was short. A little below Palmer’s cabin, are -signs of very rich bog iron ore. I afterwards found other places of iron -ore along the road, by which I was satisfied that the Cascades abound in -iron. - - 1779 - -_7th_—10 miles, over the dividing ridge, to camp, at a small flat -prairie on our left, from which Mount Hood is seen, a few miles distant, -towring high above its neighbor mountains. - - 1789 - -_8th_—10 miles to camp. No grass. Chaind our oxen to trees, and cut a -few birch limbs for them. Passd, to-day, what is calld Laurel hill. It -is steep and dangerous. - -_9th_—6 miles, down Muddy fork of Sandy, to camp. Drove our cattle -across the stream, and found some grass for them. This has been a rainy -day. - -_10th_—15 miles, most of the way over a good road, especially on the -ridge, calld by some, “Devil’s Back-Bone.” - -_11th_—8 miles, over a hilly road, down to the first settlement, at the -west foot of the Cascade mountains. One mile to the last crossing of -Sandy creek, 7 more to camp. - - 1828 - -_12th_—12 miles to camp. - -_13th_—6 miles to Oregon city. - - 1846 - - - - - ADVICE TO EMIGRANTS. - - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER V. - - -Necessary outfits for emigrants to Oregon or California, taken from - Palmer’s Journal of Travels to Oregon—Additional advice by the - Author. - -For burthen wagons, light four-horse or heavy two-horse wagons are the -size commonly usd. They should be made of the best material, well -seasond, and should in all cases have falling tongues. The tire should -not be less than one and three fourths inches wide, but may be -advantageously usd three inches; two inches, however, is the most common -width. In fastening on the tire, bolts should be usd instead of nails; -it should be at least five eighths or three fourths of an inch thick. -Hub boxes for the hubs should be about four inches. The skeins should be -well steeld. The Mormon-fashiond wagon-bed is the best. They are usually -made straight, with side-boards about 16 inches wide, and a projection -outward of four inches on each side, and then another side-board of 10 -or 12 inches. In this last, set the bows for covers, which should always -be double. Boxes for carrying effects should be so constructed as to -correspond in hight with the offset in the wagon-bed, as this gives a -smooth surface to sleep upon. - -Ox teams are more extensively usd than any others. Oxen stand the trip -much better, and are not so liable to be stolen by the Indians, and are -much less trouble. Cattle are generally allowd to go at large, when not -hitchd to the wagons, whilst horses and mules must always be stakd up at -night. Oxen can procure food in many places where horses cannot, and in -much less time. Cattle that have been raisd in Illinois or Missouri, -stand the trip better than those raisd in Indiana or Ohio, as they have -been accustomd to eating the prairie grass, upon which they must wholly -rely while on the road. Great care should be taken in selecting -cattle—they should be from four to six years old, tight and heavy made. - -For those who fit out but one wagon, it is not safe to start with less -than four yoke of oxen, as they are liable to get lame, have sore necks, -or to stray away. One team thus fitted up may start from Missouri with -twenty-five hundred pounds, and as each day’s rations make the load that -much lighter, before they reach any rough road, their loading is much -reducd.—Persons should recollect that every thing in the outfit should -be as light as the requird strength will permit. No useless trumpery -should be taken. The loading should consist of provisions and apparel, a -necessary supply of cooking fixtures, a few tools, &c. No great -speculation can be made in buying cattle and driving them through to -sell, but as the prices of oxen and cows are much higher in Oregon than -in the States, nothing is lost in having a good supply of them, which -will enable the emigrant to wagon through many articles that are -difficult to be obtaind in Oregon. Each family should have a few cows, -as the milk can be usd the entire route, and they are often convenient -to put to the wagon to relieve oxen. They should be so selected that -portions of them would come in fresh upon the road. Sheep can also be -advantageously driven. American horses and mares always command high -prices, and with careful usage can be taken through,—but if usd to -wagons or carriages, their loading should be light. Each family should -be provided with a sheet-iron stove, with boiler. A platform can easily -be constructed at the hind end of the wagon, and as it is frequently -quite windy, and there is often a scarcity of wood, the stove is very -convenient. Each family should also be provided with a tent, and to it -should be attachd good strong cords, to fasten it down. - -The cooking fixtures generally usd are of sheet iron—a Dutch oven and -skillet of cast metal are very essential. Plates, cups, &c., should be -of tinware, as queensware is much heavier and liable to break, and -consumes much time in packing up. A reflector is sometimes very useful. -Families should each have two churns, one for carrying sweet and one for -sour milk.—They should also have one eight or ten-gallon keg for -carrying water, one axe, one shovel, two or three augers, one hand-saw, -and if a farmer, he should be provided with one cross-cut saw and a few -plow-molds, as it is difficult getting such articles. When I left the -country, plows cost from twenty-five to forty dollars each. A good -supply of ropes for tying up horses and catching cattle, should also be -taken. - -Every person should be well supplied with boots and shoes, and in fact -with every kind of clothing. It is also well to be supplied with at -least one feather bed, and a good assortment of bedding. There are no -tame geese in the country, but an abundance of wild ones, yet it is -difficult procuring a sufficient quantity of feathers for a bed. The -Muscovy is the only tame duck in the country. - -Each male person should have at least one rifle gun, and a shot gun is -also very useful for wild fowl and small game, of which there is an -abundance. The best sized calibre for the mountains is from thirty-two -to fifty-six to the pound—but one of from sixty to eighty, or even less, -is best when in the lower settlements. Buffaloes seldom range beyond the -South Pass, and never west of Green river. The larger game are elk, -deer, antelope, mountain sheep or bighorn, and bear. The small game are -hare, rabbit, grouse, sage hen, pheasant, quail, &c. A good supply of -ammunition is essential. - -In laying in a supply of provisions for the journey, persons will -doubtless be governd in some degree by their means, but there are a few -essentials that all will require. - -For each adult, there should be two hundred pounds of flour, thirty -pounds of pilot bread, seventy-five pounds of bacon, ten pounds of rice, -five pounds of coffee, two pounds of tea, twenty-five pounds of sugar, -half a bushel of dried beans, one bushel of dried fruit, two pounds of -saleratus, ten pounds of salt, half a bushel of corn meal—and it is well -to have a half bushel of corn, parchd and ground—a small keg of vinegar -should also be taken. To the above may be added as many good things as -the means of the person will enable him to carry, for whatever is good -at home is none the less so on the road. The above will be ample for the -journey, but should an additional quantity be taken, it can be readily -disposd of in the mountains and at good prices, not for cash, but for -robes, dressd skins, buckskin pants, moccasins, &c. It is also well for -families to be provided with medicines. It is seldom, however, that -emigrants are sick—but sometimes eating too freely of fresh buffalo meat -causes diarrhœa, and unless it be checkd soon prostrates the individual, -and leaves him a fit subject for disease. - -The time usually occupied in making the trip from Missouri to Oregon -city is about five months, but with the aid of a person who has traveld -the route with an emigrating company, the trip can be performd in about -four months. - -Much injury is done to teams in racing them, endeavoring to pass each -other. - -Emigrants should make an every-day business of traveling—resting upon -the same ground two nights is not good policy, as the teams are likely -to ramble too far. - -Getting into large companies should be avoided, as they are necessarily -compeld to move more tardily. From ten to twenty-five wagons is a -sufficient number to travel with safety. The advance and rear companies -should not be less than twenty, but between, it may be safe to go with -six. - -The Indians are very annoying on account of their thieving propensities, -but if well watchd, they would seldom put them in practice. - -Persons should always avoid rambling far from camp unarmd or in too -small parties; Indians will sometimes seek such opportunities to rob a -man of what little effects he has about him, and if he attempts to get -away from them with his property, they will sometimes shoot him. - -There are several points along the Missouri where emigrants have been in -the practice of fitting out. Of these, Independence, St. Josephs and -Council Bluffs, are the most noted. For those emigrating from Ohio, -Indiana, Illinois and northern Missouri, Iowa and Michigan, I think St. -Josephs the best point, as by taking that route the crossing of several -streams (which at the early season we travel are sometimes very high) is -avoided. Outfits may be had at this point as readily as at any other -along the river. Work cattle can be bought in its vicinity for from -twenty-five to thirty dollars per yoke, cows, horses, &c., equally -cheap. - -Emigrants should endeavor to arrive at St. Josephs early in April, so as -to be in readiness to take up the line of march by the middle of April. -Companies, however, have often started as late as the tenth of May; but -in such cases they seldom arrive in Oregon until after the rainy season -commences in the Cascade range of mountains. - -Those residing in northern Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, &c., who -contemplate traveling by land to the place of rendezvous, should start -in time to give their teams at least ten days’ rest. Ox teams, after -traveling four or five hundred miles in the States, at that season of -the year, would be unfit to perform a journey across the mountains; but -doubtless they might be exchangd for others, at or near the rendezvous. - -Farmers would do well to take along a good supply of horse gears. -Mechanics should take such tools as are easily carried; as there are but -few in the country, and those are held at exorbitant prices. Every -family should lay in a good supply of school books for their children. - - * * * * * * * * - -Since the advice of Mr. Palmer was given to Oregon emigrants, relating -to outfits for the overland route to that country, some advantages have -been experiencd by the use of mule instead of ox teams. In the first -place, that animal is much more sure-footed than the ox or the horse, -and in the next place, he can live on kinds of food that the ox or the -horse will not eat, and he will also live on a much less amount. The -mule is more hardy than the horse or the ox, and will endure fatigue -when the others will faint. Another circumstance which I do not -recollect to have seen mentiond by any writer, and which it may not be -improper to add in this place, is the failure of oxen upon the emigrant -route, from lameness by traveling over ground bestrewn with salts of -various kinds, but mostly alkali. To neutralize the alkali so as to -prevent the oxen from becoming lame, their hoofs should be rubd with -lard or tallow at least twice each day, till the tract of country -containing such salt is passd over. It is, however, probable that in a -few years the place of oxen will be supplied by the use of mules, though -attention will doubtless need to be paid to the hoofs of mules, to keep -them sound, as well as of oxen. - -If persons wish to leave the States for California by the overland -route, earlier than the time mentioned by Mr. Palmer, it would be -necessary to leave the States with as much provision for their teams as -they could at first well haul, after having first supplied themselves -with their own necessary food to last them through their journey. In -such case a considerable distance may be overcome before the early -production of grasses upon the plains. - -A few words by way of advice to persons wishing to go to California to -dig for gold, may not be uninteresting here. I have noticed that miners -from the States carry to California a great amount of baggage and -implements for mining operations at great costs of transportation and -removal from one place to another, which I deem wholly unnecessary. This -oftentimes enormous expense can be savd from the fact that clothing and -mining implements of all necessary kinds are very abundant in -California, although at a higher price than in the States, yet still the -cost of most articles in the mines will not equal the cost in the -States, added to transportation costs from the States to the seat of -mining operations in California. I would therefore say that one suit of -substantial coarse clothes, and money enough to defray expenses there, -is all that is best to carry. The amount of money necessary to defray -expenses, by way of the isthmus, from the States to the seat of mining -operations in California, cannot at present be less than 200 dollars to -each person, at the cheapest mode of traveling. Conveyance by steamer, -with best accommodations, will cost not much short of 500 dollars, but -in no case, considering contingencies, will it be safe to start with -less than 300 dollars. - -Another circumstance which I have seen much chanted in the public -papers, although not particularly connected with the foregoing -information, is the scheme of making a railroad from the States overland -to California. I can only speak for one person, and this much it is, -that if Whitney knew that out of 2000 miles overland, more than 1500 of -it is a waste, barren tract, and likewise much of it very rugged, he -might be prepard to think as I do, that the income of such a road would -never keep it in repair. - - [Illustration: Wagon] - - - - - DESCRIPTION OF OREGON. - - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER VI. - - - South Pass—Wind River Mountains—Oregon, its three grand divisions. - -Having accomplishd my journal of distances from St. Josephs to Oregon -city, I begin my history of Oregon with the South Pass and Wind River -mountains. From descriptions formerly given by some writers of the South -Pass, the reader may be led to suppose that the traveler is to pass -through a tremendous gap of the Rocky mountains, walld in with huge -rocks on its sides, passable only by traversing the bottoms of a stream -of water, which finds its way through the mountains of that place. But -instead of such an appearance as that, on arriving at the culminating -point, he sees before him, on his left and behind, only an undulating -country, difficult probably in many places to pass with wagons, on -account of the roughness and unevenness of the surface of the land, but -destitute entirely of those cragged cliffs and high towring mountains, -which the imagination sometimes pictures out, previous to a perfect -vision of a country scenery. - -The surface of the land along the emigrant route at the pass, is -sufficiently uneven to determine within one rod of the culminating -point, after which within a short distance, the road commences a -somewhat rapid descent westward three or four miles, to a spring issuing -from the hills, calld Pacific spring, because its waters are dischargd -westward into the Pacific ocean. - -On the right, at the dividing ridge, twelve or fifteen miles north of -the emigrant road, terminate the Wind River range of mountains, calld -also the Rocky mountains. From their southern extremity to a -considerable distance either east or west of the dividing ridge, they -are seen to stretch far away to the north-west, towring high and giving -rise to several important rivers, which traverse the continent, and -terminate, some of them in the Atlantic ocean eastward, and some of them -in the Pacific ocean westward. Although these mountains have many lofty -peaks, yet I believe none of them are sufficiently high to maintain -their glaciers during the whole year, at all times. It is nevertheless -true, that some of their chasms and deep ravines upon their -north-eastern declivities oftentimes have snow lying in them through the -year, yet no point on any one of them, as has been remarkd, is high -enough for the existence of a zone of perpetual frost. This position is -well corroborated, also, from the fact that forests are seen growing, -not only high up their declivities, but entirely upon their summits. - -The present country of Oregon, belonging to the U. States, extends from -the dividing ridge or natural division of the waters of the continent, -to the Pacific ocean westward, and in extent north and south, from lat. -42 deg. north to 49 deg. north. It seems to be divided into three grand -divisions, by ranges of parallel mountains from north to south. The -dividing summit of the continent on the east, west of the eastern -division, are the Blue mountains, separating it from the middle,—and -between the middle and western divisions, is the Cascade range of -mountains. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER VII. - - - The Divisions are separately considerd—The Climate—Rivers and - Agricultural Resources—Mineral and Geological Character. - -The first or eastern division of Oregon can at present be considerd -worth little else than to hold the world together. It, however, -furnishes a tolerably good conveyance towards the ocean for some of the -waters of Oregon, that take their rise in the Rocky mountains and -elsewhere along the western declivity of the continent near to the -dividing ridge. - -The surface of this division is undulating. Some of its rivers traverse -the country along their beds, from five hundred to more than one -thousand feet below the common surface. Although along the emigrant -route this division measures about seven hundred miles in width, yet its -true width may not much exceed six hundred,—and little else is seen but -a country destitute of soil and vegetation, excepting wild sage, and -except also along the rivers and some of the valleys, where detachd -portions of grass are seen. The valley along the emigrant route, through -which the Powder river waters pass, is a level plain, and it would be a -delightsome Eden, had it soil, and were it coverd with luxuriant -grasses. - -I am here led to remark, that the analysis of the soil here, made by -Col. Fremont on his way through this valley, to foreign readers might -produce much misunderstanding relative to the soil of the country -generally. Although the analysis here producd may be such as indicates -good soil, yet with a little exaggeration it may be said that another -shovelful of earth would have taken nearly all the soil of the whole -valley. - - * * * * * * * * - -Across the middle division of Oregon by way of the emigrant route, from -Grand Round valley to Barlow’s gate, at the east side of the Cascade -range of mountains, is about 212 miles, though probably in a direct -course it would be some less than 200. The Blue mountains traversing -this division, give rise to some rivers that checker its visage, but -they are of minor importance, and nearly dried up in the summer, from -the long absence of rains in those parts. This division compares very -well with the eastern, in point of barrenness and disadvantages -generally for the promotion of settlement and improvements of any kind. - - * * * * * * * * - -I come now to consider the western division of Oregon—the only one on -which settlements of any considerable extent have been effected, -although Dr. Whitman succeeded in maintaining a small position on the -Walla Walla river, till the fall of 1847, at which time himself and wife -were killd by the Indians of his own fostering, growing out of a -dissatisfaction relative to his treatment with them. And although it is -thought by many that the doctor acted in all good conscience towards -them, yet through blind zeal and probably a sectarian influence from -other denominations of religionists, they were led to believe that the -doctor was taking measures to undermine their liberties, and ultimately -to overthrow and destroy them. - -From the east side of the Cascade range of mountains westwardly to the -Pacific ocean the western division ranges from 150 to 200 miles in -width, and extending from north to south through the whole length of the -Oregon territory. - - * * * * * * * * - -In remarking upon the several distinct subjects that come to hand -relative to Oregon, I am first led to notice its climate.—The climate of -Oregon may be considerd a healthy one, though it is subject to -considerable changes from year to year. The summer seasons are generally -dry, with warm days and cool nights, from the first of July to the first -of October, though the rainy season, as it is calld, does not commence -much before November, at which time, and for three or four months after, -the land becomes so saturated with water, and the streams so swollen, -that little passing is done by the citizens from one place to another. - -Soon after the rainy season commences in the valleys, the mountainous -portions begin to be coverd with snow, and it continues to accumulate -upon them at every successive storm, till in many places the snow -becomes nearly thirty feet deep, which lasts until quite the latter part -of the succeeding summer, before it entirely disappears. - -The winter seasons are very variable. During some of the winters, the -grasses of the valleys remain green, garden vegetables are verdant, and -but little frost is seen. Others again, for three months, the earth is -bound up with frost, and the rivers are frozen over of sufficient -thickness to bear passages of considerable burden. - -So far as the health of this country is concernd, it is true that some -sickness prevails, but it may be in a great measure owing to the -physical change in the physiology of the human system, in passing from -the States to a country so different in climate. After emigrants become -acclimated here, the blood becomes of a bright scarlet red, being much -more aerated or oxygenized than exists in the system in any of the -southern States of America, and consequently better health may be -inferd. At some seasons of the year, along some of the rivers, ague and -fever exists, but it is generally of a very mild character, and medicine -takes a speedy and salutary effect upon the human system. - -The description of the climate here given of Oregon, being applicable to -the western division does not in all respects apply to the two eastern -divisions. The whole of Oregon lying east, of the Cascade range of -mountains, is much drier, having less rains at any time, than the -portion lying west of them. - -It is often quite cold in winter, and being very dry in summer, renders -it truly a desert country. - -The rivers of Oregon of any considerable notice, are well known to most -readers. Although Columbia river is much the largest in the territory, -and produces the greatest drainage of any one, yet it does not by a -considerable amount drain all of the waters of Oregon that find their -way to the Pacific ocean. Green river, commencing at Fremont’s peak, in -the Wind river mountains, is the principal source of the great Rio -Colerado of Calafornia. The great Sacramento of upper Calafornia, has -its principal source in Oregon. Other rivers though less in size, yet -nevertheless, rivers that are likely to become rivers of considerable, -importance, indent the western coast, and furnish their own drainage to -the Pacific ocean. Those rivers which fall most immediately under the -notice of actual settlers of the present day, are comprisd within the -western division of Oregon. They are Willamet, the Umpqua and the -Klamet, with their several tributaries. These rivers and their -tributaries form valleys of moderate extent, and furnish many tolerable -good farms to those who love a romantic life among the hills and vales -of an undulating country. Wheat, oats, neat cattle and horses, are the -principal sources of wealth which is derivd from the soil at present. -Indian corn is not much cultivated in Oregon, its summers being too dry -for corn to thrive well. The swine of the country look well fattend upon -wheat, but the ox is mostly usd here for food. - -I ought here to remark that the wheat of this country is of a superior -quality. It is free from all those attending evils very common at the -east, such as smut, rust and wheat sickness.—The weevil is not known -here at present. The wheat of this country grows with a very stiff -stalk, which enables it to stand erect for a great length of time. This -furnishes the farmer during the dry season of the year an opportunity to -secure his abundant crop. - -The mineral resources of Oregon hitherto, have receivd but little -attention. Gold has been discoverd only sparingly.—Copper is said to -exist on the Cowlits, a small tributary to the Columbia river, on the -north of it, having its source in the direction of Puget’s sound. - -Lead has of late been seen upon the Santyam. It is thought by some -persons that it may be obtaind there in considerable quantities, but as -the minds of the Oregon people are at present directed to the gold mines -of California, little attention will be paid to mining operations at -home. Iron exists in large quantities in the Cascade mountains. Along -the emigrant route, I have seen iron probably as rich as 80 per cent. - -The soil of the whole division west of the Cascade range is tingd of a -reddish color by the red oxide of iron. This oxide in some places is so -abundant as to injure the soil. In other places the soil is not -materially injurd by it. In some places along the rocky bluffs of some -of the rivers, iron ore is quite rich. I observd one of those places in -the bluffs east of the Willamet falls, at the south end of Oregon city, -where the road, leading to the top of the highest bluff is excavated. -From my own observations in traveling over the western division, I am -confident that there is no lack of iron ore in almost every part, and so -soon as the inhabitants are ready to turn their attention to it, their -necessary supplies will be furnishd from their own country. - -The next subject relative to the Oregon country is its geological -character. In remarking upon the geology of this country several -departments of the science are presented to view. First, there are three -ranges of mountains running nearly parallel with each other from north -to south. - -The eastern range which bounds the eastern side of Oregon, is along the -dividing ridge of the American continent. If the question be asked, why -this dividing ridge? the geologist alone attempts an answer. From the -accumulation of facts hitherto adducd of the liquidity of the earth’s -interior, and the discharge for ages of its internal liquid matter upon -the already formd crust, it is evident that its nucleus must become less -than at first, and thereby produce a rigid and furrowd appearance of the -crust, by its conforming through the power of gravitation to a lesser -surface than that on which it was at first formd. Altho’ isolated peaks -of mountain ranges may be formd by accumulation of lava, and -considerable districts may be raisd by the pressure of gasses from -beneath, yet so considerable an elevation as the dividing ridge of the -American continent can never be formd in such a way. - -Oregon is truly an uneven and mountainous country. It is true that in -passing from the dividing ridge westward, there are a few situations -where the traveler views the country around him as apparently level, but -this appearance continues on advancing along, but a short distance, till -he is plunged into almost inextricable gulfs and deep ravines. The Blue -mountains or intermediate range between the dividing ridge and the -Cascade range, are of minor importance. They traverse no considerable -extent of country, nor are they very wide. They have a volcanic -appearance, and are strewd over with vescicular lava. - -The Cascade range of mountains are more extensive, traversing by -different names the whole of Oregon and California, at a distance of -from 100 to 200 miles from the Pacific ocean. Some of its peaks are high -and coverd with perpetual glaciers. This range, like the dividing ridge, -seems to have been elevated by compression. - -Between the Willamet valley and the ocean, is a range of high hills -calld the Coast range. These are too rugged to admit of cultivation. - -The western shore of Oregon is rocky, and in many places precipitous. If -the theory that ocean beds are formd by undulations in the earth’s crust -be true, the query might arise, Why are ocean limits of precipitous -rocks of the firmest material, as is the case with many of the ocean -shores, and not a gradual slope from the land downward to the bed of the -ocean? If it be admitted that rivers are formd by the expansive force of -gasses acting beneath the earth’s crust, it may be supposd that a -fissure by similar means may be formd parallel and near to the shore of -an ocean, so that its waters by their weight may produce a subsidence of -that portion lying under them, whilst that part opposite the fissure -remaind stationary. - -Oregon may be regarded as a primary country. Few fossiliferous rocks are -seen in any part of it. I noticd on the west bank of Big Sandy creek, -about thirty miles west of South pass, a few fossiliferous shale rocks. -I have not noticd any in other places, though they may exist sparingly. -From the American falls on Snake river, for several hundred miles -westward the country is overlaid with a stratum of basaltic lava. This -seems to be the true basalt, and although the rocks of the Willamet -river at Oregon city have been considerd by some as basalt, from their -extreme hardness, yet I have noticd that the surface of those rocks, -after having been exposd to the weather, become a mere sand rock, by the -loss of the iron with which they are impregnated. It is well known to -mineralogists, that iron becomes soluble by the action of the atmosphere -upon it, by which means water carries it from its parent bed to lower -levels, where it is deposited, under the name of bog ore. The rocks at -Oregon city consist of about three varieties of rock, differing not -essentially in their properties, though some of them appear to have been -subjected to so high a degree of heat as to render them somewhat -crystaline or vitreous. The rocks at Oregon city are so fully -impregnated with iron, that the magnetic needle, at some points along -these rocks, is drawn aside from its polar position. - -From what information I have obtaind in addition to my own observation -respecting the rocks of Oregon, I am satisfied that few rocks except -those of a silicious formation, exist here. Along the Columbia river, -near its mouth, are a few lime rocks of inferior quality. At the Cascade -falls, are whole trees of silicious petrefaction, showing distinctly the -grains of the timber, and to what kind they belongd. - -As the Willamet river has hitherto attracted the attention of actual -settlers more than any other tributary of the Columbia river, I have -concluded to give a more particular description of it than any other one -belonging to the Western division of Oregon. From its confluence with -the Columbia to the high country of its sources, the Willamet traverses -a distance of about two hundred miles in extent. Its union with the -Columbia is not much short of one hundred miles from the ocean. At the -mouth of the Willamet, is a delta fifteen or twenty miles in length, -calld Souvie’s island, running nearly parallel with the Columbia. This -island was formerly the residence of immense numbers of Indians. The -Hudson Bay Company at present occupy it for farming purposes. At the -eastern or upper mouth of the Willamet, are one or two other small -deltas, though of no importance. - -About fifteen miles from the Columbia, on the west bank of the Willamet, -is a small town calld Portland. Ships of considerable burden visit this -place for their lading. - -Five miles farther up, on the east side, is a town newly laid out by Mr. -Lot Whitcomb, calld Milwaukie. Vessels of considerable size can sail as -far up as this place. - -Seven or eight miles farther up, on the east side, is a tributary calld -Clacamas. Its waters flow from the Cascade mountains. At the mouth of -this tributary are rapids, which prevent ships from sailing up to Oregon -city. - -One mile farther up, is Oregon city on the east side, and Lynn city on -the west side of the Willamet river. Between these two places is a bay, -the waters of which are between three and four hundred feet deep. The -width of the bay is about thirty rods, near the upper end at the -crossing, and gradually widens downward to the Clackamas rapids. - -Oregon city at present is built entirely upon the first terrace above -the waters of the bay, and being so narrow that there is but one street -that passes through the town lengthwise, excepting a Water street along -the shore of the bay. East of the present town and contiguous to it, is -a precipitous range of rocks, one hundred feet high from Main street, -and so near to it that there is but just room enough for the -accommodation of buildings with some very small gardens. On the top of -this bluff, which is a second terrace from the waters of the river, the -surveys for the town are extended, but no buildings have yet been -erected there. Still back of this at a short distance, is a third -terrace, elevated in hight equal to the surrounding country. - -Oregon city is a new town, containing about 150 buildings, two saw -mills, one of which is a double mill, and two grist mills. At each of -these mills, water enough is wasted to carry four other mills. I think I -may justly say, that there is water power enough at Oregon city to carry -five hundred grist mills. It seems, on taking a view of the natural dam -at the upper end of Oregon city, that when the fissure now constituting -the river was formd, the paroxysmal effort from beneath causd a lateral -dismemberment of some of the rocks along the sides of the fissure, and -upon sliding down chokd up the chasm from one side to the other. Below -the falls, the terrace on which the town stands seems to have taken a -similar slide, but being filld in part with rubbish beneath, prevented -an entire union of the rocks, leaving the chasm now constituting the -bay. - -The waters of the falls are precipitated over the cragged rocks at -several different places, foaming and tumbling with tremendous roar, to -the depth of thirty feet into the waters of the bay below. - -About one mile and a half above the falls, on the west side of the -river, is the small tributary calld Twality, issuing from the coast -range. - -Two or three miles farther up, is another slide of rocks, which chokes -up the entire stream, with the exception of a small chasm or two, too -narrow to admit boats of any considerable size to pass. - -About twelve miles above Oregon city, on the east side of the river, -Molala and Pudding river waters unite with the Willamet. These two -tributaries have good supplies of water for mills. After having -collected their waters from the hilly country east, they meander about -over the land, and finally empty into the Willamet at one place. - -About thirty miles above Oregon city, Yam creek unites with the -Willamet, on its west side, watering the country from the coast range in -two separate branches, till within about ten miles of the Willamet, -where they unite and form one. - -Salem, a small town on the east side of the Willamet, about forty-five -miles above Oregon city, is the site of the missionary, Mr. Lee, of the -Methodist order, now no more. At this place, is a classical school of -considerable merit, the only one of importance in Oregon territory. - -Rickreyall and Luckamute, on the west side of Willamet, contribute to -its waters, but little above Salem. - -Still farther up, and not more than eight or ten miles above Salem or -the Institute as some call it, on the east side of the Willamet, is the -Santyam, a stream of considerable importance, the principal branch of -which flows from Mount Jefferson, one of the glacial peaks of the -Cascade range. The course of this river from Mount Jefferson to its -union with the Willamet, is not more than about forty miles. - -Other tributaries of some importance still farther up, flow into the -Willamet, on both sides of it, till arriving at the high country of -their sources, where they ramify in all directions. - -Leaving the subject of the Willamet river, I pass on to a description of -the forests and animals of Oregon. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER VIII. - - - Forests and Animals of Oregon. - -Between the South pass and the Blue mountains, across the Eastern -division of Oregon, no forests encostume the earth, to emit their -fragrant odors to cheer and exhilarate the weary and thirsty traveler, -except on the Bear River mountains, a few isolated peaks scatterd over -that barren region. Along the streams occasionally, however, are seen an -inferior growth of timber and shrubbery of various kinds. The Blue -mountains afford some dense clusters of timber of yellow pine, -spruce-hemlock, and some fir. They do not, however, soar to the amazing -hight of some of the trees of the Cascade mountains and the Western -division. The Middle division is still more destitute of timber than the -Eastern. - -From the eastern side of the Cascade mountains westward to the Pacific -ocean, the country is mostly coverd with timber. Many of the forests are -so thickly set with under-brush, that they are with difficulty -penetrated. Here, the fir is the most prevalent. Hemlock, cedar, soft or -white maple as it is sometimes calld, oak and many other kinds of -timber, are found in this division. - -Timber of the same name with that of other countries, has a growth -dissimilar. I have seen Laurel from one to two feet in diameter, and -probably more than thirty feet high. Oak is generally inferior and -scrubby. Hazel is sometimes from five to six inches in diameter, though -it is commonly from one to two inches in diameter, being the only -article of which hoops for barrels are made. Its hight is sometimes from -twenty to twenty-five feet. Elder is often six inches in diameter, and -from twenty to thirty feet high. - -The largest tree I have seen in Oregon is a hemlock, standing near the -shore of Young’s bay, a little below the confluence of Young’s with the -Lewis and Clark’s river, about two miles above their entrance into the -Columbia, and about one mile and a half a little west of south from -Astoria. This tree is about two hundred feet in hight, and measures, six -feet from the ground, thirty-four and a half feet in circumference. The -tallest tree that I have been enabld to measure, is in Oregon city. Its -hight is about two hundred and seventy feet. I am, however, of opinion -that taller timber may be seen at the foot of Laurel hill, in the -Cascade mountains. - -The trees of this country in many places are coverd with moss. I have -noticd that the timber of evergreen countries is more commonly burdend -with moss than those where defoliation is general. Hence, I am of -opinion that Oregon will not be a very good country for fruit. I have -observd that apple trees soon cover with moss, and appear of an inferior -growth. - - * * * * * * * * - -Among the native animals of this country, some of them are ferocious. -The bear, tiger, panther and wolf, are of this class. The deer, the -beaver and elk, are also natives of this country. The ferocious are -sometimes known to attack the traveler, though it is not common. Those -of the milder and gregarious classes obtain their support mostly from -the bunch grass of the prairies. - -It may here be remarkd, that no grass of this country, except along some -of the river bottoms, grows in any other way than in the form of -bunches, with intermediate spaces of several inches, and often of -several feet. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER IX. - - - Magnetic Poles of the Earth—Variation of the Magnetic - Needle—Phenomena of the Northern Lights. - -Captain Ross, an English navigator, left England about twenty years ago, -in pursuit of the north magnetical pole. He followd the magnetical -needle, directing its course westwardly till he arrivd at Baffin’s bay -in America, where he left his ship and traveld about two hundred miles -still farther west, at which place he determind to be the north magnetic -pole. This point being several hundred miles south of the north -geographical pole, determines its opposite or south magnetical pole to -be an equal distance north of the south geographical pole, though on the -opposite side of the earth. - -From the north magnetic pole southward, the line of coincidence, or line -of no variation as it is sometimes calld, passes through Hudson’s bay, -the state of Michigan, Ohio, and the several states lying south of -these. This line forms a perfect circle around the earth, and the -magnetic needle at any place on the earth within this circle will point -directly through the magnetical poles coincident with the extreme points -of the earth’s geographical axis. The magnetic needle along this line is -sometimes subject to slight vascillations, in consequence of the -fluctuations of electricity occasiond by the heat of the sun, or -geological differences of the earth’s surface. - -The variation of the magnetic needle in Oregon, among other things, has -attracted my attention. Surveyors of this country tell me that the -magnetical needle varies to the right of the geographical pole about 19 -deg. and 20 min. Some, however, have observd in different places a -variation of more than 20 degrees. This difference may be accounted for, -by the great amount of iron disseminated through the country. - -I have taken the trouble to draw a diagram of a section of the earth, to -ascertain what the variation of the magnetic needle would be -geometrically, at Oregon city. This corresponds, to a considerable -degree of nearness, with experiments made with the compass. Concerning -the depth to which the magnetic pole is seated in the earth, I have no -means of ascertaining. This could best be done with a dipping needle -along the line of no variation, at a suitable distance from the equator, -so that the north end of the needle may have a perfect freedom of dip. -Let the distance be ascertaind from the observer to the north magnetic -pole, as manifested at the surface, which differs not much from two -hundred miles, west of Baffin’s bay. This distance may form the base -line of a right-angled triangle. Let the surface angle at the magnetic -pole be the right angle, and the dipping needle will show the angle at -the place of the observer between the line on the surface of the earth -and the line made by the dip. The observer then has a right-angled -triangle, with sufficient data to ascertain at what depth the magnetic -pole lies below the surface of the earth. - -It would be gratifying to me, if some philosopher along the line of -coincidence would take the trouble to ascertain the depth of the -magnetic pole, and publish his experiments. Possibly, some day, a -knowledge of that fact may add to the light of science. - -The reasons why the magnetic needle at some places on the earth has a -stationary variation from the geographical pole, and at others an annual -movable variation, seems by some to be not easily accounted for, but I -am of opinion that the same reasons may be assigned for the stationary -position of the needle that are assigned for the stationary appearance -of a planet in its orbit around the sun. - -The motion of the magnetic pole around the earth, to an observer at any -one point on the earth, as at London at present, presents during its -whole circuit two stationary points or extremes to the left in its -forward, and to the right in its retrograde movement. The extreme -slowness of the magnetic pole round the earth, causes the stationary -variation of the needle to remain nearly the same for a great many -years. Hence so long as the magnetic pole continues to revolve around -the earth, every other place on the earth will give in its turn a -stationary and an annual variation. - -Soon after my arrival at Oregon city, in the fall of the year, I observd -that the central portion of that body of light calld Aurora Borealis, -was as much to the right of the north geographical pole as the variation -of the magnetic needle. I was then led to conclude that it was a -constant attendant upon the north magnetical pole, moving westward -gradually as the magnetic pole advances in that direction. - -Very evidently the Northern Lights are occasiond by emissions of -electrical light flowing from the great amount of electricity -concentrated at the north magnetical pole. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER X. - - - Curiosities of Oregon. - -It is difficult to tell, in making out a history of a country, what -would be a curiosity and what would not, to readers that are familiar -with descriptions of country scenery. I have selected a few that are -considered by some as curiosities, as follows. - - Mount Hood and its glacial sisters. - Bear Lake of Bear River. - Soda Springs. - Hot Springs. - Cascade Falls. - -Mount Hood is one of the glacial peaks of the Cascade range of -mountains. It is situated about 50 miles a little south of east from -Oregon city, from whose vicinity it can be seen, and about 30 miles -south of the Columbia river. Its height above tide water is about 11,721 -feet. Rain seldom falls upon this mountain. Whenever it is enveloped by -clouds, their contents are generally deposited in the form of snow. And -in the summer season, the spectator from a neighboring mountain may -frequently see it glistening with a brilliant white covering of snow, -when only a few minutes before it had presented a mottled appearance of -naked precipitous rocks, glacial prominences, huge caverns and deep -ravines, so rapid is the passage of the clouds across the summit of this -mountain. Alternately, during the summer season, the top of this -mountain is coverd with clouds and then illuminated with a brilliant sun -through a transparent sky. During the short season of repose from -storms, the sun pours down its intense rays upon those snows and -prominent glaciers, reducing them to water, which on its passage -downward, especially in the hottest of the summer season, frequently -deluges the whole base of the mountain, overturning and submerging to a -considerable depth beneath rocks and sand bars, many of the most lofty -and gigantic trees growing at the base and along the valley below. - -On ascending this mountain, as the traveler arrives at the line of -perpetual frost, he sees no verdure of any kind. Animals can only live -to skirt across some of its lowest glaciers to other mountains more -friendly to contribute to their support. Still advancing upward, the -glaciers become more steep, till they with the walls of precipitous -rocks, bid entire defiance to an ascension to the top of this -interesting mountain. - -In some of the lowest glaciers of Mount Hood are glacial caverns, -several hundred feet deep, coverd from sight with sometimes only a thin -covering of ice, with scarcely sufficient strength to sustain the weight -of a man. - -Mount Hood is a sample of the immense disintegrating power of -glacio-aqueous agency. It cannot be expected that otherwise than great -disintegrating power should exist where there are constant alternations -of frost and water upon rock, as is the case upon Mount Hood. From this -mountain flow several important streams of water, all of which, I -believe, are constantly filled with a thick sediment of disintegrated -rock. - -Mount Hood on the east furnishes a considerable arm of Deshutes river. -On the west, a large stream calld Sandy creek, and a part of Clackamas. -Sandy, after a few miles of westerly course, runs north and falls into -the Columbia river, a little below the Cascade falls. Another important -stream calld Dog river, flows to the north and empties into the Columbia -river above the Cascade falls. In fine, Mount Hood sits as queen of -mountains within its vicinity, and being located centrally within that -vast range of mountains, and elevated so much above all others as it is, -must necessarily distribute its waters on all sides, breaking their way -and bursting their barriers through other mountains of inferior size, -till they are finally discharged into the ocean. - -Mount Jefferson, another glacial peak, is situated centrally in the -Cascade range of mountains, about 50 miles nearly south of Mount Hood, -and about 40 miles east of the Willamet river. This glacier, as well as -Mount Hood, contributes to the waters of Deshutes on the east, and the -Willamet on the west. Its character is similar in most respects to Mount -Hood, though somewhat inferior in size. - -Mount St. Helen, on the north side of the Columbia river and about forty -miles from it, is another high towring glacier of the Cascade range. -This mountain, as seen from Oregon city, pierces the welkin high above -the horizon around. Citizens of this country say that there are -occasional emissions of smoke from its summit, though no lava of late -has been seen flowing down its declivities. No successful attempt has -been made to climb this mountain, to ascertain the size and appearance -of its crater. It is the only one in this region that appears at present -to show signs of volcanic activity. - -Mount Rainier and Mt. Baker, still farther north along the Cascade -range, are similar in character, less in size, and not very well known. - - * * * * * * * * - -Bear lake and the Mineral springs are next to receive attention as -curiosities. - -Twelve or thirteen miles west of Thomas’ fork of Bear river, is an -extensive bottom of Bear river, where is a lake of unknown depth, and -about three miles in width. Across this lake is a bar of earth, -extending entirely from one bank to its opposite, rising about three -feet above the waters of the lake, and wide enough for wagons to pass. -This lake is a short distance above the confluence of its waters with -Bear river. Its waters come from the mountains south of the lake, and -are dischargd by percolation through this bar into the lake below it. -From what I have seen of beaver dams in West Oregon, I am inclind to -think this bar was made by those animals. - - * * * * * * * * - -The Soda springs at Bear river, sixty-five miles east of Fort Hall, are -considerd by some persons a curiosity. The bottoms of Bear river, at the -springs and for several miles in extent along the emigrant route, appear -to be cavernous. In the vicinity of the springs where most of them are -located, emissions of gasses are observd from the surface of the land, -and oftentimes with a considerable explosion. The springs likewise are -constantly emitting gasses from them, as noticd by the bubbling of the -water. The river at this place appears like a boiling pot. - -The water of these springs is quite sedimentary. Numerous cones of -silent springs are seen all around, occasiond by constant accumulations -from the sediment of the waters. Some of the springs form craters or -basin-shapd tops of several feet in diameter. These springs, after -having been active a great number of years, choke up their orifices, and -become silent. One which I saw on the bank of the river, calld by some -the Steamboat spring, had nearly ceasd to flow. Its dying groans -reminded me of a dying butcherd animal. Many of the springs are -intermittent of a few seconds alternately. So soon as the gasses are -sufficiently accumulated beneath, they are dischargd, often throwing the -water to several feet. - -Some of these springs are too alkaline to be pleasant to the taste, or -even healthy. Others again, have a sufficient amount of acid in -combination to render them tolerably pleasant. I believe, however, that -none of them are as pleasant as the artificial soda of our shops. - - * * * * * * * * - -About fifty miles east of Fort Boyce, along the south side of Snake -river and near to it, are hot springs issuing from the plains. At their -sources, they are scalding hot. Not far distant from these, on the north -side of Snake river, are other similar springs. Fifteen or sixteen miles -west of Fort Boyce, at the crossing of Malheur on the emigrant road, are -other springs, some of which are so hot that a man cannot bear his hand -in them two seconds. All of the hot springs are sulphurous. - -From the volcanic character of a great portion of the country lying west -of the dividing ridge of the American continent, it may probably be -inferd that the water of these springs is heated by internal fires, not -very deep-seated. - - * * * * * * * * - -The Cascade falls are noticd by some travelers as worthy of attention. -Some remarks relative to them may not be altogether uninteresting, as -well also to correct some errors of former writers. - -Mr. Eby, a late visitor of the falls, informd me that the country above -the cascade is so nearly on a level with the country below, that were -the rocks that choke up the river at the cascade removd, the water of -the river would flow as smoothly and with as little apparent fall, as it -does for miles above or below that place. - -Immediately above the falls is an apparent subsidence of many acres of -timberd land, so that the trees are standing in very deep water. But few -of them at present remain. Visitors of the present day are of the -opinion that the apparent subsidence is not one in reality, and that the -place now submerged was once a bottom land, coverd with a dense growth -of fir, and as the rocks precipitated from their stupendous columns into -the river at that place, the waters were gradually damd up, so as to -overflow the bottom of the river above. - -The timber there submergd has become of a siliceous petrefaction, -showing the grains of the timber as perfectly as if no such petrefaction -had taken place. - -After closing my remarks relative to the natural scenery of Oregon, I am -led to suggest some ideas concerning the poor, degraded, primitive man -of the country. - - - - - INDIANS OF OREGON. - - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XI. - - - Their Customs, Habits and Character. - -The Indians of Oregon, notwithstanding the exertions that have been made -to improve their condition, are still a degraded race of semi-human -beings, rapidly approaching to total extinction. Such is the proneness -of the human race to indolence and vice, that it requires the whole of a -short life to make any considerable advances towards an improvement in -his natural or mental condition, even amongst the most favord portions -of the human family. - -The Indian does not appear to have the most distant conceptions of any -moral obligation towards another. He is prompted by tradition more than -by a sense of duty, and the more he becomes enlightend, the more he -becomes alive to vice. - -The fox, taken from its lair in an infantile state, is only reard and -shown to the lodgings of the domestic fowl of the barnyard, ere he -escapes from the hands of his benefactor, with his prey, to his distant -and secret abode, amongst the thicket of the forest. So the Indian. -Point him to the comforts and enjoyments of a domestic life, and he -looks upon them with indifference and disdain. Teach him that from the -plow is derivd his food, and that in due time he may reap if he faint -not, and yet if he is hungry he will resort to the potato patch of his -neighbor and dig them all up so soon as they are planted, leaving his -future well-being to the fates. - -There is but little confidence reposd in each other respecting the -safe-keeping of property, and it is impossible to make an Indian believe -that it is morally wrong to steal. The only thing that prevents them -from stealing, is the probability of being detected and punishd for it, -and that Indian is smartest, who is keenest at the business. - -At present, the few remaining Indians of Oregon are in a worse condition -than before the whites settled amongst them. Formerly, they depended -entirely on furs to keep them warm during the inclement season of the -year, but now they are partly clad in skins and partly in garments -nearly worn out, sold them by the whites for a trifling amount of labor, -or such other pay as is agreed upon. With these, they are often -amusingly and fantastically dressd. A man is sometimes seen wearing a -bonnet, wrong side before. Sometimes a woman is seen wearing a man’s -shirt, and others, again, are seen wearing a dress, reversed. Sometimes, -in the summer season, it would puzzle a Philadelphia lawyer to tell what -kind of a dress they do wear, or whether—— - -At present, there are probably not more than twenty-five Indians, who -consider the Willamet valley their home, though others, from the upper -country of the Columbia, resort to Oregon city to winter, because they -can obtain support during that season more readily, where abundant -supplies can be had at all times. - -The mode of doctoring, when any prevalent disease is among them, has a -tendency rapidly to depreciate their numbers. It is done by heating the -system as hot as they can bear, in ovens made for that purpose, along -the banks of streams, where the patient is shut in for several minutes, -with heated pebbles, until he obtains a thorough sweat. He then rushes -to the stream and plunges into the water, which cools the system so -suddenly, that hundreds live to try the experiment but a few times. - -Another depopulating mode of conduct is practicd amongst some of the -tribes, which is that of flattening the head. The opinion that the Great -Spirit can better distinguish between the aristocrat and his slave, in -another world, has led to the practice of flattening the heads of the -aristocracy, and leaving the heads of their slaves natural. This -practice is common only amongst some of the tribes of the Western -valley. Those Indians of the upper country, nominally Flat Heads, are so -only in derision. - -The mode of flattening the head, is to take the infant, at the first -dawn of its existence, and lash firmly to its back a board, somewhat -longer than the child and of suitable width, probably eight or ten -inches, for it to lie upon when placd in a prostrate position. Its arms -are brought downward to this board, and lashd so firmly that the infant -cannot stir them. The board at its back reaches two or three inches -above the head, so that the board which serves for flattening the head, -being fastend to the top of this, is brought over the head forward to -the edge of the brow. To the edges of this are fastend small cords, that -are brought back and fastend to the board behind. These cords are drawn -so tight that the board on the head forms an a acute angle at the top, -with the board on its back. In this position, the miserable infant is -kept more than three months, languishing for want of action. Sometimes, -the blood gushes out from the nostrils and ears, from the severe -pressure of the board. - -But few survive the operation. When the operation is fully accomplishd, -the head is flattend from the brow to the top of the head, though -sometimes, in after life, it becomes a little raisd at the fontanelle -and cross sutures. - -An Indian can be taught to pray, and, in fact, they do often pray to -their Tyee, or Big Spirit, as they call him, that he will give them a -supply of venison and other present supplies—but what may be considerd a -change of heart, is entirely foreign to an Indian. - -A few years ago, at the station of Mr. Lee, upon the Willamet river, -there was revival of religion, amongst whom were a considerable number -of Indians. The whites succeeded in getting them to pray for awhile, but -after they had prayd long enough, as they supposd, for a good lot of -blankets, they began to call for them. The whites told them that they -must not pray in that way. They replied, that they would not pray for -them any more, if they would not pay them for what they had done. - -The Indians at Dr. Whitman’s station, on the Walla Walla river, have -manifested, in their conduct towards him, what may truly be considerd -traits of Indian character. Like a venomous serpent, that bites the hand -that feeds it, so the Indians of that country, after incessant toil of -ten or twelve years, to teach them husbandry and the various comforts of -domestic life, stretchd forth their cruel hands, upon the 29th of -November, 1847, and murdered himself and family. - -I have long been of the opinion, that it is useless to send missionaries -to barbarous races of men, for the sake of Christianizing them, or even -civilizing them. The only benefit arising from an operation of that -kind, is to furnish a foothold for the enterprising white man, who may -follow the steps of the missionary, to seek a new home, where he may -display his wisdom, in beautifying and improving the face of nature. -Whom God has cursd, he is cursd, and whom God has blessd, truly is -blessd. - -Soon after the massacre of Dr. Whitman, the authorities of Oregon advisd -all the missionaries of the upper country to leave their fields of -operation, which they did, with the exception of Roman Catholics, who -have some localities there. - -It is difficult to determine what brought events to such a crisis as -that of the death of Dr. Whitman. It is supposd by some, that the Roman -Catholics sought an advantage to break up the Protestants at that place, -by making the Indians believe that the whites were endeavoring to -exterminate them, by introducing disease among them. - -On their way to the Western valley of Oregon, some of the emigrants, who -were afflicted with the measles, passd through Dr. Whitman’s place, and -imparted them to the Indians, from which cause, many of them died. - -The Indians are great believers in sorcery. They are of the opinion, -that the man who has power to cure, has also power to kill, by means of -witchcraft. From this belief, has arisen the custom amongst the Indians, -of killing their doctors, when any of their patients do not recover. - -Before closing the subject of the Oregon Indians, I have seen fit to -insert Mr. Spalding’s account of Dr. Whitman’s death, as given him by -his own daughter, who was present during the distressing event, which is -given by him as follows. - - - - - WAIILATPU MASSACRE. - - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XII. - - - Account of the murder of Dr. Whitman, as given by Rev. H. H. Spalding. - -In this communication I will commence the history of the bloody tragedy -of the 29th of November at Waiilatpu. In all such massacres there is -usually one or more escapes to tell the dreadful tale. It would seem God -rescued me from the murderer’s hand, to perform this painful office. May -kind Heaven grant that it may never again be my painful duty to record a -like tragedy. May the friends of missions never again be calld upon to -supply the places of their missionaries, cut down by the hands of those -to whom they may be sent with the blessings of the gospel of peace. -Especially may the dreadful act not again be done by the hands of those -who have been baptized in the name of the sacred Trinity, and introducd -into the Christian church. Considering all the circumstances which -attended the massacre at Waiilatpu, I think it stands first on the -catalogue of Indian crimes. The massacres committed in the first -settlements of America, were the acts of uncivilized, unchristianizd -heathens. The much lamented Dr. Whitman and esteemd lady and those who -fell with them, were murderd by the Cayuse Indians, who wishd to be -regarded a christianizd people, strictly honest, particularly friendly -to the Americans, having adopted the habits of civilizd life—with whom -my departed brother and sister had labord for more than eleven years, -had been the means under God of introducing among them numerous herds of -cattle, of planting fields of grain all through the country, had -deliverd them from their former precarious source of subsistence roots -and fish, and in their place, furnishd them, or causd them to possess in -abundance, all the comforts of life, various grains, vegetables, milk, -butter, beef, plows, &c. They had been indefatigable in their labors, to -instruct them in the principles of the Christian religion and to -introduce schools. - -The Cayuse had become a praying people. In almost every lodge the family -altar was erected. No doubt on the morning of the bloody 29th, the -murderers were scrupulous to observe their morning devotions, again at -evening, while the dead bodies of the slain lay about unburied, the food -of the fowls of heaven and the beasts of the earth. - -One of the actors of this horrible scene was a member of our church, and -while he held one of the captives as his wife, the sport of his brutal -passions, he was careful to have morning and evening prayer and to read -a portion of scripture from his book, which we printed while he was in -our school at Clear Water. - -Their sick and dead had ever been the peculiar care and receivd the -devoted attention of their missionaries. Yes my beloved associates, -whose hands had so often furnishd winding sheets and coffins for their -dead, were denied coffins and even a resting-place under the earth by -this same professed Christian people. Such are the people who have -committed the horrible murders of which it has become my painful duty to -write.—Such the end of the once promising mission among the Cayuse -Indians. - -On the 18th of November Mr. Jackson, my daughter Eliza, ten years of -age, and myself, left my place for Waiilatpu. My object was to spend a -few weeks with Dr. Whitman, visiting his people, preaching, assisting -him in his labors with the sick and dying. We were anxious to be present -at some of the meetings which the Catholic priests were holding with the -Indians to obtain locations near Waiilatpu, and to persuade the priests -if possible, to allow the Indians to say whether Catholic or Protestant -missionaries should remain among them. Should the Indians prefer the -Catholic missionaries, we would then and ever been ready to leave the -country and allow them to occupy the field unmolested. But should the -Indians prefer that the Protestant missionaries should continue, we have -ever felt the Catholics ought to leave us undisturbed. We have ever felt -that unprotected by law, we could not be safe should the Catholics come -into our field. - -The feelings of the Indians were, that both missionaries could not -occupy the same field. The Rev. Mr. Josette of the upper Catholic -mission requested of the Nez Perces, two years ago, a location near my -station. The principal chief Ellis said, “It will do for the French and -English to have two religions, as they have laws, but for Indians who -have no laws, it will not do. We have one religion with which we are -satisfied. If the Catholics come in, there will be fighting -immediately.” - -We have held ourselves ready to leave the country whenever the Indians -as a body wishd it. Dr. Whitman twice during the last year calld the -Cayuse together and told them if a majority wishd he would leave the -country at once. The Cayuse chiefs unanimously said he must not leave, -and among them were the principal persons who have staind their hands in -his blood. Dr. W. held himself ready to sell the Waiilatpu station to -the Catholic mission whenever a majority of the Cayuse might wish it, -provided that mission might wish to purchase it and the other stations, -and the mission might agree. I am not aware that the Catholic mission -ever applied to Dr. Whitman to purchase the Waiilatpu station. However -that may be, he would have proved recreant to the trust committed to him -by the American Board, had he sold the station or left it unless desird -by a majority of the people. - -A few days before I arrivd at Waiilatpu, the bishop and his priests had -held a meeting with the Cayuse at Walla-walla and laid before them again -their wish to obtain a location near the doctor’s station. Capt. Murray -informs me that he was present at that meeting, and that Tamtsaky and -Telapkaikt, said to the bishop, “That they would give him a station -already furnishd with buildings, mills, fences, &c., that it was the one -occupied by Dr. Whitman, that the doctor was a bad man and they were -going to get rid of him.” The bishop objected to taking the doctor’s -place. They then told him to come up and they would show him a place. -Accordingly, the bishop or one of his priests did so, and a place was -selected about four miles from the doctor’s station. - -On learning this, a Cayuse chief said to Telaukaikt, “Have you allowd -the Catholic priest to select a location?” the answer was “Yes.” The -chief replied, with this strong language of rebuke, “Why did you not put -the priest in the doctor’s house at once?” that is, as understood by the -Indians, “why did you not kill the doctor at once and give his property -to the priests?” This last statement I receivd from my fallen brother -the week before his death, who said, in view of this and other alarming -movements of the Catholics, “Now if the Indians do not allow us to -leave, my days are few, but if I am to fall by Catholic influence, I -believe my death will do as much good for Oregon as my life can.” - -I arrivd at the station Nov. 22d. The doctor’s large family had been -sick with the measles, and three of the children were still dangerously -ill. Mr. Osborn and his whole family were sick with the same disease. -Many of the other white families at the station were just taking the -measles. The Indians were sorely afflicted, dying every day, one, two, -and sometimes five in a day, with the dysentery which very generally -followd the measles. On the 24th Mr. Osborn’s second child died. Mrs. -Osborn and her youngest child continued very low. - -As we are approaching the eve of the awful tragedy, I will here notice -the white persons living at the station at the time of the massacre. The -doctor’s family consisted of himself and lady, Mr. Rogers, formerly our -school teacher, now studying with a view to join our mission, Mr. and -Miss Rewley, the former very sick at the time, seven orphan children of -one family by the name of Sager, (father and mother died crossing the -mountains in 1844,) the two daughters of Mr. Bridger and Mr. Meek, a -half-breed Spanish boy, whom the doctor had brought up from infancy, and -bound to the doctor by his father, and the two sons of Mr. Manson of the -H. B. Co. - -The following are the names of the families, their number and -occupation, viz. Mr. Osborn millwright, Mrs. Osborn and three children, -Mr. Camfield blacksmith, Mrs. Camfield and five children, Mr. Hall -employd building store-houses for the Indians, Mrs. Hall and five -children, Mr. Saunders school-teacher, Mrs. Saunders and five children, -Mr. Marsh miller, one child, Mrs. Hayse and two children. At the -saw-mill, twenty miles distant, Mr. Young mechanic, Mrs. Young, three -sons young men, Mr. Smith cutting saw-logs, Mrs. Smith and five -children, Mr. Hoffman employd in getting wheat for the Indians, Mr. -Sails sick, Mr. Gillian tailor. - -Most of these, contrary to the wish of the doctor, had stopd at the -station to winter on account of weak teams or sickness. The doctor had -been at considerable expense in exploring a new route from the Utilla to -the Dalls, which avoided the sands and heavy hills of the Columbia -river, led through good grass, and a nearer route. He was very -solicitous to persuade as many of the emigration as possible to pass on -to the Dalls, fearful that sickness and weak teams would compel more to -stop at the station than he could procure provisions for. I had already -packd over from my station, seventeen horse-loads of grain, expected to -pack more, from time to time through the winter. - -Very many who were persuaded to pass on to the lower country, felt -rather hard at the doctor at the time, for not allowing them to stop. I -thought myself he was over anxious. He is not to be blamd for the number -of Americans that were wintering at his station, if any blame is to be -attachd to this circumstance, but there is none, plainly because a -number of Americans’ wintering at Waiilatpu had nothing to do in -bringing about the massacre. To insinuate otherwise, is a base slander -upon the American character. That such insinuations, however, have gone -forth, I am aware, but it is for no other purpose than to divert public -attention from the true causes, and fasten it upon what was not the -cause. If Americans were the cause, why were all the Americans killd? -while the Catholics, down to the smallest child, were spard, caresd and -permitted to dwell among the murderers to this day unharmed, and even -now are commencing new stations among the Indians, while the last -families of our American missionaries are being removd from the country -by an escort from the army? The insinuation is as base and cruel as it -is absurd. - -There were also at the station three others who claimed to be Roman -Catholics, names, Nicholas Finley, Joseph Stanfield, Jo Lewis. The two -latter were in the employ of Dr. Whitman. Joseph Stanfield, a Canadian, -had crossed the mountains in ’46, had been in the employ of the doctor -from that time. At his trial before Judge Wheeler two of the widows -testified that Stanfield told them that he knew in the morning that the -massacre was to take place that day. On being taken by the sheriff, he -attempted to secrete a watch which belongd to one of the widows, also -considerable money belonging to one of the murdered young men. Jo Lewis -came into the country with the last emigration, at least from Fort Hall. -Much uncertainty hangs about this individual. To the mission he claimd -to be an Indian, born in Canada, of the Catholic faith, brought up in -the state of Maine, had spent some time in California. Among the Indians -he passd himself as a Chenook of the Catholic faith,—said that formerly -the Americans (Protestants as understood in most instances of late by -the word _Suyapu_) by ships brought poison to the lower country with a -view to destroy all the Indians. Vast multitudes were destroyd, as their -old men very well recollect—referring doubtless to the small-pox and -measels which raged throughout the territory some 35 or 40 years ago. -He, being a small child, was reserved by the Americans taken to the -States, where he had grown up, ever mindful of his native country, and -anxious to return to his own people. He told the Indians that he took -particular notice of the letters of the Dr. and myself, from this -country, told them that some of these letters spoke of this vast country -every way desirable for settlements, its healthy climate, its rich soil, -the bands of horses. Some of the letters calld for poisons by which we -could sweep off the Indians, and make way for the Americans. In -accordance with this request, he said, several bottles of poison had -been brought over by the last emigration, which had caused many deaths -among the immigrants, and was the cause of the sore sickness and -frequent deaths among the Indians, and would soon kill them all if the -Dr. and his lady and myself were not removd. This I receivd from Stikas -in his lodge 24 hours after the butchery had taken place. - -It seems that immediately on my arriving, Lewis set himself to excite -the Indians to do the dreadful deed. He told them that he overheard the -Dr. and myself consulting at night as to the most effectual way to kill -off the Indians. - -Such statements following like statements which have been sounding in -our ears, and in the ears of Indians for years, and made with so much -apparent solicitude for them, and at this time of great excitement among -the Indians, on account of the measles, had doubtless much to do in -bringing about the bloody tragedy. He took an active part in the -murders—was seen by Mr. Camfield, from his place of retreat, to go up to -the window in company with Tamtsaky, and beat them in, and soon after, -to bring out goods. - -Several times before Mrs. Whitman receivd her first wound, and after the -doctor was senseless, Jo showd himself at the window with a gun in his -hand. When Mrs. Whitman would speak to him, he would immediately go -away. He brought the children down from the school room, and collected -them in the kitchen, to be shot. When the chief gave orders not to shoot -the children, and just as Mrs. Whitman was brought out upon the settee, -where she receivd her mortal wounds, an Indian seizd Francis by the -head, dragd him out from among the children, to the door of the Indian -room, where Jo with his own hand, shot him. - -The object of Lewis was doubtless plunder. Finley has a Cayuse, or -Walla-walla wife, was campd near the doctor’s. In his lodge, the -murderers held their councils during the massacre, he being at the head. -He partook of the plunder, and is said by the Nez Perces, to have -considerable money. The part he took in the battles at the Utilla and -the Tukanan, is better known to others than myself. He is now said to be -in the Flat head country. - -On the 23d, three Indians died, including a child. The Dr. as usual had -coffins made for them, and winding sheets prepard and assistd in burying -the dead. His visits to the sick and dying, were as frequent as the -severe sickness in his and the other white families would allow. It was -most distressing to go into a lodge of some ten fires, and count 20 or -25, some in the midst of measles, others in the last stages of -dysentery, in the midst of every kind of filth, of itself sufficient to -cause sickness, with no suitable means to alleviate their almost -inconceivable sufferings, with perhaps one well person to look after the -wants of two sick ones. Every where the sick and dying were pointed to -Jesus, and the well were urgd to prepare for death. - -24th. To day, a child of Mr. Osborn’s died. We hopd that this affliction -of Providence would show the Indians that the whites, in common with -themselves, were exposd to the ravages of disease. But from the grave, -Tintinmisi, a chief, followd us to the house, and repeatd to us, the old -declaration,—“The Samh-Sismusismu, (black gowns,) every where tell us -that you are causing us to die. I do not believe it myself, but some of -the people do.” - -We told him that it was owing to cleanliness, and better nursing, that a -less number of whites than Indians died—told them, (many were now -collected,) if they listend to the false reports and drove us from the -country, they would be a ruind people. But if they preferd the Catholic -to the Protestant missions, let us know it, and we will leave the -country immediately. They said we must not leave them. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XIII. - - - Same subject continud. - -25th. To-day, Mr. Jackson, Mr. Rogers and myself left for Walla-walla. -Encampd with the Walla-walla chief, Piyu-piyu Maks-maks, (Yellow Swan, -often calld Yellow Bird, or Yellow Serpent.) We had a pleasant -interview. He said the Catholics had often urgd him to leave the -Protestants, and join them, but he should never join them, as it was too -much like their old religion, worshipping men, women, clothes, -swords,—&c. They had frequently requestd of him a place for a station, -but he had refused. They had told him in reply, he must go to hell, if -he followd the Protestants. He replied that as you say the Protestants -are bad, and I am bad, sure it is better that the bad go together. He -said that they had frequently told him that we were poisoning the -Indians, that the Bishop told them it was the Americans who brought the -measles into the country, that God had sent this disease upon them, to -show his displeasure at heretics. - -This declaration, the chief thought the Bishops made in order to -prejudice the Indians against the heretics. Immediately on its being -made, the statement spread through the country like electricity. It was -in the mouth of every Indian, old and young—the great chief of the Black -gowns, (the Bishop,) tells us that the Americans brought the measles -into the country—that God sends this disease among the heretics, to show -the Indians how he hates the Americans. The excitement was intense, and -we felt our situation to be most critical,—we felt that we were in -danger from this source. - -But the difficulties in our minds were, are these tangible evidences -that we can present to the public and our Board, that will convince them -that we are in danger from this source? Now that the bloody transaction -has taken place, circumstances and facts seem to point so plainly to -this source as the source whence originated the indirect causes of the -massacre, that many are ready to exclaim, “why did you not leave your -fields before?” And even our Catholic friends seem to be so thoroughly -convincd that our situation was a dangerous one, that many of them are -loudest in exclaiming, “you should have left your fields before.” But so -entirely hidden from the eye of the Christian world, were those -influences we feard, that had we left 3 days before the massacre, the -Papists would have settld quietly through the country, the Cayuse -continued, as they have been for years, friendly to the Americans—had we -publishd to the world as a reason of our leaving that we considerd our -lives in danger from the influences which the Papists were every where -exerting upon the minds of the Indians through their prejudices and -superstitions, who would have believd us? The world, the church and the -Board would have condemnd us as cowards leaving our work before there -was danger. - -Besides, the Board have ever enjoind upon us, as also the Captain of our -salvation, to contend earnestly for the pure principles of christianity -against the errors and subverting principles of Romanism, and NOT TO -FLEE before them. - -26th. Last night a niece of the chief died. He requested me to pray and -converse with the afflicted family. He farther requested that after -arriving at the fort, I would hold myself in readiness to attend the -funeral as soon as the corpse could be taken to the fort some four miles -distant, and preparations made for burying. As we were about to leave, -the chief took me by the hand and said, his heart would ever be with the -Americans. I am happy to learn that to a good degree, (considering the -influences which have been about him,) he has kept his word. - -Reachd the fort early. Found here the “Bishop of Walla-walla” and five -priests. Three or four others had crossd to the north side of the -Columbia river, and were commencing stations on the Yankmaw river. Let -it be distinctly notied that this bishop was appointed “Bishop of -Walla-walla,” and sent into this field with his priests, while as yet -there was not a Catholic church or station, or priest (stationary) in -the whole district, but the field was entirely occupied by Protestant -missionaries, most of whom had been quietly laboring in their places for -eleven years. - -Soon after we arrivd, a messenger came into the fort stating that all -things were ready for the funeral services. Mr. Rogers accompanid me to -the grave. A canoe had been cut into parts for the coffin and its cover. - -On returning to the fort I enterd into familiar conversation with Rev. -Mr. Brouette, one of the priests, who can speak very good English, on -the subject of the “Catholic Ladder,” which has, for several years, been -distributed among our Indians, and I believe very generally through all -the tribes of Oregon. This “Ladder” and the instructions which usually -followd it, generally in the hands of half-breeds previously instructed, -declard the Roman Catholic church to be the only true church—that the -“Suyapu,” [Protestants, Americans,] Heretics, had left the true church -when Luther laid aside his black gown and cross and went after a -maid,—that we were all going down to hell,—that while we Protestants by -our poisons were causing them to die, by our instructions we were -sending them to hell. - -The excitement producd among the Indians by these measures was most -intense. It is impossible for any one who was not a constant witness to -conceive of the agitated state of the Indians when this alarm was -fastend upon their superstitious minds, and consequently of our critical -and dangerous situation. My attention had been suddenly arrested by the -outcries and wailings of a whole camp, occasiond by the arrival of some -one with an additional explanation of the “Catholic Ladder,” always -accompanied with the declaration, the American missions are causing us -to die. - -I told the priest that in self-defense and in order to counteract these -false ideas, I had prepard a chart on which was exhibited the rise of -the Papal church as predicted by Paul, 1st Timothy iv. 1-3, 2d Thes. ii. -3. I told him we understood where each other stood. He and his church -regarded and pronouncd us vile heretics and worthy to be persecuted and -expeld from the country, and reminded him of the means, the “Catholic -Ladder,” which would soon effect this object if not counteracted. On the -other hand, we Protestants regarded the Papal church as the Man of Sin, -and while I would as a neighbor afford them every facility my limited -means would allow, to aid them in the beginning in the way of -provisions, seeds, native books, &c., as I presumd they would do the -same by us in like circumstances, as a minister of what I regarded the -gospel of Christ, set for its defense in this part of the world, and -especially as having been first and long in the field, we should exert -ourselves to the utmost to enlighten and instruct the people, to -disabuse them of the errors and highly inflammatory doctrines every -where spreading through the country by this “Catholic Ladder” and its -teachers, greatly to our prejudice and danger. - -Not to do any thing like working behind their backs, the chart was -brought and spread out before the bishop and his priests, and briefly -explaind. - -The equality of the apostles as declard by their great Head, is -exhibited on this chart. The rise of the Man of Sin as foretold by Paul, -and which history and observation compel us to believe to be the church -of Rome by one markd sign, “forbidding to marry,” and the abominable sin -of idolatry in the worship of many and the bowing to the cross—is -represented in the chart, sitting in the temple of God, proclaiming -himself to be God, by the act of expiating given sins for fixd sums of -money, as 10s 6d for killing a father, brother or wife, 18s for going -into a nunnery alone, &c., and the burning of Bibles in New York in -1843, are represented. Other abominations as substantiated by history -and Catholic authors, are shown. - -The exhibition of this chart calld forth a close but friendly -discussion. I askd one question—Is it true as claimd by one of your -authors that the priest has the power to reproduce the person of the -Lord Jesus Christ? Mr. Brouette replied distinctly, that he and every -priest had power given them to recreate the person of Jesus Christ -entire, flesh, bones, blood, head, hands, feet, &c., just as he was -while on earth, and farther, they have the power to communicate the Holy -Ghost, and to give even the Father himself. My blood ran cold! I was -shockd at the horrible blasphemy of my friend, who otherwise treated me -like a gentleman. - -I told him if I could be made to believe that I had the power to -reproduce the person of Christ our Lord, I should be horribly shockd at -the idea of taking the deadly weapon and of committing murder, and of -cutting up this body and feeding it to the people, and so convert them -into a herd of cannibals, which is repeated many times every day in the -Roman Catholic church in the mass. He replied that it was the glorified -body of the Lord that they reproducd and sacrificd, and therefore it -could not be susceptible of suffering when cut up. I replied, your mass -then answers no purpose. The law of God requires as a condition of -salvation, “without shedding of blood,” i. e. without suffering, “there -is no remission of sins.” The glorified body of Christ cannot shed blood -or suffer. He then shifted back again and said, we continue the -sacrifice that was commencd on the cross. I rejoind, you admit the awful -fact. The natural, real person of our blessed Saviour was naild to the -cross and murderd by the wicked Jews. You claim to continue that murder. -Therefore by your own positions you are murderers and -cannibals,—therefore it follows unavoidably that the system of -Catholicism is downright cannibalism or base deception. - -After tea, to which Mr. McRean kindly invited us, in company with the -bishop and his priests, our party left for Waiilatpu. Encampd on the -Tushee. - -27th. Arrived at the station early. A message had arrivd from Hezekich -or Five Crows, and Tauwitwai on the Utilla, soliciting Dr. Whitman to -visit the sick in that camp. I should have mentiond under date of 25th, -that a Nez Perces in the camp of the Walla-walla chief, came to our tent -and askd if the doctor was not killd, with as much indifference as if he -had been inquiring about a horse. I replied, no. He said he heard the -doctor was to be killd. This Nez Perce was a young man from my place, in -whose statements no one ever expects to place any confidence. Had he -been apprizd of the purpose of the Cayuse to destroy all Americans, I -think he would have apprizd Mr. Jackson and myself, being our particular -friend. - -I stated this to the doctor, Mr. Kimble and others, at the station,—we -considerd it a re-iteration of what had been said for a long time, “A -ball can penetrate your body.” True it was a time of great excitement -among the people on account of the measles and dysentery which they -every where said the Catholic priests told them were causd by us. - -The doctor in one of his visits to the sick, had discovered Tamahas, -(calld the murderer for having killd several Indians, who had just -before lost his wife and who was the person, that, afterwards with two -blows upon the head, laid our lamented brother bleeding, senseless but -not lifeless, upon the floor,) in rather a suspicious attitude. From -that time, the doctor had been cautious. But there were no inflammatory -meetings among the chiefs as there had often been. For instance, when -they returnd from California two years ago after the death of the son of -the Walla-walla chief, several meetings were held to consider whether -the doctor, myself or some other American teacher, should be killd as a -set-off for Elijah. They came to the conclusion of a great majority at -least, and I believe unanimous, that no one should be killd, and pledgd -themselves in a full meeting, at which all those principal persons who -have staind their hands in the blood of their teachers, as also the -doctor and myself, were present, that we should not be injurd, and said -we must not leave the country. - -Again, when a party of Nez Perces returnd from the Catholic station -among the Pointed-hearts, for many days fiery meetings were held through -the camp, at which were re-iterated like a lesson well learnd, what they -declard one and all they had receivd from the priests at the station, -(in which were insinuations and assertions that endangerd our lives,) we -were the authors of their sickness and death, the teachers of doctrines -which would ruin the Indians. But now there were none of these meetings. -On the other hand, all the Indians appeard friendly, were constantly -coming for medicines, gruels, and other food, and warm in expressing -their gratitude to the doctor for his unwearied labors among them. - -The Cayuse at this time were in a more promising attitude than ever -before. They were enlarging their farms, fencing them better, employing -the doctor to build granaries, break up land, build fences, &c., who -kept from time to time several teams employd in this business. Their -attention to religious instruction was not abated. They were giving the -doctor no trouble as formerly, about the mills, the land, the timber, -&c. In fact, aside from the fearful movements of the Catholics crowding -in upon us, the doctor was more encouragd than at any time before. - -If any are disposd to attach blame to Dr. Whitman because he did not arm -himself and others on that day and prepare for defense, let that blame -rest upon the living,—let it rest upon the writer, and not upon the -eminently devoted, pious and highly useful missionary whose name with -that of his worthy companion I love to cherish, but whose death I am -compeld to record—whose name I know every friend of the red man, as also -every true American, will love to hand down to the coming generation, as -the name of an eminently devoted missionary and warm-hearted friend of -his suffering countrymen, immigrating to this country. - -I know that one in high authority in the Catholic church, in a late -publication, by a well meant and well studied silence, would give a very -different character to my departed brother, as also more than intimate -that the first Christian effort is yet to be made to civilize and -Christianize the Cayuse and Nez Perce Indians. The design of the -reverend gentleman in hanging out his colors so soon, was doubtless, -that his people might know where he stood. I am greatly mistaken if -there are not others who will read a lesson upon those colors. But we -must expect such things from such hands,—hands which are uplifted not -against the Protestant religion only, but against our dearest, noblest, -immortal American temple, as can be shown from their attempting to -annihilate the civil institution of marriage. - -But there is no blame to be attachd to any for neglecting to arm -ourselves. The doctor had not a load of ammunition in his house,—the -immigrants living at the station had ammunition, and I think the -doctor’s boys had a few loads. Suppose the doctor had made an attempt to -arm and defend himself,—the attempt would have been known and rousd the -Indians. Besides, Jo Lewis was in the doctor’s family, and apparently -his best friend. He would have been among the first armd for defense—and -what a defense it would have been! - -The doctor requested me to accompany him to the Utilla. Leaving dear -sister Whitman for the last time in this world, greatly exhausted by her -long and incessant watchings and labors with the sick, with three of her -children and one of Mr. Osborn’s yet dangerously ill, to require her -constant attention, Mrs. Osborn not yet able to leave her bed, and -leaving my daughter—oh horrible!—to fall a captive into the hands of -murderers, the doctor and myself started about sun-down. - - - - - CHAPTER XIV. - - - Same subject continud. - -The Utilla is about 20 miles from Waiilatpu, prairie country, as is the -whole of the middle district of Oregon, with the exception of one or two -mountains, at intervals of one and two hundred miles. - -The night was dark, and the rain and wind beat furiously upon us. But -our interview was sweet. We little thought it was to be our last. With -feelings of deepest emotion, we calld to mind, that eleven years before, -we crossd this trail the day before we reachd Walla-walla, the end of -our seven months’ journey from New York. We little thought the journey -of life was so soon to close. We calld to mind the high hopes and -thrilling interests which had been awakend during the year that -followd—of our successful labors, and the constant devotedness of the -Indians to improvement. True, we rememberd the months of deep solicitude -we had had, occasiond by the increasing, menacing demands of the Indians -for pay for their water, their wood, their air, their lands. But much of -this had passd away, and the Cayuse, as to efforts for improvement, and -menacing the station, were in a far more encouraging condition than ever -before. - -But the principal topic of conversation during that dark night was the -danger that threatend from another source. The little cloud, as a man’s -hand, which had been hanging for some years in the distant horizon, now -assumd a darker and more alarming appearance. The Papal Bishop and his -priests seemd determind to crowd themselves upon us, and without -consultation. - -We felt that the present sickness among the Indians afforded the -Catholics a favorable opportunity to excite the Indians to drive us from -the country. And all the movements seemd to indicate that this would -soon be attempted if not executed. Besides, we are informd by their own -writers, that the oath of every priest requires him to oppose, to -persecute and to ruinate every heretic, and every other power, but the -Papal power, to the utmost of his ability. But my worthy brother -replied, “in God we put our trust,” and repeated “if I am to fall by -Roman Catholic influence, I believe my death will do as much good to -Oregon as my life can.” - -We arrivd late at the lodge of Stickas, thoroughly wet. In coming down -the hill to the lodge, my horse fell and rolld partly over me, which -causd severe pains in the head, and one leg, through the night and the -next day. We spread down our blankets by a good fire in the lodge, and -lay till morning. - -28—Sabbath. Stackas, after family worship, prepard for us a good -breakfast of potatoes, squash, fresh beef, and wheatbread of his wife’s -make. My departed brother observd how gratifying to notice the -advancement of this people—their present abundant means for comfortable -living, compard with their wretchedness and starvation, when we arrivd -among them ten years ago. - -I was particularly struck with the stillness and the order that prevaild -in the lodge, and through the village, during the Sabbath. - -The Dr. was immediately sent for, and after breakfast, he went over the -river, to visit the sick, in the villages of Tawitwai, Pa-hat-ko-ko, -(Five crows, Yumhawalis, (Growling bear.) At the hour appointed, the -Indians were collected, and I explaind to them the way of salvation. - -About 4 o’clock, the Dr. returnd much fatigued, but said the sickness in -his family, made it his duty to return home—said he had taken tea with -the Bishop and two of his priests, who had arrivd from Walla-walla, the -night before, and were occupying a house belonging to Tawitwai, (young -chief,) built for him some years ago, by Mr. Pambran—said he had invited -the Bishop and his priests to visit him, which they promisd to do in a -short time. The doctor was much pleasd with the idea—hoping that we -might come to some understanding and bring it before the people, to say -who should be their missionaries.—I consented to remain, visit the sick -and dying, and preach to the people a few days, then take my daughter -and return home. Mr. Rogers expected to return home with us, to give his -undivided attention to the native language. My dear brother bade me good -evening, and left about sundown, although he greatly needed sleep and -rest. My eyes saw him for the last time, as he passd at good speed over -the hill, in the distance—to fall with his dear companion, at their post -of duty. - -What follows, I have receivd from the children, widows and others, who -escapd the bloody massacre. I have taken every precaution, and made -extensive inquiries, and believe the statement can be relied on. - -Our devoted friend reachd home at 12 at night, and after examining the -sick, took some rest. In the morning, he was at his work, administering -to the sick, in the families of the whites and the Indians. That night -or morning, an Indian died. The doctor as usual, had a coffin and -winding sheet prepard, and assisted the friends in burying. He observd, -on returning to the house, that but two or three attended at the grave. - -As the doctor returnd from the grave, great numbers of Indians were -observd gathering about the station, but an ox had been killd, and was -being dressd, and was supposd to be the cause, as the Indians on such -occasions, always collect in great numbers, and often from a distance. - -Joseph Stanfield had brought in the ox from the plains,—which had been -shot by Francis. Messrs. Kimble, Camfield, and Hoffman, were dressing -the beef between the two houses. Mr. Saunders was in the school which he -had just calld in for the afternoon. Mr. Marsh was grinding at the mill. -Mr. Gillan was upon his tutor’s bench, in the large adobie house, calld -the mansion, a short distance from the dwelling of the doctor,—Mr. Hull -was at work, laying a floor to a room adjoining the doctor’s house. Mr. -Rogers was in the garden. Mr. Osborn and family were in the Indian room -adjoining the doctors seting room. Young Mr. Sails was sick in the -family of Mr. Camfield, who were living in the blacksmith’s shop. Young -Mr. Bewley was sick in the doctor’s house. John Sager was sitting in the -kitchen, but partially recoverd from the measles.—The doctor and his -lady, with their three sick children and a sick child of Mr. Osborn, and -Mrs. Osborn, were sitting in the dining or sitting room. Several Indians -came to the middle door, and requested the Doctor to come into the -kitchen. He did so, shutting the door after him, and taking the Bible in -which he was reading, and which I believe is now in the hands of one who -escapd, and having upon it the marks of blood.—Edward sat down by his -side, and was earnestly soliciting medicines, while Tamahas, an Indian -calld the murderer, came behind him, and drawing a pipe-tomahawk from -under his blanket, struck the doctor in the back of the head. The first -blow only stunnd him, and his head fell upon his breast, but a second, -which followd instantly upon the top of his head, brought him senseless -but not lifeless upon the floor. John, rising up, attempted to draw a -pistol. The Indians before him, rushd to the door, crying out, “he will -shoot us,” but those behind, seizd his arm, and he was thrown upon the -floor. At the same instant, he receivd several shots from every -direction, while a number with tomahawks and knives, rushd upon him, and -cut him terribly to pieces. His throat was cut, and a woollen tippet -stuck into it. Still he lingerd. In the struggle, two Indians were -wounded, one in the foot, and one in the hand, by each other. - -As soon as the tumult commencd, Mrs. Whitman, overhearing, and judging -the cause, commencd in agony, to stamp upon the floor, and wring her -hands crying out, “oh the Indians! the Indians! that Jo has done it -all!” - -Mrs. Osborn stepd into her room with her child, and in a short time, Mr. -Osborn and family were secreted under the floor. - -Without coming into the other rooms, the Indians left the kitchen, -doubtless to aid in the dreadful work without. At this moment, Mrs. -Hayse ran in from the Mansion, and with her assistance, Mrs. Whitman -drew her dying husband into the dining room, and placing his mangled, -bleeding head upon a pillow, and did all her frightful situation would -allow, to stay the blood, and revive her husband, but to no purpose—the -dreadful work was done. To every question that was put to him, he would -simply reply “no,” in a low whisper. - -Probably after he receivd the first blow, he was not sensible of his -situation. About this time, Mr. Kimble, from the beef, ran into the room -through the kitchen, and rushd up stairs with a broken arm hanging by -his side. He was followd immediately by Mr. Rogers, who in addition to a -broken arm, was tomahawkd in the side of the head, and coverd with -blood. He assisted Mrs. Whitman, in making fast all the doors, and in -removing the sick children up stairs. Jo Lewis was seen several times -approaching one of the windows with a gun, but when Mrs. W. would ask, -“Jo, what do you want?” he would flee away. - -By this time, the scene without had reachd the summit of its fury. The -screams of the fleeing, fainting women and children—the groans and -struggles of the failing, dying victims—the roar of the musketry—the -clash of war clubs,—the whistling of balls—the clouds of burning -powder,—the furious riding and rushing of naked, painted Indians,—the -unearthly yells of infuriated savages, self-maddend, like tigers, by the -smell of human blood,—all, all, require other language, and other ears -than those of civilized beings! My blood chills as I write. But I am -amazd at the self possession of dear Mrs. Whitman. In the midst of the -terrible scene, she leaves not the room of her pale, gasping husband. -Two Americans were overpowerd by crowds of savages, and hewd down by her -window. It attractted her attention but for a moment—but this afforded -an opportunity for a young Indian, who had always been particularly -favord by Mrs. Whitman, to level his gun. His victim receivd the ball -through the window in her right breast, and fell, uttering a single -groan. In a few moments, she revivd, rose and went to the settee, kneeld -in prayer. She was heard to pray for her dear children, now to be left -orphans a second time, and that her aged father and mother might be -sustaind under the terrible shock, which the news of her fate must -occasion. - -Soon after this, faint and bleeding, she was helpd into the chamber, -where were now collected Mrs. Whitman, Mrs. Kimble, Mr. Rogers, all -wounded and fainting with the loss of blood—Mr. Hayse, Mrs. Bewley, -Catharine Sager, 13 years of age, and the three sick children. - -They had scarcely gaind this temporary retreat, when the crash of the -windows and doors, the deafening war whoop took the last hope from their -fainting bosoms. - -The under rooms were plunderd of all their property, the furniture dashd -to pieces, and cast out. Jo Lewis was seen among the foremost to dash in -the windows and bring out the goods. Here a deed was perpetrated, that -exhibits the deep treachery and malignity of the Indian character— - -Telaukaikt came into the room, where the doctor lay yet breathing, and -with his hatchet, deliberately chopd his face terribly to pieces, but -still left him alive. - -Telaukaikt was a principal chief, had ever receivd markd favors from the -doctor. A store house was then about being completed for him by the -doctor. For several years he had exhibited a good christian character, -and was on probation for admission into the church. But such was the -return for untold favors, and such the end of his religion. A few days -before, it will be recollected, he had given a piece of land to the -priests, to commence a mission station within 4 miles of the Dr.’s house -and told the Bishop they were going to get rid of the Doctor—according -to Capt. McKay’s statement. The same hatchet or some other, cut several -deep gashes in the face of John, while he was yet living. - -About this time, Jo Lewis went up into the school room and sought out -the children, who were hid in the upper loft, and brought them into the -kitchen to be shot. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XV. - - - The same subject continud. - -As Francis passd by his mangled, gasping brother, he stoopd and took the -woollen tippet from the gash in the throat, when John attempted to -speak, but immediately expired. Upon this Francis turnd to his sisters, -and said, “I shall soon follow my brother.” - -The children were kept in this indescribably painful attitude for some -time. My daughter Eliza was among them and understood every word of the -Indians, who having finishd their terrible work without, were filling -the room and the doors with their guns pointed at the hearts and heads -of the children, and constantly yelling, “shall we shoot now?” - -Eliza says her blood became cold, and she could not stand, but leand -over upon the sink, covering her face with her apron that she might not -see them shoot her. - -Oh what pen can depict the feelings of these lambs? From this place, -they were removd out of the door, by the side of the Indian room, just -before Mrs. Whitman was brought out to be shot. - -Immediately on breaking into the house, the Indians calld to Mrs. -Whitman and Mr. Rogers to come down, but on reciving no answer, Tamtsaky -started to go up stairs, but discovering the end of an old gun, which -was laid over the head of the stairs, he desisted, and enterd into -conversation with those above. He urgd them to come down, assuring them -that no one should be hurt. Mrs. Whitman told him she was shot—and had -not strength to come down, besides, she feard they would kill her. -Tamtsaky expressd much sorrow that she was wounded, and promisd that no -one should be hurt, if they wo’d come down. Mrs. W. replied, “if you are -my friend, come up and see me.” He objected, saying there were Americans -hid in the chamber, with arms to kill him. Mr. Rogers, standing at the -head of the stairs, assured him there were none, and very soon, he went -up stairs, and remaind some time, apparently sympathizing with the -sufferers, addressing them in the softest words, assuring them that he -was heartily sorry for what had taken place, and advisd and urgd Mrs. -Whitman to go down and be taken over to the other house, where the -families were, and left them by assuring them that they should not be -hurt if they would go down, intimating that the young men would destroy -the house that night. About this time, the cry was heard, “we will now -burn,” “we will now burn.” - -There was no alternative. A terrible death by fire, in which all the -children and the sick in the house, would be involvd, or that Mrs. -Whitman and Mr. Rogers should throw themselves upon the promise of -Tamtsaky. They chose the latter, as every one would, and our dear, -devoted sister, leaning upon the arm of our dear brother Rogers, both -faint with the loss of blood, stepd forth from the chamber, to be——! -Oh,—my pen, speak not till forcd to name the awful deed! - -Mrs. Hayse followd to assist Mrs. Whitman, who on reaching the lower -room was laid upon a settee close by her yet dying husband. But oh how -changd! that belovd face, the home of her earthly felicity, she had a -short time before washd with her tears, and left it white with the -paleness of death, now horribly cut to pieces, the upper part hanging -over the chin, but gasping for breath. The sight was too much and she -calld for air. Our dear brother was not seen to breathe after this, -altho’ he might have lingerd some time, as darkness soon set in. The -settee was borne by Mr. Rogers and Mrs. Hayse out of the sitting-room, -through the kitchen, over the mangld body of John, through crowds of -Indians and out of the door towards the Indian room where the children -were collected. Just as the settee passd out of the door, the word was -given by the chief not to shoot the children. - -At this moment Mr. Rogers, discovering their treachery, had only time to -drop the settee, and raising his hands, exclaimd, “Oh my God,” when a -volley of guns were fird from within and without the house, a part at -sister Whitman and a part at brother Rogers, and he fell upon his face, -piercd with many balls. Sister Whitman was shot in several places, lying -upon the settee. Balls flew in every direction, striking the walls by -the sides of the children. My daughter says the guns were so near her -head that the flashes burnt her hair, and the burning powder mingled -with human gore seemd ready to suffocate them. But there was no escape. - -At this moment an Indian seizd Francis by the head, and dragd him a few -steps from the children, where Jo Lewis, drawing a pistol, cried out -“you bad boy,” and dischargd the contents into the lower part of his -throat, and laid him bleeding at the feet of the other children, who -expected every moment to mingle their bodies in the mud and blood with -their groaning, dying mother and brothers. - -The scene that follows beggars description and hurls us back amid the -darkest days of Indian atrocity and savage cruelty. A savage seizd the -blanket upon which the suffering Mrs. Whitman lay, and hurld her -groaning and struggling into the mud. The brutal hand that gave her the -first wound through the window, now seizd her by the hair of the head, -crying out “you bad woman,” gave her several blows in the face with his -whip, amid the deafning yells, the shouts and the dancing of crowds of -women and children and men, who seemd to vie with each other in pouring -the greatest possible amount of suffering and pain into the bosoms of -their dying victims. Some attempted to force their horses over the -bodies, while others with whips or clubs seemd to take fiendish delight -in beating their faces every time they struggld or groand. - -The night came on and removd the savage demons from this scene of -torturing, to the house where the captive women and children were -collecting to become for weeks the sport of their brutal passions, the -victims of their savage cruelties. But these bleeding, suffering lambs -of Christ, although piercd with many balls and horribly beaten, lingerd -on till in the night. Their dying groans were distinctly heard by Mrs. -Osborn. The voice of Mrs. Whitman and Francis died away about the same -time, soon after dark. But Mr. Rogers continud longer, his voice -becoming fainter. His last words were, “come Lord Jesus, come quickly.” -Soon after this, Mr. Osborn and family left the Indian room, and passd -on partly over the body of Francis which appeard to be lifeless. And it -is hopd that very soon after their voices ceasd, these victims of savage -cruelties found themselves at rest sweetly in the bosom of the Saviour, -their labors, their fears, their pains ended, and their joys, unending -joys, begun. - -Mr. Kimble with the three sick children, also Catharine and I believe -Miss Bewley, continud in the chamber through the night. Catharine tore -up a sheet and bound up the broken arm of Mr. Kimble. After Francis was -shot, and while the multitude were engagd in feasting their fiendish -passions on the dying agonies of Mr. Rogers, Mrs. Whitman and Francis, -Ups, Moolpool, (Walla-walla Indians in the employ of the doctor,) -collected the other children in the buttery and attempted to comfort -them. About dark they were taken over to the Mansion. - -The first firing commencd at half-past one. Brother Rogers and sister -Whitman left the chamber about sundown. - -It appears the attack was simultaneous upon the different points. Mr. -Gillan was shot upon his bench, the ball entering his breast and coming -out at his back. He was assisted by Mrs. Saunders into another room, and -expird about midnight. Mr. Marsh was shot at the mill, ran a little -distance in the direction of the doctor’s house, and fell. Mr. Saunders, -hearing the guns, rushd to the door of the school-room, where he was -seizd by several Indians who threw him upon the ground amid a shower of -balls and tomahawks. Being a very active man, he gaind his feet and ran -in the direction of his house, and although he was thrown down several -times and doubtless receivd many wounds, he gaind the end of the field -near the mansion some twenty rods from the school-room, when overpowerd -by numbers, he fell to rise no more. - -Mr. Hall was seen struggling with a single Indian for a gun which had -missd fire—he wrenchd it from the Indian and rushd to the bushes wounded -in the face, and during the afternoon and night found his way to -Walla-walla, 25 miles distant. It appears from Mr. Osborn’s statement, -that Mr. Hall remaind at Walla-walla during Tuesday, determind not to -leave, but hearing the women and children were slaughterd, in despair he -consented to be put over the river at night, and started for the lower -country. - -This corresponds with the statement which the Indians said was given to -them at the fort, and reachd my place by a Nez Perce, the next Monday, -the day before I arrivd at home. I know it has been publishd that he -could not be persuaded to remain. But is it natural to suppose a man -would willingly leave a fort well armd and defended, and expose himself -for three hundred miles through a country swarming with savages who -murderd his countrymen, and from whose hands he had barely escapd? Mr. -Hall never reachd the settlements. Indian report says he was murderd by -the Indians in the vicinity of John Day’s river. Another report says he -was drownd in the Columbia river while attempting to pass a rapid in a -canoe. The three men at the beef found themselves suddenly in the midst -of a storm of balls and flaming powder, dischargd from a forest of -muskets and pistols at their very bosoms. All three were wounded, but -neither of them fell. They fled each as he could see an opening through -the crowds. Mr. Kimble with a broken arm rushd into the doctor’s house -and chamber as stated above. Mr. Camfield ran by the blacksmith shop, -seizd his youngest child and calld to his family to follow him. They ran -into the mansion, and he rushd into the chamber, and from a small window -had a clear view of the awful scene without. Mr. Saunders was about -being cut down. Mr. Hoffman was yet falling and rising and struggling -with overpowering numbers, in the midst of clowds of burning powder, the -roar of guns, the clash of war-clubs, and the screams and yells of the -savages. He had first taken the direction of the mill, defending himself -with a single knife. The crowd was now making toward the house and he in -the midst, when two horsemen having finishd their work at some other -point, with tomahawks streaming with blood rushd upon him, and he fell, -literally cut to pieces. He was cut open through the back, and his heart -and liver taken out and found by his side on the ground, by my daughter, -two days after, who replacd them and sewd a sheet around the body before -it was, with the others, taken to the pit. - -Neither of the Catholics were in any way molested. Jo Lewis was one with -the murderers. Finley’s lodge was near the mill, where the murderers -held frequent councils during the massacre. Jo Stanfield was told by -Telaukait to put his property by itself, that the Indians might know -what was his and not molest it. He was seen to pass among the Indians as -tho’ nothing was going on. He told three of the women, two of whose -husbands were slain, that he knew the murder was going to take place -before he went after the beef, as appears from their testimony before -Judge Wheeler. He told the widow Hayse that day, if she would become his -wife the Indians would not molest her. - -When the massacre commencd, the two sons of Mr. Manson, and David, the -doctor’s half-breed Spanish boy some nine years old, were separated from -the other school children, and taken to Finley’s lodge, whence they were -taken to Fort Walla-walla. The selecting of David from the other -children in the doctor’s family, was a nice distinction, and could not -have happend by chance. Two other half-breed children were left, but -their fathers were Americans. David’s father was a Catholic, but his -mother was an Indian woman, who when her child was young, had cast it -into a pit and left it to die. The doctor learning the fact, went to the -place, took out the child and adopted it as his own, had educated and -bestowd much labor and care upon the child, and he had become a -promising boy. His father before his death had bound him to the doctor. -I am sorry to say the boy is retaind at Walla-walla, probably by the -priests, notwithstanding my remonstrance. As well might any other of the -doctor’s children have been retaind. - -Mr. Camfield remaind in the chamber till some time after dark, when the -Indians became quiet. He furnishd himself with a buffalo robe and some -provisions and bid farewell to his family, not daring to hope that they -might ever again meet in this world. He could be of no service to them -by remaining and exposing his life, which would be taken the moment one -of the murderers should discover him. - -As yet none of the male children and none of the women but Mrs. Whitman -had been killd, and the chief Telaukaikt had said they should not be -injurd. True there was but a faint hope that Mr. C. could escape from -the Indian country to a place of safety. But the most hazardous -undertaking is cheerfully espousd when life is at stake. Mr. C. took the -direction of my place, although a perfect stranger to the country and -the route. He went some four miles and secreted himself in the brush to -await a horse which Stanfield was to bring to him the next morning if he -could do it unobservd. He remaind secreted most of the day (Tuesday)—saw -Indians pass near and heard several guns in the direction of the -station, and of course had the most intense fears for the women and -children. - -As I was expected from the Utilla that day, he supposd that I had very -probably fallen. But the victims were Mr. Kimble and the young Mr. -Young,—the latter had come down from the saw-mill with lumber and was to -return immediately with provisions for the families. He had arrivd -within half a mile of the house, when the Indians met and shot him about -2 P. M.—about the time the priest arrivd in the camp. The team was turnd -loose except one ox which attempted to hook and was shot. - -Mr. Kimble remaind in the chamber through the night, suffering the most -excruciating pain from his broken arm, still more distress of soul from -the cries and moaning of the 3 sick children, not having it in his power -to relieve their sufferings. - -In the morning he resolvd to procure water for the dying children. He -made his way to the bank of the stream, where he was discoverd by an -Indian and shot at. He fell as if dead, remaind a short time and then -secreted himself in the brush. While lying on the bank, a friendly -Indian made known the fact to his wife, but advisd her not to go to him -as it would discover him to the murderers. How intense must have been -her feelings. - -About sundown Mr. Kimble left his retreat with the apparent intention of -going in to his family. He reachd the corner of the garden fence some -five rods from his door, where he was shot by Frank Askaloom, who -afterwards took his daughter, the amiable Miss Kimble, for a wife. He -claimd her as a right for having killd her father, of which he would -often speak, to her with the air and appearance of one who had done her -an invaluable favor. - -Who can attempt to measure the deep horror and anguish of soul, of a -young woman in such hands! May kind Heaven prevent a like affliction to -any of his sinful children. Her bitter weeping whenever the Indian spoke -of killing her father had the effect only to induce him to propose to -exchange her to another Indian who held another of the captive young -women as a wife. - -Why Mr. Kimble did not attempt to make his escape on Monday night, or -why, after having livd out the day on Tuesday, he did not remain in his -retreat till dark and then escape, is not known. He was heard to say on -Monday night, “It matters but little when we die if we are but prepard.” -Perhaps the pain of his arm took away the strength of resolution. -Perhaps he chose rather to die in the bosom of his family, than to make -the uncertain attempt to save his life, which could only be a living -death while wife and children remaind captives in the hands of the -murderers, the sport of their beastly passions, the victims of their -cruelty. For a stranger to reach my place one hundred and twenty miles, -traveling nights, there was no reasonable hope, and if he could, he -might end the nights of travel and pain and days of watching and hunger -only to mingle his own with the dead bodies of the slain of that -station—for what mind could divine where the work of superstition would -end, which had no power to fear, and many inducements to go forward? - -The Dalls were equally hopeless for like reasons. - -Fort Walla-walla could afford a safe retreat, but unfortunately it was -in the hands of Papists, for whom Mr. K. had the strongest fears as he -expresd himself to me the week before his death—for no other reason can -we account for his not fleeing to that fort Monday night. Had he done -so, it is not probable the fate of poor Mr. Hall would have stood alone -upon the page of history, to teach our children that Romanism is in -practice what it is in theory, UNCHANGEABLE. - -No horse arriving, Mr. Camfield left his hiding-place, and wound his way -up the narrow skirt of brush till he came to what he supposd to be the -trail to my place, about dark. In a country cut up with trails, -Providence directed his feet to the right one, which he pursued that -night and the next day, when Wednesday night found him in the deep -valley of the Taka-nan, where he slept. - -Thursday he followd the fresh tracks of cattle, which brought him at -night to the brink of Snake River bluffs, some miles below the regular -route. - -Friday morning he came to the river, and having no fear from the Nez -Perces, he calld to their camp on the opposite side and was crossd over. -The Indian driving the cattle conducted Mr. C. to my house upon one of -his horses, for which he requird his buffalo robe. That night they staid -in a camp on the Clear Water, nine miles below my house. - -Intelligence of the massacre had not yet reachd the Nez Perces, and Mr. -C. was careful to avoid any intimation. Had it been known in any of -these camps, he would have been killd. - -Saturday late in the afternoon, Mr. C. reachd my house and communicated -to Mrs. Spalding the horrible intelligence of the massacre, aggravated -by the probability that the body of her husband had been added to the -slain, as he supposd, from the report of the guns on Tuesday. If not -slain at that time, there was no human probability that I could escape. -Five days had already elapsd and I had not arrivd, which made it quite -certain that I had been killd. - -The case, of itself sufficient to overwhelm the stoutest soul, was -greatly aggravated by the fact, that her daughter was a captive in the -hands of the murderers of her husband, who would proceed immediately to -that defenseless station, to add her brother and the other Americans at -the station, to the number of the dead, and herself and remaining -children, to the already long catalogue of living victims of the savage -cruelties. - -There was scarcely the shadow of protection in the few Americans at the -place, and she was too well acquainted with the close relationship -existing between the Cayuse and Nez Perces, and the treachery of the -Indian character, to place any confidence in the Indians of the place, -except motives of self-interest should appear. - -But she was entirely in their hands. There was no other alternative, and -with the self possession and calmness of mind peculiarly her own, in -moments of imminent peril, she resolvd to make known the awful fact, and -cast herself and children into the hands of the principal men of the -place. Mr. Camfield begd of her not to do so, but evidently it was the -salvation of all at the station. Had the people of the place remaind -ignorant of the awful deed, till the report was brought by -Indians—doubtless the bloody scenes of the Waiilatpu would have been -repeated at Clear Water. The first Indian arrivd with the intelligence -of the massacre, on Monday, a Nez Perces,—doubtless a participator in -the bloody crime. But he was accompanied by a band of Nez Perces from -the camp, at which Mr. Camfield staid Friday night, with the avowd -purpose of plundering the station of all the property, which, of -course,—would have ended in killing the men, and perhaps Mrs. Spalding, -and captivating Miss Johnson and the children. They were prevented by -the chiefs, and their people of the place, to whom Mrs. S. had committed -herself. - -On the arrival of Mr. Camfield, Mr. Hart, the brother of Mrs. S. was not -at the house. Providentially Jacob and Shakantai, (Eagle,) two principal -chiefs, were at the house, to whom Mrs. S. communicated the astounding -intelligence. While one communicated the news to the camp, the other -carrid a hasty note to Mr. Craig, living ten miles up the branch. The -Indians immediately flew to the protection of Mr. S. and the house. - -Among those who showd themselves friendly were Luke and his two -brothers, members of our church, Jacob, about to be receivd into the -church, James, a Catholic, but particularly friendly to myself and -family, and most of their people. Some of old James’ people, united with -the robbers, and took considerable property. - -The Indians decided that Mrs. S. with her effects, must be removd to Mr. -Craig’s, where they were taking up their winter quarters, on account of -wood. They judgd that the Cayuse would be there without delay, and they -could not protect the family, so far from their camp. Mrs. S. proposd to -remain quiet over the Sabbath. James and one or two others remaind as a -guard. The rest retird. Mr. Craig came down late at night. Mrs. S. -endeavord to start an express to Tishimakair, the station of bros. -Walker and Eells, but no Indian could be inducd to go. She next besought -the Indians to send an express for her daughter, if found alive, and to -learn the fate of her husband.—They objected, alleging that the women -and children were without doubt all killd. She finally told them she was -jealous of every one of them, and could not feel that she had a friend -among them. It had the desird effect. The Eagle consented to undertake -it, still others threw difficulties in his way, and it was near night -the next day, before he started. - -Mr. Camfield’s wound was much inflamd, by wading the streams, and -traveling. He receivd a shot in his side from a pistol, the ball still -remaining in the flesh. - -Mr. Jackson, it will be recollected, accompanied me to Waiilatpu, and -was waiting my return from the Utilla, till Monday forenoon, when a -slight circumstance inducd him to leave for Clear Water, about three -hours before the massacre commencd. He reachd Mr. Craig’s Tuesday night, -ignorant of what had taken place, and of his own narrow escape. - -There was another band of Indians encampd in the same valley, some ten -miles from my station, headed by Joseph,—a principal chief, in the -absence of Ellis. - -Joseph was one of the first natives who gave evidence of a change of -heart, and united with the church 8 years ago, and had, up to this time, -with the exception of two or three slight deviations, exhibited a good -Christian character. - -Many of Joseph’s people were campd with him, and cultivated extensively -in the valley, and had for the last four or five years, constituted a -good portion of the Sabbath congregation—and the school. Seven of them -were members of the church, and had ever appeard friendly to the -mission. - -Their present movements however, were very suspicious.—Almost daily, -Joseph with many of his people, had been in the habit of visiting the -house. But after the arrival of the news of the massacre, neither Joseph -nor any of his people showd themselves till Monday morning, when many of -the latter, and among them, Joseph’s brother-in-law, and from the same -fire—showd themselves with the robbers, and were foremost in plundering -the buildings. - -Here was an opportunity for religion to show itself, if there was any. -Never before had temptation come to Joseph and his native brethren, in -the ch. in this dress. But now it came, and his fall, as I regard it, -and that of some others, has given to the Christian world a lesson that -should be well studied, before it again places the lives and property of -missionaries at the mercy of lawless savages, without a military force -to keep them in awe. - - - - - THINGS IN OREGON. - - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XVI. - - - Arrival of Gov. Lane—Description of Port Astoria and vicinity—Narrow - escape from Shipwreck. - -_March 8th, 1849._—I am quietly stowd away in a private family in Oregon -city, after having roamd up and down the valley, in pursuit of -information. - -All is commotion here. Gov. Lane, from Indiana, arrivd in town the first -of this month, bringing the new government with him in his pocket up the -Willamet river in a skiff, over the Clackamas rapids. As to whether he -got out and helpd to pull the boat over the rapids or not, I have not -been informd. The big men of the place are brushing up their boots and -putting on their best clothes, as the Governor passes the streets, -hoping as he passes along, that his eye may fall upon them placidly. I -do not very well know what such things mean, though I suppose that -politicians do. - -_April 7th._—The first public mail arrivd in Oregon city, from the U. -States, by the mail steamer of San Francisco, to-day. This country -begins to be alive to maritime business—the first vessel ever built at -the Willamet falls in Oregon, is now on the stocks. Her owners say her -tunnage will be from 50 to 60 tuns burden. - -After having staid in Oregon nearly seven months, I take my departure -from Oregon city, the 10th of April, for San Francisco, by way of the -ocean. - -Port Astoria, _26th_.—To-day embarkd on board ship for San Francisco -bay, after having staid nearly two weeks at Astoria, waiting for the -ship to be in readiness to leave. My stay at this place has given me an -opportunity of learning something of this part of the country, the -difficulty of navigating the river at this part of it, and the prices of -some articles of produce, as sold here in these times of great -excitement. - - * * * * * * * * - -Port Astoria is situated about 15 miles from the mouth of the Columbia -river, on the south side of it. The place has not been improvd since its -first establishment. There are only five or six houses in the place that -have been built by the whites, excepting a storehouse or two built by -the Hudson Bay Company. The country here and around Astoria, is rugged -and unpleasant, heavily coverd with fir and hemlock, some of which is of -giant size. - -About 25 miles of the river from its mouth, is indented with bays by -various names, making a width of from 7 to 10 or 12 miles. - -At the mouth of the river, on the north, is Cape Disappointment. - -Eight miles distant, on the opposite side, is Clatsap point, sometimes -calld Point Adams. - -Cape Disappointment, by its projection from the main land, forms a -little cove, calld Baker’s bay. Here ships may lie in perfect safety. - -On the south side, higher up, at the entrance of Young into the Lewis -and Clark’s river, is Young’s bay. - -At the mouth of the Columbia river, between Cape Disappointment and -Clatsap point, is an extensive sand-bar, which renders an entrance to -the river difficult, except by experiencd navigators of the river. - -The first 15 or 20 miles of the entrance of the river, has a channel so -crooked that almost every point of compass is traversd, which makes -navigation by sail ships slow and dangerous. At every new point, ships -are obligd oftentimes to stop several days and sometimes weeks for a -change of wind. The only successful and speedy mode of traversing the -river will ultimately be by steam vessels. - -Amongst other things that have fallen within my notice whilst at -Astoria, was the price of a few articles of produce brought to this -place to sell to passengers, whilst waiting for the readiness of the -ship. Potatoes were sold at one dollar per bushel, eggs at $1 per dozen, -butter at $1 per pound. Flour a little more moderate—its price per -barrel was only $10. During my stay at Astoria, a beef was killd at -Clatsap and brought here, and sold at 12 cents for the fore, and 15 for -the hind quarters, per pound. - -_27th._—On leaving Astoria, our ship was thrown on the beach, where she -remaind during the day, occasiond by the drunkenness of our pilot. - -_Thursday, May 3d_, we left Baker’s bay for the broad ocean, with a fair -wind and high hopes of crossing the sand-bar with pleasantness and -safety. The number of souls on board was about 130. We proceeded gently -along for three-fourths of an hour, when we arrivd near the place where -the ships Shark, Vancouver and Maine were wreckd, and the wind nearly -ceasd to blow. Our ship became unmanageable, drifting by the strong tide -which was then unfavorable, and likely in a few minutes to carry us from -the channel and place us upon the sands, where the ship must inevitably -have become a wreck. - -In this critical situation, with only 18 feet of water for a ship -drawing 15, and the tide yet falling—by the energetic movement of our -officers and crew, they were enabld to stay the ship by immediately -casting anchor. After waiting more than 2 hours in this perilous -situation, the wind became of sufficient strength to justify an attempt -to make our escape by parting anchor. - -During this time of extreme anxiety, soundings were constantly kept up -both on ship and at a distance around. - -When all things were ready on board for the attempt, orders were given -and instantly the anchor with 180 feet of chain were severd from the -ship, and she under way in a retrograde course towards Cape -Disappointment. We continud our retrograde course till we arrivd as near -the cape as practicable, in consequence of a bar which projected a short -distance from it, at which point we changd our course to the south-west, -and in less than one hour we were in the broad ocean, and over all -danger from sand-bars. - -_Monday evening, 9 o’clock, May 7th._—Safely anchord in San Francisco -bay. Our passage from the time we were relievd at the Columbia bar, may -be reckond at 96 hours’ sailing. More than 12 of this was under -extremely moderate wind, though in a favorable direction. The remainder -of the way, was under a very strong breeze. It would seem then, that the -distance may be saild, with a strong wind, in about 3½ days, which is -about 560 miles, by the way of the ocean. - -To my great astonishment, on looking about on the morning of the 8th, I -counted about 60 vessels of various sizes lying in the bay, most of -which were inactive for want of men to work them, they having left for -the mines. On passing up the St. Waukeen, the course of my first visit -to the mines, I saw scatterd along at different points, many more -vessels of various sizes. - -The present head of navigation for sail ships, is a little cloth town -calld Stocton. Here were 8 or 10 more vessels lying disrobd of their -sails to make cloth houses of. This town is more than 100 miles up from -San Francisco. At this place, supplies are deposited for the mines, -which are carrid by wagons and pack animals, to the mining district, a -distance of 70 or 80 miles further, upon the tributaries of the Saint -Waukeen. - - - - - GOLD MANIA, - Or Yellow Fever, as some call it. - - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XVII. - - - Excitement in Oregon, relative to the discovery of Gold in California. - -The discovery of the Gold District in California, has producd the -greatest excitement of any thing of a similar nature in modern days. - -The first commencement of the excitement in Oregon was about the middle -of August, 1848, and within one month’s time, nearly 2000 persons left -Oregon for that place. - -The district is said to be the richest ever known. Though it is -questionable whether the gold obtaind by Solomon was not found equally -abundant, since among so great a number of citizens as Jerusalem -furnishd, the abundance of gold in that place had reducd the value of -silver to almost nothing. - -When the news of gold in California reachd Oregon, the wheat harvest was -not yet ended, and so great was the delirium when the news arrivd, that -many of the farmers left their fields unfinishd, giving them up -gratuitously to any one who might be disposd to harvest them, or let -them waste upon the ground. - -As late as the 10th of March, 1849, the fever continud with unabated -fury, increasing in its sanguinary features as the warm season -approachd, preying upon the heart and vitals of every human being in -Oregon. - -From the 13th of Sept. last, which was the time I arrivd at Oregon city, -to the 10th of March following, not one day passd, Sundays not excepted, -without the mention by some one in my presence, of the gold speculation. - -During the remainder of my stay in Oregon city, tools of various kinds -were invented and being made at that place, ready for departure to the -mines, so soon as they might be profitably worked, on the opening of the -warm season. - -The following description of the Gold Mania is taken from the Oregon -Spectator, as quoted from the Californian— - - - GOLD MINES OF CALIFORNIA. - -In our paper of August 16, we devoted considerable space to the subject -of the gold mines, stating some facts in regard to their discovery, and -the manner in which the ore was collected. So well was the article -receivd by the public—then on the _qui vive_ for information about the -mines—and consequently so great the demand for our paper, that in a few -hours after publication the entire edition was disposd of. Since then we -have receivd many and urgent demands for that number of the Californian, -and this week, at the solicitation of a number of our patrons, we repeat -the substance of our former article, with some additional particulars. - -It appears that in the first part of February last, Messrs. Marshall and -Bennett were engagd with a party in erecting a saw-mill for Capt. J. A. -Sutter, on the American fork of the Sacramento river, about 40 miles -above its mouth. In excavating the tail-race, they removd the rock -during the day, and let in the water during the night, in order to wash -out the loose dirt and sand. On the morning of the 10th, after shutting -off the water, Mr. Marshall discoverd the first gold, lying upon -decomposd granite, in the bottom of the race. - -It would seem that but little doubt was entertaind of its being the real -_simon pure_, for operations immediately ceasd on the mill, and all -hands commencd searching for gold. It was soon found that gold abounded -along the American fork for a distance of 30 miles. For a time the -discoverers were the only ones aware of the fact, but the news finally -spread through the settlements. But little credit however was gaind by -the report, though occasionally a solitary “gold hunter” might be seen -stealing down to a launch with a pick and shovel, more than half ashamd -of his credulity. - -Some time during the month of May, a number of credible persons arrivd -in town from the scene of operations, bringing specimens of the ore, and -stating that those engagd in collecting the precious metal were making -from $3 to $10 per day. - -Then commencd the grand rush! - -The inhabitants throughout the territory were in commotion. Large -companies of men, women and children could be seen on every road leading -to the mines, their wagons loaded down with tools for digging, -provisions, &c. Launch after launch left the wharves of our city, -crowded with passengers and freight for the Sacramento. - -Mechanical operations of every kind ceasd—whole streets, that were but a -week before alive with a busy population, were entirely deserted, and -the place wore the appearance of a city that had been suddenly visited -by a devastating plague. To cap the climax, newspapers were obligd to -stop printing for want of readers. - -Meantime our mercantile friends were doing an unusual “stroke” of -business. Every arrival from the mining district brought more or less -gold dust, the major part of which immediately passd into the hands of -the merchants for goods, &c. Immense quantities of merchandize were -conveyd to the mines, until it became a matter of astonishment where so -much could be disposd of. During the first eight weeks of the “golden -times” the receipts at this place in gold dust amounted to $250,000. For -the eight weeks ending at this date, they were $600,000. - -The number of persons now engagd in gold hunting, will probably exceed -6000, including Indians, and one ounce per day, is the lowest average we -can put for each person, while many collect their hundreds of dollars, -for a number of days in succession, and instances have been known where -one individual has collected from $1500, to $1800 worth of pure gold in -a day. - -Explorations have been progressing, and it is now fully ascertaind that -gold exists on both sides of the Sierra Nevada from lat. 41 North, to as -far South, as the head waters of the San Joaquin river, a distance of -400 miles in length, and 100 in breadth. Farther than this has not been -explord, but from the nature of the country beyond the sources of the -San Joaquin, we doubt not gold will also be found there in equal -abundance. The gold region already known, is however sufficiently -extensive to give profitable employment to 100,000 persons for -generations to come. The ore is in a virgin state, disseminated in small -doses, and is found in three distinct deposits,—sand and graveld beds, -on decomposd granite, and intermixd with a kind of slate. - -For a long time subsequent to the discovery of the mines,—the only -implements usd in washing the gold, were large tin pans, or Indian -baskets. Latterly, ‘machines were usd—at first, a rough log hollowd out -(in some, instances,) by burning and scraping with a butcher -knife—afterwards, more finishd ones made their appearance, built of red -wood boards, in the shape of an ordinary trough, about ten feet long, -and two feet wide at the top, with a riddle or sive at one end to catch -the larger gravel, and three or four small bars at the bottom, about ½ -an inch high, to keep the gold from going out with the dirt and water at -the lower end. This machine is set upon rockers,—which gives a half -rotary motion to the dirt and water inside.’—Four men are requisite to -work one of these machines properly. - -Within the past month, many sick persons from the mines have arrivd at -this place, and scarcely a launch comes down the Sacramento, without -more or less sick persons on board,—while some die on the river. The -very natural inference drawn from this, by those who have never been at -the mines, is, that they lie in a sickly section of the country, and -those at work there, are in daily expectation of being sick. In our -opinion,—however, nothing can be farther from the truth. As far as our -experience goes, it is on the large rivers only, where disease prevails, -and in passing up and down upon them, the person not in perfect health -is almost invariably the one to become sick.—We have observd but few, -very few cases of sickness in the immediate neighborhood of the mines, -but such as we believe would have occurd under similar circumstances in -any other climate. Let the miner pass the Sacramento safely, (and we -would almost insure any person’s doing so that was perfectly regular and -temperate in all his habits,)—let him not, when he arrives at the mines, -work as though he was privilegd to operate for a limited time only, but -poco poco, resting at proper intervals,—let him abstain from the free -use of intoxicating drinks, living upon wholesome food,—avoiding, for -instance, half baked bread—let him sleep under the shelter of a tent, -with warm bedding,—and if, after following our advice in all these -particulars, the gold hunter becomes sick, why—we do not know anything -about the matter. - - - - - CALIFORNIA GOLD MINES DESCRIBED. - - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XVIII. - - - Geography of the Gold District of Alta California. - -From recent searches for gold in Northern California, it appears that -the present gold district is comprisd, nearly all of it, within the -following boundary. It lies on the western declivity of the Sierra -Neveda range of mountains, and gold is sought for along the tributaries -of the great Sacramento river in the northern, and the St. Waukeen river -in the southern part of Northern or Upper California. - -The names of the tributaries of the St. Waukeen, beginning with the most -northern one, are as follows. Makelemas, which unites with the Saint -Waukeen, near its confluence with the Sacramento. Next south, is -Calaveras. South of this, is Stanislaus. The next important river, is -Twalamy. Still farther south, a distance of 20 or 25 miles, is a -considerable stream, calld Merced, or River of Mercy. South of Merced, -is another, calld Mereposa, though I believe this is dry part of the -year. These constitute the principal mountain streams, tributary to the -St. Waukeen. - -The names of the rivers in the northern mining district, tributaries to -the Sacramento, are, first and nearest the confluence of the Sacramento -with the St. Waukeen, the Cosumnes. Next northward, the American river, -the largest tributary to the Sacramento. It has several forks, calld -North, South and Middle forks of the American river. Next, Rio de los -Plumos or Feather river. Still farther north, are Bear, Quesnels and -Sycamore rivers. - -The length from north to south, of the present gold district, cannot -well be computed at more than 400 miles, lying within the latitudes of -36 and 42 deg. north. In its width, which is mostly containd within a -distance of from 20 to 30 miles, it traverses the middle portion of the -western declivity of the aforementiond range of mountains, though miners -assert that gold has been found sparingly, high up some of the mountain -streams, toward its axis. - -The whole surface of the gold district presents one continud scene of -uneven country. Much of it, the hills soar far above the intervening -valleys below—and along some of the principal tributaries, for miles in -length, very deep kanions are formd. - -The water of the large streams is very pure and healthy, being mostly -from the melted snows of the mountain. During the summer season it -seldom rains, and the rivers continue to fall, till quite along into the -winter season. After the rainy season commences, which is most powerful -toward the summit of the mountains, floods are often witnessd low down -the streams, where not a single drop of water has fallen for months. -These floods descend with a mighty rush, and often surprise the miner -before he is able to remove his mining implements from the bed of a -stream. - -The mining district is coverd with a thin growth of scrub oaks and -yellow pine. The earth is divested of soil, except sparingly in some of -the valleys, being of a reddish color, by the decomposition of rocks -containing iron. - -The climate is so dry during summer, that little grass grows in any part -of the mines. Nauseous exhalations are therefore excluded, and the -atmosphere is quite healthy. In some parts of the mines the miners -become sick, but it is mostly attributable to their treatment with -themselves. Through the summer months, the days are warm but the nights -are cool, and but few nights occur in which a man does not need -considerable night clothing toward morning. - - - - - CHAPTER XIX. - - - The Geology of the Gold District of California, with the probable - cause of the production of Gold to the surface of the earth. - -The rocks of Golden California, in common with the whole western -declivity of the Sierra Neveda mountains, are principally composd of -primary, stratified, slate rocks. Some of these rocks are talcose slate. -Others are more silicious, approaching even to coarsish sandstone slate, -of various colors. - -Before confining the reader expressly to the gold district, a few -remarks relative to that portion of California lying west of the Neveda -mountains to the valley of the great Sacramento and St. Waukeen, may -afford some light on the subject of that part of the western declivity -lying within the seat of mining operations. The slate rock on the -western side of the mountain range, from its axis to its base, is tilted -up a little more than perpendicularly outward from the axis of the -mountain, a distance of more than 60 miles in width, and traverses the -whole range, as far north and south as the present mines extend, in -lines parallel to the course of the mountain’s axis. - -At the base of the mountain, commences a tertiary deposit of about 20 -miles in width, which, with an alluvial deposit of about 20 more in -width, to the great rivers of the valley, hides from sight the remaining -portion of tilted rocks, so that the entire width of the tilted strata -can never exactly be ascertaind. But if a mountain range like the one -under consideration, is formd by the furrowd and ridgd condition of the -earth’s crust, by conforming to a diminishd molten nucleus within, from -refrigeration of its heat, it may be expected that the whole declivity, -from its axis or highest point to its lowest or mid valley, may be all -of it tilted up in the same manner as that portion which is presented to -sight. If this be fact, we are then apprizd that a portion of the -earth’s crust must have had a thickness of full 100 miles, by measuring -across the tilted rocks, from the central valley, to the top of the -mountain, eastward,—a fact not hitherto believd by geologists, from -experiments made upon the increase of downward heat, to where the crust -must necessarily become molten. - -As so many and various opinions of the tilted condition of primary -stratified rocks have been advancd among the visitants of the gold -district of California, a few conflicting opinions may serve in some -degree to satisfy the mind of the curious. - -It is the belief of some, that rocks cannot have become tilted without -the expansive powr of volcanic agency. Hence, on viewing the country -around, they imagine they see successions of craters, formd all over the -western declivity of the Neveda mountains, and in some places, -profusions of scoria bestrewing the ground. For my own part, I must -confess that I have seen nothing in my ramblings to justify a belief -that volcanic agency any where has existed so as to produce the present -appearance of those rocks. - -Those persons imagining volcanic agency in those parts, are not aware -that intense heat destroys stratification, for in the middle of the -craters of some of their imaginary volcanoes, the stratification is as -perfect as in any other portion of the tilted district, and they are not -apprizd that in such case a discrepancy must therefore exist. - -After the tilting of those rocks had occurd, it would not be improbable, -with such an enormous crust resting entirely upon a liquid, molten -nucleus, that many undulations in it should occur, and in many instances -the crust should become weakend and even sunderd apart by the severe -strain. Into fissures so formd, granite, sandstone and conglomerated -rocks, may have subsequently been intruded, presenting, therefore, to -persons unacquainted with such rocks, the appearances of craters, -scoria, &c. In some parts of New England, primary stratified rocks are -tilted up confusedly, having no regular line of strike. In some cases, -the dynamics employd may have been volcanic, or they may have been -paroxysmal, acting from time to time, till those rocks were thrown into -their present condition. But tilted rocks that have a regular line of -strike, must have a regular agency to place them in such condition. -Hence, then, considering the perfect parallelism of the tilted rocks of -Golden California with the mountain axis, it seems to follow, that an -exceedingly slow and regular movement of the tilting of those rocks must -have occurd. - -Another consideration of the western declivity of the Neveda mountains, -is in relation to the formation of its rivers. - -Almost invariably, the rivers of Oregon were formd by an expansive force -from beneath, but the rivers of California were formd by undulations in -the earth’s crust, which is well proven by the entire passage of -unbroken strata across the beds of streams. Such condition of its rocks, -is also another proof against volcanic agency in those parts. - - * * * * * * * * - -The inquiring mind may now be led to the subject of Quartz Rock, -containd among the slate rock of the gold district. - -The quartz rock of the gold region is mostly white, though some of it is -of the carnelian order, whilst some is translucent, and other specimens -are entirely transparent. The carnelian appearance of some of the quartz -seems to have been nothing more than the circulation of water containing -the red oxide of iron, through the cracks of the broken quartz, till the -rock became tingd with it. The transparent variety is crystalizd, and is -found only sparingly. - -Quartz is found interstratified amongst the tilted slate, varying from -less than one quarter of an inch in thickness to several feet, and in -some places even to rods, penetrating the slate indefinitely downward. - -Although quartz is mostly seen lying in a position parallel with the -stratified slate rock, yet in some instances it is found crossing it -diagonally. - -To account for the formation of quartz and its occupying its present -position in the gold district, is to account also for the formation and -production of gold to the surface of the earth, as is satisfactorily -believd by all. It is hard to account for much of the works of nature. -If it be considerd, that the quartz veins of the gold district be of -aqueous origin, that is, formd by infiltration, or the percolation of -silicious water into unoccupied spaces, till they are completely filld -with silicious sediment, so as to become rock, we then have to account -for its existing there in a friable state, which is hard to conceive, -since a formation by aqueous agency would most likely produce solid -rock. - -It is equally hard to see how gold can be found imbedded in solid masses -in those quartz veins, since, if by the percolation of the water, quartz -was producd there, so also must the gold have been producd by -infiltration—and in such case, it must have been disseminated through -the whole rock, giving hues of various shades, as is the case with iron -in a soluble state. - -Another objection to the formation of the quartz of the gold district by -infiltration, is, that it is not generally transparent, since the -percolation of silicious water through cold and silent places will most -naturally produce such result. It is most probable that the crystalizd -portion of those rocks was formd from silicious water, after the -original deposit. - -It has been asserted by some miners, that they have seen gold in a state -of formation, by the percolation of water over quartz rock. Those men -are probably such as believe that quartz is the mother of gold—and by -the way, I should like to have them tell me also what the father was. -They say that the yellow appearance of the mud and other sedimentary -matter, which they have seen passing through quartz veins, is gold in a -state of formation. Perhaps they might allow of a correction in their -minds on that subject, if they were told that the yellow appearance they -saw was nothing more than decomposd iron—probably the chromate of it. - -Another view of the subject may be taken, somewhat like the following. -It may be considerd that the quartz of the gold district was formd -previous to the tilting up of the slate rock, by alternations of tabular -masses with the slate. - -Some objections to this mode also naturally arise. One objection is, -that there are instances of quartz veins traversing the stratified slate -rock diagonally. Another is, that it cannot well be conceivd that so -thin layers, as is the case with some of the quartz rock, can well be -formd in a tabular way. And if the quartz had been formd by alternate -layers with the stratified slate, it must of necessity have been of -aqueous origin, and also the gold. - -The last view I shall take of the quartz, as found interstratified with -the slate rock, is, that the slate rock is of aqueous origin, and the -quartz rock of igneous origin, intruded from beneath after the tilting -up of the slate. - -In the formation of stratified rocks, the planes of stratification, or -sides facing each other, are never firmly united together, being formd -by depositions from water at different times, so that by subsequent -movements they are liable to be sunderd apart. If it now be considerd -the enormity of a massive crust of earth resting upon a molten nucleus, -it becomes easy to see how intrusions upward of melted matter can take -place amongst stratified rocks, and the many undulatory movements of the -rocks, as appear in the mining district, only give facility to its -accomplishment. - -If it be taken for fact, that the quartz of the mining district was -intruded in a melted state, it must also be considerd that gold was -intruded with it. To account for the friable state of the quartz, -moisture must be supposd to have been present, whilst the quartz was in -a heated state. - -Such a state of things would produce a disintegration of the quartz -rock, and set at liberty the imbedded gold, to be carrid downward by -gravitation from the hills into ravines, creeks and rivers. To account -next, for the difference between massive imbedded gold in quartz rock, -and gold disseminated in small particles, needs only to consider the -quartz acting as a flux during a state of fusion, to bring the gold -together, in the same manner as borax, glass or quartz will do in the -artist’s crucible—and the only probable difference between the gold of -California and that of Georgia, is, during a melted state of the quartz, -a higher degree of heat existed in the quartz of California than that of -Georgia, thereby bringing about a more perfect work of separation -between the quartz and the gold. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XX. - - - Three varieties of Gold, with their distinctions, and the reasons - given why they are found in separate localities.—Philosophy of running - water. - - - FIRST VARIETY. - -The first variety of Gold may be considerd as that which is in dry -ravines, or between hills, where there is no running water, except in -the time of showers, or the melting of snows.—This variety is calld dry -ravine or angular gold, from the fact that whatever be its form, whether -in plates or heavy solid masses, or in thin scales,—the edges are all -sharp and angular, as nature formd it, having never been rounded off by -attrition among moving pebbles or sand, in violent streams of water. The -agent of deposit seems to have been mostly that of gravitation during -the decomposition of the rocks of the hills containing gold, aided -probably by the moistening influences of rains upon the alluvium of the -hills, and the general movement of alluvium from higher to lower levels. -When once deposited in these situations, it never after receives a -secondary removal, except by the hand of the miner. - -Dry ravine deposits vary in their advantages for obtaining gold, -according to the slope of the hills, through which the ravine passes. At -the heads of ravines, where the country is but an undulating one, of -moderate hills, and wide-spread valleys, the deposits are generally so -disseminated, that but little advantages are gaind, by searching for -gold in such situations. - -Downward, towards the mouths of ravines, where the hills are in close -contiguity, gold is deposited in a line along the center of ravines, -varying somewhat in richness, according to the richness of the adjoining -hills that deposited it, or the inclination, or basin-shapd appearance -of the ravine along its course to its mouth. If ravines are of rapid -descent from their sources to their outlets, they mostly contribute -their gold to the streams into which they empty themselves. - - - SECOND VARIETY - -The second variety of gold is that which is creek-washd,—the corners and -edges of which are rounded off by attrition among moving pebbles and -sand of the tertiary deposits of creeks, during the time of freshets. -This gold, whether found in plates, or rounded masses, is most of it too -heavy to float in running water, being carrid onward to its place of -rest, by the united agency of gravitation, moving water, and the -tertiary sediment. - -The creeks and large rivers receive their gold from the mouths of -ravines and hills contiguous to the creeks and rivers. - -Gold is found in dry ravines, creeks, and in basins of rivers, weighing -several ounces. - -In some places along the creeks, the miner finds angular gold deposited -in the banks of the streams at the foot of a hill, where it had not -slidden down sufficiently far to reach the power of the waters of the -stream. - -Lost, or erratic gold is sometimes found in the creeks among the -creek-washd sand and gravel of the stream, being subject to occasional -removals, by subsequent freshets. Such gold seems to be on its way to -its final deposit or resting place in situations where subsequent -freshets can take no effect upon it for further removal. - -Some of this gold is in pieces of several dollars value, but most of it -is in fine grains, with a mixture of floating gold. - -The fine gold is found in situations above the rock, in deposits of -loose sand, where every violent freshet gives it another removal, till -it is ultimately carrid downward and deposited in the bars of the large -rivers. - - - THIRD VARIETY. - -The third variety of gold is that which may be denominated bar, scale, -or floating gold. This gold is found in the tertiary deposits, commonly -calld bars of the large streams flowing down from the Neveda range of -mountains. Hence the name of bar gold. - -Its form is that of very thin scales, which causes it to float in waters -that are highly agitated. Hence also, the names of scale, and floating -gold. - -This gold is seldom found in pieces worth more than a dollar, and is -rounded off by attrition, the same as the creek-washd gold. - -The several varieties here describd, were the same, only differing in -form, in the original rock—but the several agents of deposit, have -separated them into separate classes, according to the several -capacities of gold to receive the power of the several depositing -agents. Hence, the finest floating gold is found lowest down the -principal rivers, where it is deposited. Creek-washd gold, being heavy, -is never movd very far down the stream, from where it was first -deposited into it—and dry ravine gold, having still a little different -agent from the others, has never been movd but a very short distance. - - * * * * * * * * - -If no more could be said of water, than of other matter of the earth, -that it seeks rest by gravitation, in common with the harder portions of -matter, but little of its influences could ever be known, to what is now -apparent, when viewd in all its bearings. But the fluidity of water, -gives it advantages over other matter, in possessing movements, which -the latter can never receive—such as lateral motion, capillary -attraction, great expansion by heat, aerial passages from rare to dense -mediums, thereby giving a new preparation to descend in the form of rain -or snow, to restore again its former equilibrium. - -Running water, in the light here intended to be explaind, is that which -flows down rivers and creeks, from higher to lower levels. Water, like -all other substances, will fall perpendicularly from higher to lower -levels, if there be no interposing obstacle. But as the beds of streams -descend like an inclind plane, from their sources to their mouths, water -is forcd over them by the power of gravitation, till it arrives at a -level with other surrounding water, and is thereby prevented from -descending further. Now in the movement of water, along its downward -passage, many considerations arise. - -First, if water were made to pass downward thro’ a straight duct or -channel, whose lateral and vertical sides were perfectly smooth, so that -no friction could exist between the water and the trough or duct that -containd it, there would be no eddy formd along its sides, for the water -would all of it have a straight forward, and downward movement. - -But as the bottom and edges of streams are rough and uneven, very -frequent obstructions to water occur. Places so obstructed, are the -eddies or partial eddies, so commonly observable in streams of running -water. - -If an observer stands on the bank of a creek, during a time of high -water, where there is much irregularity and unevenness of its bottom, he -will see in some places, that the water is nearly motionless—in others, -a whirling round of the water,—in others, a retrograde or up stream -motion. Under all the circumstances of these several appearances of the -water, those places that are the most quiet, approach nearest to the -most perfect eddies. - -Wherever a bend in a creek occurs, the water, by an opposing bank, is -forcd to take a new direction, passing downward, along on its inclind, -though uneven bottom. The opposing bank stops a portion of the flowing -waters, and causes them to turn back, along the shore of the creek, -producing, thereby,—a section of inactive waters, between those of the -downward and those of the upward course. - -Again, if a lateral stream of water flows into a creek, similar or -nearly so in magnitude, the two partially opposing currents form an eddy -in the upper angle of the two, and an eddy of less magnitude, is also -formd in the angle of the two, on the lower side of the lateral stream. - -When water passes over a reef of rock, that traverses entirely across -the stream, like a mill dam, the central waters or current cannot well -form an eddy immediately below the reef, on account of its impetuous -movement—though laterally, towards the banks, partial quietness of the -water may exist. - -If an obstacle, as a rock or other body, protrude in the current of a -creek, so high that water is forcd around it, instead of running over -it, an eddy is formd immediately below it, in magnitude according to the -size of the obstacle. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XXI. - - - Mode of searching for Gold in California. - -Rock gold, or that which is disseminated in dust or fine particles -amongst quartz rock, being so rare in California, but little attention -is paid to searching for it in such situations. - - - _Mode of Searching for the First Variety._ - -The miner, in prospecting for the first variety, or dry ravine gold, -selects a situation where, judging from the appearance of the hills, or -the slope of the ravine likely to contain gold, it may be found most -abundant. He commences his excavation at the center of the ravine, by -digging downward till he arrives in most cases at the rock on which the -deposit was made, which varies from 2 to 10 or 15 feet in depth. He then -prospects outward toward the hills till he arrives at the line of -deposit, in case any deposit there exists. - -After having found a lead of gold, he excavates upward and downward the -ravine, being careful whilst progressing along, to watch the several -meanderings of the lead, which are likely to occur even in very short -distances. - -The miner never need be long at a loss to determine whether there be -gold in the place where he is prospecting. If gold exists only in -moderate quantities, the pick will generally detect it by occasionally -throwing out into view pieces of gold, even when they are quite small. -In digging in dry ravines, the miner, after having arrivd within a few -inches of the rock where he expects to find gold, tries the earth by -washing some of it. If he finds no gold, all of the earth above this -place is thrown away as useless. He then continues to dig downward, -trying the dirt at short intervals, till he finds gold in his washings. -He then is careful to save and wash all of the remainder that lies above -the rock, and even to pick off a few inches from the top of some rocks -that are loose and open enough to receive gold in some of their -crevices, carefully saving and washing the whole. - -In some instances in dry ravines, where slate rock occurs, it is -decomposd into clay, to a considerable depth, from the vast amount of -time elapsd since it has been placd in its present situation. Where such -decomposition has occurd, it is useless to penetrate downward into it, -in search of gold, as the gold was deposited most generally in a strong -iron deposit, previous to the decomposition of the rock. This strong -iron deposit is formd of soluble iron, amongst which the gold is -mechanically entangld and there held, unless the iron becomes again -soluble and leaves the gold to settle down by gravitation into the -decomposd rock below. Cases of the second solubility of the iron do not -often occur in dry ravines. - - - _Mode of Searching for the Second Variety._ - -It is more difficult to point out a successful mode of searching for -gold of the second variety than either of the other two. Yet -notwithstanding the difficulties attending it, some hints may be given, -useful to the miner, who has previously become in some degree acquainted -with the philosophy of running water and the nature of tertiary -deposits. - -Those creeks of intermediate size between dry ravines, and the large -rivers flowing down from the mountains, though dry or nearly so at some -seasons of the year, are powrful in times of heavy rains or the rapid -melting of snows, as is evident from the position of some heavy rocks in -those streams, which none other agent the powr of a mighty stream could -have placd there. - -In prospecting for gold in those creeks, the miner may select a position -which he judges to be the channel of the creek, or that portion of it -where the greatest powr of water is exerted, and commence digging -downward, till he arrives at the rock over which various tertiary -sediment has flowd, and if he finds the coarse gravel and sand through -which he passes, entirely down to the rock, cleanly washd of alluvium, -he may fairly conclude that he is in the current of that stream, or -where the water passes with greatest force. In those situations, he -rarely finds gold, or if he does, it is in sparing quantities. - -If upon arriving at the rock, he finds a cross reef or ledge rock, -rising one foot or more above the rocks downward stream from his -position, he may then prospect outward either way toward the banks of -the creek, keeping close to the rock on the lower side, till he arrives -a little outward from the current where the waters formd an eddy, as -denoted by a mixture of alluvium with the sand and gravel of the creek. -In those situations, he may expect to find gold. If he finds gold in -such a locality, he may prospect outward toward the banks of the creek, -till he has exhausted the whole deposit. - -As the tilted rocks of the gold district have universally one course, -and as creeks meander across them in nearly every possible direction, -there are chances in many places for reefs of rocks to traverse the beds -of creeks, directly along their channels. Under such circumstances, but -little gold has been deposited. If the miner continues his search along -the creek downward, till he arrives at a bend in it, where the water is -forcd over such reefs, a little outward from the channel, gold is often -found in great abundance—watching carefully whilst excavating the earth -in such places, to prospect the lower side of any reefs that may be -found there. - -If a rock of several feet in hight traverse crosswise the whole width of -a creek, so that the only passage for the water of the stream is over -it, like the fall of a mill-dam, its force seldom allows gold to be -deposited near to it. But a short distance below, where the first quiet -waters occurd, gold may be found in lateral and central pockets and -little basin-shapd hollows of the rock at the bottom of creek deposits. - -Again, if a rock project from any portion of the stream, so high that -water cannot run over it but is forcd around it, an eddy is in such case -formd immediately below it, in which situation gold may be expected to -be found. - -In some situations, along some of the creeks, as at Sullivan’s camp, on -one of the tributaries of the St. Waukeen, the slate rock, on which the -gold was deposited, has since been decomposd to a considerable depth -below the tertiary deposit. It would seem that a second solubility of -the iron deposits had taken place, and liberated the gold to settle down -into the decomposd rock. In such situations, the miner continues to -prospect downward, as long as he finds gold abundant enough to reward -his labors. - -Creek-washd gold is sometimes found higher up in the banks from the -current of creeks than the experiencd miner is aware of, but the man -acquainted with the appearance of creek-worn pebbles is never at a loss -to determine the agent that placd them there—and if, in such situations, -he finds rounded, creek worn pebbles, he may conclude that the pebbles -and gold also were deposited there by water. In such cases, it becomes -the miner to examine the bearing and level of the creek above such -place, and see if the creek may not some day have formd an eddy there, -and deposited its various contents. If, still higher up in the bank, he -finds gold entirely angular, he may conclude that it has slidden down -from the hill above. - -Another thing to be observd by the miner, relative to creek-gold, is, -that in prospecting up and down creeks for gold,—he carefully observe -where a level expanse is formd at the foot of a cascade. Near the head -of such expanse, between the cascade above, and the next one below, he -will find gold more abundant than toward the lower end of such expanse. - -In searching for eddies of creeks, where the greatest amount of gold is -often deposited, the miner should bear in mind that eddies formd in time -of freshets, are most likely to contain the most and heaviest gold, from -the fact that much power is requird to move heavy gold, and tertiary -sediment. - - - _Mode of searching for the Third Variety._ - -To obtain a knowledge of prospecting for bar gold, requires also a -knowledge of the philosophy of running waters—yet gold is prospected -with less difficulty in the bars of large rivers than creek-gold. - -As the bar gold is very light and thin, it is subject to the various -freaks of running water, in which it is mechanically suspended, during -times of freshets. In prospecting therefore, for gold along the bars of -rivers, the principal thing to be attended to, is the formation of -eddies along those streams, which, if the edges of the water were -straight and unbroken, through the length of a bar, would also be formd -along in straight lines but a short distance from shore, or outer edge -of the water. These eddies are the intermediate line between the -downward current of the stream, and the retrograde or upward movement of -the water along the shore, where water is nearly in a quiescent state. - -But as the edges of streams are rough and uneven, the eddies are also -formd uneven. Hence, a deposit of gold in those eddies, is not straight, -but varies according to the unevenness of the shore. - -Such a line of quiet water, is the only deposit of bar gold which is -likely to be richest, near the heads of bars. - -The best method of prospecting for bar gold, is to commence an -excavation, a short distance out from the water of the river, near the -head of a bar, digging downward but a short distance among the sand and -gravel, occasionally washing the earth.—And if gold is found, progress -toward and from the river, till the richest deposit is found. Then -change the course upward and downward the river, and continue to -prospect as long as gold is abundant enough to pay for working. - -As this gold is subject to subsequent removals by every succeeding -freshet, it never gets deeply embedded in any solid tertiary deposits. -Hence, it is most usually found among loose sand and gravel, near the -surface. - -This search should be made when the water of rivers is quite low, which -time is also best in searching for the other two varieties. - -If along a line of bar deposit, a rock is found protruding high—gold may -be expected more abundant immediately below it, than elsewhere. - -To those searching for gold along the bars of rivers, it was at first, -not a little surprising to learn that but little gold was deposited -toward the center of the stream—but on reflection,—it will be seen that -the water is too violent to admit floating gold to come to rest in such -situations. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XXII. - - -Cost of transporting Goods from the several embarkadaries to the - mines—Price of Merchandize in the mines—Cost of Provisions—Price - of Medical Services—Administration of Justice—Manner of spending - the Sabbath. - -From the two principal embarkadaries upon the St. Waukeen and Sacramento -rivers of California, provisions and mining implements are transported -to the seat of mining operations at exorbitant costs. - -On passing up to the mines from a place calld Stocton, upon the St. -Waukeen, our company hird a teamster to carry our goods and implements, -for which we paid him, for one wagon load, more than _fourteen hundred -dollars_, rated at 30 cents per pound. Afterwards during the summer, -goods were carrid on pack mules at a somewhat less cost. It may also be -added, that conveyances were got up for the accommodation of passengers -between Stocton and the mines, a distance of 70 or 80 miles, at a charge -of 2 ounces of gold dust for each passenger, which, according to its -value in California, is worth $32. - -From Sacramento city, the present head of navigation upon the Sacramento -river, similar prices are chargd for the transportation of goods into -that quarter of the mining district. - -The price of merchandize at the mines is quite dissimilar to prices in -the States. Tea, best, per pound, is worth from $2 to $4. Common sizd -frying pans at $8. Tin pans, a large size, at $8 apiece. India rubber -elastic cots at $50 to $75 each. Calf-skin shoes, per pair, at $8, and -boots at $16. An ordinary article of ax-helve at $3. Lumber, scarce, at -$2 per ft. Pint tin cups at $1.50 each. Coarse sheeting, 50 cents per -yard. - -The cost of provisions ranges somewhat as follows. Flour is worth, per -pound, from 75 cts. to $1. Pork, per pound, $1. Beans are sold by the -pound, at $1 per pound. Rice, per lb., 62½ cents. Light bread, per loaf -of one pound, $1. Beef, 25 cents the pound. Potatoes are sold by the -pound, at 50 cents. Green peas preservd in air-tight jars, per pint, $4. -Onions, per pound, $2. Public meals, $2. - - * * * * * * * * - -_Medical services_ are likewise high, in the mining district. Each -visit, near to patient, is 1 oz. of gold, or $16. If a week’s attendance -is requird, no reduction upon each visit is made. For extracting a -tooth, $10 is chargd. Very extravagant prices are chargd for distant -visits. - - * * * * * * * * - -In relation to the _administration of justice_ in the mining district, -wherever a sufficient assemblage of miners exists to be thought worthy -of judicial attention, an alcalda or justice of the peace is appointed, -who presides over the judiciary department, with almost as unlimited -sway as an emperor. And although in addition to an alcalda, a sheriff is -appointed to a permanent office, and cases are almost universally tried -by a jury, which is summond by the sheriff, yet they are generally -selected of a stamp congruous to the feelings of the alcalda. From the -decisions, no appeal can ever be made, whether right or wrong. I would -likewise remark, that decisions are very apt to be made against the -party having the most gold, and especially if one of the parties is -rather low in circumstances. Such a state of judicial dispensation may -seem somewhat objectionable, at first thought, but when we reflect, that -where no legislation exists, lynch law is the only mode of dispensing -justice, to which men can well resort, and this is so terrific in its -consequences of criminal justice, that rogues tremble in view of its -administration. Much more civility and less theft exists in the mines -than might at first be supposd. - -The costs of legal services may be arrangd somewhat as follows: -Alcaldas, for each suit, 1 oz. To the sheriff, 1 oz. To each juryman, -half an ounce of gold,—and legal pleadings are often enormous, even to -$100 for the service of an hour or two. - -The several foregoing costs of transportation, price of merchandize, -costs of provisions and medical services, are very often increasd or -diminishd, according to location, distance, or difficulty of -transporting, and also the season of the year. - - * * * * * * * * - -There is a consideration, likewise, in relation to _spending the Sabbath -amongst the gold mines of California_. - -The reader may greatly wonder what is the mode of spending the Sabbath -there, when I say to him, that the Sabbath appears as silent as the -house of mourning. Seldom is a man seen with his implements in his -hands, laboring for gold. All around is quiet, except now and then a few -horsemen are passing from one little town to another, for purposes best -known to themselves. What, then, is the wonderful employment or idle -condition of miners upon that day? Alas! every public tent through the -whole mining region is resorted to for gambling. In each of these tents, -stands from one to four or six monte tables, around which, miners of all -classes assemble to risk their fortunes. These tables are arrangd with -small or large sums of money, by one or more persons, according to the -ability of the person or persons that establish them. The sums of money -so arrangd are calld banks, or monte banks. On opposite sides of the -table, sit two men, who manage the affairs of the bank, and deal the -cards by which the fate of bettors is determind. This game at cards is -carrid on from morning till night, and often through the following night -till twilight breaks upon them, with the stillness and quiet of a -religious assemblage. - - [Illustration: Cornucopia] - - - - - DESCRIPTION OF CALIFORNIA - - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XXIII. - - -Alta or Upper California With respect to Agriculture—Climate and Health - of Alta California—Navigation of its two principal Rivers—Some of - the principal Towns of Alta California—Its Bays and Harbors. - -It can hardly be imagind, how the business of agriculture can be carrid -on successfully in a country circumstancd like Upper California. In the -mountainous portions, grain can not do well without resort to -irrigation, and this, from extreme cost, can not well be done on an -extensive scale. - -The low country of the great valley of the St. Waukeen and Sacramento, -is not unfrequently inundated a month or two, during the latter part of -the winter, which renders passages from one part of the valley to -another by land, entirely impracticable, and although along the borders -of those two large rivers, and to some distance outward from them, there -is a good soil, yet it is well known to farmers, that wheat will not -live but a few days, entirely immersd in water—so that the wheat crop -could never be depended upon as a safe investment. - -Along the borders of these rivers, in some places, the native grasses -are of a tolerable growth. Outward toward the base of the mountain, the -earth becomes so dry during the summer, that vegetation is entirely -dried up. It however arrives at maturity, at a stinted growth. I have -seen native oats growing upon the plains of the great valley. These also -are not very enormous in size. Notwithstanding, they for awhile furnish -good grazing for the roaming cattle of the country, upon which, and the -short bunch grass growing upon some of the hills, they become very fat -during the summer. But as the grasses of the country are of so stinted a -growth, farmers cannot live in crowded communities, as in the States, -but at distances of from 10 to 20 miles apart. Locations of this kind -are calld ranches, or rancheros, and farmers so living often own several -hundred head of cattle and horses. - - * * * * * * * * - -_The climate of California_, of which I shall next speak, varies -considerably in different parts of the country, according to its -distance from the ocean or from the Neveda mountains, or the unevenness -of the surface of the country. - -In the mountain district of the Neveda range, the climate was describd -in the geography of that portion of California. - -Lower down and westward, along the great valley, the climate is milder, -through the whole of the year. I believe the large rivers of the valley -are not frozen during the winter, and the weather in summer is quite -warm. Thus far from the axis of the Neveda mountains eastward, to the -two great rivers westward, during the summer season, the sky is serene, -and the stars and planets shine with great splendor. - -No dew falls in that part hitherto describd, during the hottest season -of the year, and travelers may lie upon the ground without exposure from -the unhealthiness of a damp ground and a moist atmosphere. - -Farther outward, and along the coast, the country is much of the time -during the year, coverd with fogs, which render it unpleasant, and in -some measure unhealthy. The town of San Francisco, most of the year, is -envelopd in a thick fog, during much of the night and the following day, -till 10 or 11 o’clock, after which time the wind becomes of sufficient -strength to clear away the fog, which often renders the remainder of the -day unpleasant. This town, from the almost continued dampness of the -atmosphere, and the unavoidable use of mineralizd water, can hardly be -considerd a healthy place. Dysentery and fever seems to be the prevalent -disease. - -I had nearly forgotten an idea which I now recollect to have heard, -relating to the dryness and purity of the atmosphere of California. It -has been said that the flesh of animals may be hung up in the open -atmosphere, till it becomes perfectly preservd by drying, without salt, -and during such process, no annoying insects ever disturb it—and also, -that a man would never die there, except by being dried up. - -It is true, that the Spaniards have a mode of preserving the flesh of -the ox, by cutting it into very small strips, and hanging it upon -strings cut from the raw hide, where it is exposd to the heat of the -sun. In this way, meat could be preservd in any of the States, but if it -be left in large masses, and so circumstancd that any part of it is kept -from drying immediately on the outside, the green fly, an insect common -to that country as well as the States, is presently found to be a -loathsome intruder. - - * * * * * * * * - -When I left the mining district for the valley, on my way to San -Francisco, on the 13th of October, I saw eight or ten vessels lying at -Stocton, and at the head of Suisan bay, three or four more, and at the -head of Pablo bay, six or seven more. These, with ten or twelve lying at -Sacramento city, and as many more scatterd along the two rivers and in -the several bays, added to about 130 which I counted in the harbor of -San Francisco, on my arrival there, will make about 175 vessels within -the country of California. Most of the vessels lying in the harbor of -San Francisco, were inactive, for want of help to work them. - -The business of transportation upon the two rivers, St. Waukeen and -Sacramento, I believe to be as profitable as any that is attended to in -California. When I left, two small steamers were constantly plying -between San Francisco and Sacramento city, and another was being put -together at Suisan bay, for the navigation of the St. Waukeen. More -busines at present is done upon the rivers by launches, a small vessel -of only one mast, than by any other vessel. These are more easily managd -than large ships, along the intricate windings of those extremely -crooked rivers, but so soon as a sufficient number of steamers can be -obtaind for the business of the rivers, other means of transportation -will in a great degree cease. - - * * * * * * * * - -That portion of Alta California, where at present men’s conceptions are -most vivid, and where at every corner, pass or avenue, the lively turn -of the foot is seen, and where men’s views and feelings to-morrow will -not be what they are to-day, and where also the sight of the golden -streams from the Neveda mountains produce electrical shocks upon all -persons, whose hearts are tund to chant the new and animating lays of -later scenes of better days, and where nearly all of the “Elephant,” in -his varied and portentous displays, is seen—may be comprisd within the -small tract of country, over which the waters of the two principal -rivers, Sacramento and St. Waukeen, flow. Along these waters, are -several newly laid out towns, together with some of ancient Mexican -date. - -San Francisco is situated upon a side hill, on the south side of the bay -of the same name. Its inhabitants were reckond, on the first of -November, ’49, at 25,000, though six months before there were scarcely -5000. Such has been the rapid progress of San Francisco. The town is 10 -or 12 miles within the entrance of the bay from the ocean. - -At the head of Pablo bay, is a newly laid out town, calld Benetia. It -lies on the north side of the strait between Pablo bay and Suisan bay. -This strait will doubtless bear the name of Benetia. The town will -ultimately be a pleasanter one than San Francisco. One mile east of -Benetia, upon the same side of the strait, the United States have -establishd an arsenal. - -At the head of Suisan bay, is a new town calld Western New York. This -town lies on the south side of the waters of the bay, upon, a flat piece -of ground, at the lower confluence of the Sacramento and St. Waukeen. -The delta between the upper and lower confluence, is about 20 miles in -length. New York, situated as it is, will command the business of both -rivers, and if it is lucky enough to avoid being inundated once a year, -will ultimately be a place of considerable importance. - -At the present head waters of navigation for the St. Waukeen, upon a -slough about three miles distant from the river, is a town calld -Stocton, the principal embarkadary for the south division of the mining -district. This town is situated on low, flat ground, which rises but -little above the waters of the river, at lowest stages. When the country -around is overflowd with water, this town must necessarily suffer much -inconvenience therefrom. - -The last town which I shall here mention, is Sacramento city. Like -Stocton, it is situated at the present head waters of the Sacramento -river. It serves as the principal embarkadary for the northern mining -region, as Stocton does for the south, and from this place, provisions -and implements are carrid to all parts of the northern mining region. -The place is more than half as large as San Francisco, and is fast -improving. - - * * * * * * * * - -Before closing the subject of California, a few remarks concerning its -_bays and harbors_ may not be uninteresting. - -The Bay of San Francisco is nearly surrounded by high hills, with a -narrow entrance from the ocean, and now and then an island is -interspersd, to hide the scenery of its waters from the hills contiguous -to the town of San Francisco. It is large enough to contain the shipping -of the whole world, and its waters are not of inconvenient depth for -anchorage. - -Next above this, lies Pablo bay, or Bay of St. Paul. It is inferior in -size, but ships can anchor in any part of it, and lie at all times with -a tolerable degree of safety. - -At the head of Pablo bay, commences Suisan bay, which extends upward to -the delta that divides the two rivers, Sacramento and St. Waukeen. The -waters of this bay are so shoal that vessels have difficulty in sailing -over it, except directly along its channel. - -The distances across the several bays are as follows. From San Francisco -to Pablo bay, is about 10 miles, and through Pablo bay to Suisan bay, is -40 miles, and Suisan bay differs but little from 50 miles in length, -from Benetia to New York, at the head of the bay. - - - - - HOMEWARD BOUND. - - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XXIV. - - -Scenes on the Pacific Ocean.—Difficulty of reaching the harbor of - Panama, by sail ships.—Arrival at Panama.—The town of Panama, and - its inhabitants.—Passage across the isthmus, to Chagres. - -After a stay in California of a little more than five months, I took my -departure for home by way of the ocean, on board a sail ship bound for -Panama, the 21st day of October, 1849. As there is often a difficulty in -getting out of the bay of San Francisco into the ocean, with sail ships, -on account of a strong wind that is much of the time blowing through the -straits eastward from the ocean, and the dense fog that envelops the -sea, at the entrance of the bay, we were detaind nearly two days before -we could pass the straits into the ocean. - -Our passage from San Francisco to Panama, was accomplishd in 40 days, a -distance of about 4000 miles, tho’ along the coast, it would not much -exceed 3500. This passage was considerd by the master of the vessel, as -expeditious as is common upon waters of as little wind as is not -unfrequently witnessd upon the Pacific ocean. - -Whilst on my passage from Oregon last spring, to California, I saw a -short distance from ship, a whale, in an attempt at running a race with -us. He kept along in a parallel course with the ship, one or two miles, -and then left us. Ship-masters say they will outrun the fleetest ship. - -But we saw on our passage from San Francisco to Panama, but few of the -monsters of the deep, so often describd in history and romance, although -this coast is the place to which whalemen resort. At a distance from -ship, we saw now and then a few whales, spouting the briny waters high -into the atmosphere—and then again, a shoal of porpoises surrounding the -ship—some of which, our sailors caught with their hooks and lines.—The -flesh of the porpoise is of a reddish color, and coarse, but tolerably -pleasant to eat. - -The dolphin is a small fish of only two or three feet in length—and has -the power of changing its color. The flesh is said to be poisonous in -some degree, and is therefore not good for food. These fish are shy and -hard to take, except by stratagem. - -Our captain is an old whaleman, and his vessel was fitted out from -Nantucket, for that purpose. On our way south,—he one day took 4 or 5 -men into a whale-boat, and started out from the vessel in pursuit of -some black fish we saw at a short distance from us. We had not watchd -him long before we saw him returning with a large black fish in tow of -his whale boat. He presently came along side, and down the halyards were -let—to haul the monster upon deck,—and in a few minutes, was seen -stretchd athwart the ship, a giant fish, weighing about 2500 pounds,—out -of which, was obtaind 4 barrels of oil. - -This was a specimen of whaling on a small scale. The fish here caught, -was a species of whale, and was organizd similarly. A few inches from -the end of his snout, upon the top of it, was a valve, about 3 inches -square, out of which, the animal spouts. - -After tossing and rolling about upon the wide Pacific, till I was -utterly tird of my situation, we at length arrivd at the outer confines -of Panama bay, on Monday, Nov. 26. Although this bay is more than 100 -miles wide at the entrance, yet it is so situated, that most of the -year, there is a wind from the Caribbean sea, blowing across the -continent outward from the harbor of Panama, which renders an entrance -into it slow and difficult. We, however, after tacking the ship the -tedious number of 10 times, arrivd in safety at the harbor of Panama, on -the evening of Friday, Nov. 30. - -Our arrival at Panama, was an epoch of satisfaction to me, as well as my -fellow passengers, after having experienced so many days of monotony -upon the ocean. - -The anchorage for ships is inconveniently situated from town, being -nearly 3 miles distant. - -After having arrivd at the town, and wanderd over it somewhat, I found -it to be located upon a rock, formd of successive layers of apparent -lava. But as my opportunity of examining it was scanty, I could not well -determine its character. The town wears a dilapidated appearance, from -its extreme age, and a want of attention to repairs. Many of the houses -are large,—and three stories high, with broken down roofs, and with -grass growing out of every corner, and upon the roofs. They have the -oddity of being built partly of bricks, and partly of stone, intermingld -together in the body of the walls. They have windows arrangd similar to -windows in houses of the states, but without sash or glass, being left -entirely open. No chimneys are built to any of the houses, and cooking -is done with small portable furnaces, or a fire is built upon the -ground, between 2 small rocks set up edgewise, so as to contain the -fuel. In the cooking apartments, an arrangement is made for the escape -of the smoke at the top of the room, so that it may not communicate with -their dining or sitting rooms. - -The town, previous to the gold excitement of California, was in a great -measure, vacant of inhabitants, and large and commodious rooms may have -been hird for the small sum of 12½ cents per day. The streets are mostly -narrow, but they are tolerably well pavd, and are washd nearly every day -for ¾ of a year, from the all copious fountain of the heavens above. No -drays or coaches are seen to mar the beauty of the streets, and grass is -seen growing even in the middle of the streets, and along its sidewalks. -This was once a populous town, but now—like most other Spanish towns -along the western coast of America, is seen the marks of imbecility, -indifference and decay. They have a small market or two, to which all -classes indiscriminately, resort for their daily support. The town next -to the bay is walld around, upon which, a few cannon were placd for its -former defense. - -The inhabitants speak the Spanish language. They are cleanly in dress, -plain in their manners, and familiar in their conversation. They are -unassuming in their style, and liberal in their hospitalities. - -I am inclind to think the character of the American Spanish has hitherto -been misrepresented. During my stay in California, I was located among -that people, and I ever found them willing to part with half their last -meal to feed a hungry man. Although the Spanish ladies are almost -universally neat washers, yet their is a want of taste in their dress, -it being loosely, though not fantastically adjusted about their persons. -In their behavior, their sitting and reclining postures have an unchaste -appearance, though this may arise from want of proper training. - -The width of the isthmus from Panama across to the bay of Darien, is not -much different from 50 miles—but by the way of the old Panama road to -Chagres, the distance is about 64 miles. Through this route the present -emigration passes.—From Panama, there is a portage of about 24 miles, to -Cruses, a town of about 150 houses, at the present head waters of the -Chagres river. There is also, another town of similar importance, about -5 miles below, upon the Chagres river, calld Gorgona. To this town, -also, there is a road which leads off from the Cruses road about half -way distant from Panama to Cruses. - -The present Cruses road is probably of as ancient date as the town of -Panama. It has once been pavd, and a tolerably good road for pack -animals to pass, but too narrow to admit of carriages. Across the -portage, the country is uneven, though not mountainous, and much of the -way, the road is cut through hills of soft rock. At present, the -pavement is almost all broken up, and the road is muddy and disagreeable -to pass, much of the year, even with pack animals. Most of the property -that now passes that road, is carrid upon the backs of native -citizens,—though horses or mules can be hird at either end of the rout -for the transportation of property. - -The houses of Cruses and Gorgona, and also a few scattering houses along -the portage, are made of Bamboo, a reed which grows very tall, but small -in size. These reeds are set upon the ends, and firmly crowded together -to the size of the requird wall. At the corners of these walls, are set -posts of sufficient strength to support the roofs, which are thatchd of -the cocoa leaf. After the roofs are completed, no rains can penetrate -them. The slender appearance of these houses, seems to be a proof that -no tornados or heavy winds exist along the isthmus,—and some families -live in tenements of nothing but a roof placd upon posts in the form of -a Dutch barrack. - -The remainder of the way from Cruses to Chagres, is down the Chagres -river,—a stream of considerable importance in time of high water, though -not of sufficient depth to admit of the navigation of any but small -class steamboats, in times of common stages of the river. - -The country across the isthmus truly indicates a want of yankee -enterprise. No agricultural interests are resorted to for the support of -the inhabitants. All appears drear, and the country is thickly coverd -with low, leafy kinds of timber, heavily laden much of it, with vines of -various kinds, pending their branches near to the ground. Now and then, -however, along the way is seen a small opening or lawn, where a few -cattle are grazing—and these of the thriftiest kind,—indicating the -advantages which might be derivd from the improvement of the soil upon -the isthmus. - - [Illustration: Decorative glyph] - - - - - CHAPTER XXV. - - - Town of Chagres—Its inhabitants—Trip to New Orleans—Thence up the - Mississippi to St. Louis—Arrival home. - -Chagres is a town of some over 150 houses, situated on the South -American side, at the mouth of the Chagres river. The houses are like -those of Gorgona and Cruses, many of which appear to be of considerably -ancient date. The ground upon which the town stands, is of but little -elevation above the waters of the river, and it seems that it must -inevitably become inundated, should a strong wind continue to blow a -considerable time from off the Caribbean sea. This town, as also -Gorgona, Cruses and Panama, belongs to the republic of New Grenada. -Bogota is the capital of this republic, and is situated interior, -several hundred miles to the south of Chagres. An entrance to the mouth -of the Chagres river, by sail ships, is often attended with the danger -of being wreckd on the beach. Hence, a steamer is kept at the harbor for -the conveyance of passengers from them, at a distance of 2 miles, where -they are obligd to anchor. - -At the entrance of the river and contiguous to the town, upon a -projecting eminence, is an old, dilapidated fort, with a large number of -brass cannon scatterd about upon the walls. There appear to be a few -soldiers strolling about the fort, but with a total indifference to the -attention which a fort requires for its requisite abilities, in an -emergency. - -The inhabitants of Chagres have more of negroes and negro blood in them -than the citizens of Panama, Cruses or Gorgona, but they are of similar -stamp with their neighbors in that part of America, and speak the same -language. The females dress much in lawns and other light clothing, as -is most suitable for the climate. The religion here, and mostly -throughout this part of the country, is Roman Catholic. - -The bells of the churches are generally hung in the windows, or outside, -near the ground, at their entrances. The cross-bar on which they are -hung, often contains two bells, so that the ringing of them is -frequently done by two persons, in quite a ludicrous manner. The mode of -ringing is performd by each person’s taking a small hammer or stick, and -striking upon the outside of the bells, keeping time with each other, -similar to the beating of two drummers. - - * * * * * * * * - -_Saturday, Dec. 8th._—Embarkd on board brig Major Eastland, bound to New -Orleans, and arrivd there, Thursday, December 20th. Our trip was a -tolerably short and pleasant one, for the season of the year. We -experiencd no storm upon the Caribbean sea, nor any through the Gulf of -Mexico. Nothing of importance was experiencd on the way, to change the -monotony. - -On the 21st, I left New Orleans by steamboat, for St Louis, a distance -of 1200 miles by water, though probably not much exceeding 600 direct. -The old towns of Natchez and Vicksburg are in a decayd condition. -Memphis appears to be the most thriving town between New Orleans and St. -Louis. - -_Monday, Dec. 31st_, I found myself at the St. Louis levee, after -struggling with floating ice for a day or two, the latter part of the -distance. I left St. Louis, Jan. 2d, 1850, and arrivd at Knox co., Ill., -Jan. 8th, having been gone from home, one year, nine months and five -days. - -On my arrival at home, I found my friends in a state of health, though -many deaths in town had occurd during my absence, and the place had -exceedingly improvd. - - * * * * * * * * - -A few remarks appendant to the foregoing, in relation to traveling -expenses, may be of use to those desirous to go to California, by the -way of the oceans and the isthmus. At present, the arrangement for -running steamers between San Francisco and Panama, is, to leave each -place for the other, but twice each month, which is on the 1st and 20th. -Sail ships are also running between the two places with frequency. -Prices of passage, the fall of 1849, between the two places, were $300 -cabin, $150 steerage. On board sail ships, $150 cabin, and $75 steerage. -An arrangement from Chagres to New York, by the way of New Orleans and -Havana, is made by the U. S. Mail Ship Company, for carrying passengers, -so that passengers can leave Chagres on the 28th of each month, at $150 -cabin, $125 forward, and $80 steerage. This state of things will not -last long, before there will be a sufficient amount of competition for -the speedy accommodation of all who wish to go to California. - - - - - Transcriber’s Notes - - -—Silently corrected a few typos; retained the author’s idiosyncratic and - inconsistent spelling. - -—Retained publication information from the printed edition: this eBook - is public-domain in the country of publication. - -—In the text versions only, text in italics is delimited by - _underscores_. - - - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Journal of Travels from St. Josephs to -Oregon, by Riley Root - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS FROM ST. JOSEPHS TO OREGON *** - -***** This file should be named 62155-0.txt or 62155-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/6/2/1/5/62155/ - -Produced by WebRover, MWS, Stephen Hutcheson, The Internet -Archive (TIA) and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team -at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images -made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - diff --git a/old/62155-0.zip b/old/62155-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 406a8c9..0000000 --- a/old/62155-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/62155-h.zip b/old/62155-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7b44207..0000000 --- a/old/62155-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/62155-h/62155-h.htm b/old/62155-h/62155-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 90b614c..0000000 --- a/old/62155-h/62155-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5791 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> -<head> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> -<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0" /> -<title>Journal of Travels from St. Josephs to Oregon, by Riley Root—a Project Gutenberg eBook</title> -<meta name="author" content="Riley Root" /> -<meta name="pss.pubdate" content="1850" /> -<link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> -<link rel="spine" href="images/spine.jpg" /> -<link rel="schema.DC" href="http://dublincore.org/documents/1998/09/dces/" /> -<meta name="DC.Title" content="Journal of Travels from St. Josephs to Oregon" /> -<meta name="DC.Language" content="en" /> -<meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html" /> -<meta name="DC.Created" content="1850" /> -<meta name="DC.Creator" content="Riley Root" /> -<style type="text/css"> -/* == GLOBAL MARKUP == */ -body, table.twocol tr td { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; } /* BODY */ -.box { border-style:double; margin-bottom:2em; max-width:30em; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; margin-top:2em; clear:both; } -.box div.box { border-style:solid; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; max-width:26em; } -.box p { margin-right:1em; margin-left:1em; } -.box dl { margin-right:1em; margin-left:1em; } -h1, h2, h5, h6, .titlepg p { text-align:center; clear:both; text-indent:0; } /* HEADINGS */ -h2 { margin-top:1.5em; margin-bottom:1em; font-size:110%; text-align:center; } -h2 .small { font-size:100%; } -h1 { margin-top:3em; } -h1 .likep { font-weight:normal; font-size:50%; } -div.box h1 { margin-top:1em; margin-left:.5em; margin-right:.5em; } -h3 { margin-top:2.5em; text-align:center; font-size: 80%; clear:both; } -h4, h5 { font-size:100%; text-align:right; clear:right; } -h6 { font-size:100%; } -h6.var { font-size:80%; font-style:normal; } -.titlepg { margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; border-style:double; clear:both; } -span.chaptertitle { font-style:normal; display:block; text-align:center; font-size:150%; text-indent:0; } -.tblttl { text-align:center; text-indent:0;} -.tblsttl { text-align:center; font-variant:small-caps; text-indent:0; } - -pre sub.ms { width:4em; letter-spacing:1em; } -pre { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } -table.fmla { text-align:center; margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; margin-left:0em; margin-right:0em; } -table.inline, table.symbol { display: inline-table; vertical-align: middle; } -td.cola { text-align:left; vertical-align:100%; } -td.colb { text-align:justify; } - -p, blockquote, div.p, div.bq { text-align:justify; } /* PARAGRAPHS */ -div.p, div.bq { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } -blockquote, .bq { margin-left:1em; margin-right:0em; } -.verse { font-size:100%; } -p.indent {text-indent:2em; text-align:left; } -p.tb, p.tbcenter, verse.tb, blockquote.tb { margin-top:2em; } - -span.pb, div.pb, dt.pb, p.pb /* PAGE BREAKS */ -{ text-align:right; float:right; margin-right:0em; clear:right; } -div.pb { display:inline; } -.pb, dt.pb, dl.toc dt.pb, dl.tocl dt.pb, dl.undent dt.pb, dl.index dt.pb { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left: 1.5em; - margin-top:.5em; margin-bottom:.5em; display:inline; text-indent:0; - font-size:80%; font-style:normal; font-weight:bold; - color:gray; border:1px solid gray;padding:1px 3px; } -div.index .pb { display:block; } -.bq div.pb, .bq span.pb { font-size:90%; margin-right:2em; } - -div.img, body a img {text-align:center; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em; clear:right; } - -sup, a.fn { font-size:75%; vertical-align:100%; line-height:50%; font-weight:normal; } -h3 a.fn { font-size:65%; } -sub { font-size:75%; } -.center, .tbcenter { text-align:center; clear:both; text-indent:0; } /* TEXTUAL MARKUP */ -span.center { display:block; } -table.center { clear:both; margin-right:auto; margin-left:auto; } -table.center tr td.l {text-align:left; margin-left:0em; } -table.center tr td.j {text-align:justify; } -table.center tr td.ltab { text-align:left; width:1.5em; } -table.center tr td.t {text-align:left; text-indent:1em; } -table.center tr td.t2 {text-align:left; text-indent:2em; } -table.center tr td.r, table.center tr th.r {text-align:right; } -table.center tr th.rx { width:4.5em; text-align:right; } -table.center tr th {vertical-align:bottom; } -table.center tr td {vertical-align:top; } -table.inline, table.symbol { display: inline-table; vertical-align: middle; } - -p { clear:left; } -.small, .lsmall { font-size:90%; } -.smaller { font-size:80%; } -.smallest { font-size:67%; } -.larger { font-size:150%; } -.large { font-size:125%; } -.xlarge { font-size:150%; } -.xxlarge { font-size:200%; } -.gs { letter-spacing:1em; } -.gs3 { letter-spacing:2em; } -.gslarge { letter-spacing:.3em; font-size:110%; } -.sc { font-variant:small-caps; font-style:normal; } -.unbold { font-weight:normal; } -.xo { position:relative; left:-.3em; } -.over { text-decoration: overline; display:inline; } -hr { width:20%; margin-left:40%; } -hr.dwide { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; width:90%; margin-left:5%; } -hr.double { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; width:100%; margin-left:0; margin-right:0; } -hr.f { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; width:100%; margin-left:0; } -.jl { text-align:left; } -.jr, .jri { text-align:right; min-width:2em; display:inline-block; float:right; } -.pcap .jri { font-size:80%; } -.jr1 { text-align:right; margin-right:2em; } -h1 .jr { margin-right:.5em; } -.ind1 { text-align:left; margin-left:2em; } -.u { text-decoration:underline; } -.hst { margin-left:2em; } -.hst { margin-left:4em; } -.rubric { color:red; } -.blue { color:blue; background-color:white; } -.green { color:green; background-color:white; } -.yellow { color:yellow; background-color:white; } -.white { color:white; background-color:black; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; max-width:28em; } -.cnwhite { color:white; background-color:black; min-width:2em; display:inline-block; - text-align:center; font-weight:bold; font-family:sans-serif; } -.cwhite { color:white; background-color:black; text-align:center; font-weight:bold; - font-family:sans-serif; } -ul li { text-align:justify; } -u.dbl { text-decoration:underline; } -.ss { font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:bold; } -.ssn { font-family:sans-serif; font-weight:normal; } -p.revint { margin-left:1.5em; text-indent:-1.5em; font-size:90%; } -p.revint2 { margin-left:5em; text-indent:-3em; } -p.revint2 .cn { min-width:2.5em; text-indent:0; text-align:left; display:inline-block; margin-right:.5em; } -i .f { font-style:normal; } -.b { font-weight:bold; } -.i { font-style:italic; } -.f { font-style:italic; font-weight:bold; } - -dd.t { text-align:left; margin-left: 5.5em; } -dl.toc { clear:both; margin-top:1em; } /* CONTENTS (.TOC) */ -.toc dt.center { text-align:center; clear:both; margin-top:3em; margin-bottom:1em; text-indent:0;} -.toc dt { text-align:right; clear:left; } -.toc dt.just { text-align:justify; margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; } -.toc dd { text-align:right; clear:both; } -.toc dd.ddt { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:4em; } -.toc dd.ddt2 { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:5em; } -.toc dd.ddt3 { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:6em; } -.toc dd.ddt4 { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:7em; } -.toc dd.ddt5 { text-align:right; clear:both; margin-left:8em; } -.toc dd.note { text-align:justify; clear:both; margin-left:5em; text-indent:-1em; margin-right:3em; } -.toc dt .xxxtest {width:17em; display:block; position:relative; left:4em; } -.toc dt a, -.toc dd a, -.toc dt span.left, -.toc dt span.lsmall, -.toc dd span.left { text-align:left; clear:right; float:left; } -.toc dt a span.cn { width:4em; text-align:right; margin-right:.7em; float:left; } -.toc dt.sc { text-align:right; clear:both; } -.toc dt.scl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; } -.toc dt.sct { text-align:right; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; margin-left:1em; } -.toc dt.jl { text-align:left; clear:both; font-variant:normal; } -.toc dt.scc { text-align:center; clear:both; font-variant:small-caps; text-indent:0; } -.toc dt span.lj, span.lj { text-align:left; display:block; float:left; } -.toc dd.center { text-align:center; text-indent:0; } -dd.tocsummary {text-align:justify; margin-right:2em; margin-left:2em; } -dd.center .sc {display:block; text-align:center; text-indent:0; } -/* BOX CELL */ -td.top { border-top:1px solid; width:.5em; height:.8em; } -td.bot { border-bottom:1px solid; width:.5em; height:.8em; } -td.rb { border:1px solid; border-left:none; width:.5em; height:.8em; } -td.lb { border:1px solid; border-right:none; width:.5em; height:.8em; } -td span.cellt { text-indent:1em; } -td span.cellt2 { text-indent:2em; } -td span.cellt3 { text-indent:3em; } -td span.cellt4 { text-indent:4em; } - -/* INDEX (.INDEX) */ -dl.index { clear:both; } -.index dt { margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left; } -.index dd { margin-left:4em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left; } -.index dd.t { margin-left:6em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left; } -.index dt.center {text-align:center; text-indent:0; } - dl.indexlr { clear:both; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; max-width:20em; } - dl.indexlr dt { clear:both; text-align:right; } - dl.indexlr dt span { text-align:left; display:block; float:left; } - dl.indexlr dt.center {text-align:center; text-indent:0; } -.ab, .ab1, .ab2 { -font-weight:bold; text-decoration:none; -border-style:solid; border-color:gray; border-width:1px; -margin-right:0px; margin-top:5px; display:inline-block; text-align:center; text-indent:0; } -.ab { width:1em; } -.ab2 { width:1.5em; } -a.gloss { background-color:#f2f2f2; border-bottom-style:dotted; text-decoration:none; border-color:#c0c0c0; color:inherit; } - /* FOOTNOTE BLOCKS */ -div.notes p { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; text-align:justify; } - -dl.undent dd { margin-left:3em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:justify; } -dl.undent dt { margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:justify; clear:both; } -dl.undent dd.t { margin-left:4em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:justify; } - /* POETRY LINE NUMBER */ -.lnum { text-align:right; float:right; margin-left:.5em; display:inline; } - -.hymn { text-align:left; } /* HYMN AND VERSE: HTML */ -.verse { text-align:left; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:0em; } -.versetb { text-align:left; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:0em; } -.originc { text-align:center; text-indent:0; } -.subttl { text-align:center; font-size:80%; text-indent:0; } -.srcttl { text-align:center; font-size:80%; text-indent:0; font-weight:bold; } -p.lc { text-indent:0; text-align:center; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; } -p.t0, p.l { margin-left:4em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.lb { margin-left:4em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.tw, div.tw, .tw { margin-left:1em; text-indent:-1em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t, div.t, .t { margin-left:5em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t2, div.t2, .t2 { margin-left:6em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t3, div.t3, .t3 { margin-left:7em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t4, div.t4, .t4 { margin-left:8em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t5, div.t5, .t5 { margin-left:9em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t6, div.t6, .t6 { margin-left:10em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t7, div.t7, .t7 { margin-left:11em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t8, div.t8, .t8 { margin-left:12em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t9, div.t9, .t9 { margin-left:13em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t10, div.t10,.t10 { margin-left:14em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t11, div.t11,.t11 { margin-left:15em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t12, div.t12,.t12 { margin-left:16em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t13, div.t13,.t13 { margin-left:17em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t14, div.t14,.t14 { margin-left:18em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.t15, div.t15,.t15 { margin-left:19em; text-indent:-3em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:left; } -p.lr, div.lr, span.lr { display:block; margin-left:0em; margin-right:0em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-align:right; } -dt.lr { width:100%; margin-left:0em; margin-right:0em; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; margin-top:1em; text-align:right; } -dl dt.lr a { text-align:left; clear:left; float:left; } - -.fnblock { margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:2em; } -.fndef, p.fn { text-align:justify; margin-top:1.5em; margin-left:1.5em; text-indent:-1.5em; } -.fndef p.fncont, .fndef dl { margin-left:0em; text-indent:0em; } -.fnblock div.fncont { margin-left:1.5em; text-indent:0em; margin-top:1em; text-align:justify; } -.fnblock dl { margin-top:0; margin-left:4em; text-indent:-2em; } -.fnblock dt { text-align:justify; } -dl.catalog dd { font-style:italic; } -dl.catalog dt { margin-top:1em; } -.author { text-align:right; margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; display:block; } - -dl.biblio dt { margin-top:.6em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:justify; clear:both; } -dl.biblio dt div { display:block; float:left; margin-left:-6em; width:6em; clear:both; } -dl.biblio dt.center { margin-left:0em; text-align:center; text-indent:0; } -dl.biblio dd { margin-top:.3em; margin-left:3em; text-align:justify; font-size:90%; } -p.biblio { margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; } -.clear { clear:both; } -p.book { margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; } -p.review { margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; font-size:80%; } -p.pcap { margin-left:0em; text-indent:0; text-align:center; margin-top:0; } -p.pcapc { margin-left:4.7em; text-indent:0em; text-align:justify; } -span.attr { font-size:80%; font-family:sans-serif; } -span.pn { display:inline-block; width:4.7em; text-align:left; margin-left:0; text-indent:0; } -</style> -</head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Journal of Travels from St. Josephs to -Oregon, by Riley Root - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Journal of Travels from St. Josephs to Oregon - with Observations of that Country, together with Some - Description of California, its Agricultural Interests, and - a Full Description of its Gold Mines. - -Author: Riley Root - -Release Date: May 17, 2020 [EBook #62155] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS FROM ST. JOSEPHS TO OREGON *** - - - - -Produced by WebRover, MWS, Stephen Hutcheson, The Internet -Archive (TIA) and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team -at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images -made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.) - - - - - - -</pre> - -<div id="cover" class="img"> -<img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="Journal of Travels from St. Josephs to Oregon" width="500" height="761" /> -</div> -<div class="box"> -<h1>JOURNAL OF TRAVELS -<br /><span class="smallest">FROM</span> -<br />ST. JOSEPHS TO OREGON,</h1> -<p class="center"><span class="smaller">WITH</span> -<br />OBSERVATIONS OF THAT COUNTRY, -<br /><span class="smaller">TOGETHER WITH</span> -<br /><i><span class="ss">SOME DESCRIPTION OF CALIFORNIA</span></i>, -<br />ITS AGRICULTURAL INTERESTS, -<br /><span class="smallest">AND</span> -<br /><b>A Full Description</b> -<br /><span class="smallest">OF</span> -<br /><span class="larger"><span class="ss">ITS GOLD MINES.</span></span></p> -<hr /> -<p class="center"><span class="large">BY RILEY ROOT.</span></p> -<hr /> -<p class="center">GALESBURG: -<br /><span class="smallest">GAZETTEER AND INTELLIGENCER PRINTS.</span> -<br />1850.</p> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_3">3</div> -<h2><span class="small">EXPLANATORY NOTE.</span></h2> -<p>The Author of the present work has adopted a new method -of punctuation, and, in certain cases, of spelling. He discards -entirely the colon and the semi-colon. Modern readers passing -along with great rapidity, and the principal use of these points -being to mark the length of time the voice is to be suspended, -the Author is of opinion that they may with propriety disappear -from our language. Accordingly he has adjusted the following -work to suit those views, and as the reader advances, his attention -will naturally be directed to that subject, by which means -he will be enabled to judge of the propriety or impropriety of -this adjustment of the pauses in the language.</p> -<p><span class="lr">THE PRINTER</span></p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_4">4</div> -<h2 id="c1"><span class="small">ADVERTISEMENT.</span></h2> -<p>As the advantages for knowing the pronunciation of some of the words that occur -in the following work are limited amongst most eastern readers, it may not be improper -here to give some explanation by way of change in their orthography.</p> -<p>The name of the Willamette, a river in the west valley of Oregon, is changd to -Will-am-et, with the accent on the second syllable. A tributary of the Willamet -river, with the several names of Quality, Tualiton, and Troliton, is more familiarly -calld Twality. Also another, which flows from Mt. Jefferson, by some calld Santa -Anna, is more properly calld San-ty-am.</p> -<p>San or Saint Joaquin in California, is pronouncd Saint Wau-keen, with the accent -on the second syllable. Stanislaus, a tributary of the St. Wau-keen, is often improperly -calld Spanish Slough. Juba river, a tributary of the Sacramento, is now calld -Yu-bar river. The old name of Rio de Plumas, is familiarly known by the name of -Feather river. Mereposa is divided into four syllables, with the half accent on Mer, -and the full accent on Po. The above definitions may in some degree, help the reader -to the proper pronunciation of some words as used in California.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_5">5</div> -<h1 title="">JOURNAL.</h1> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/maxil.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="360" height="29" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c2"><span class="small">CHAPTER I.</span></h2> -<p class="revint">Journey from home—Trip down the Mississippi and up the Missouri River to St. -Josephs.</p> -<p>I left home in Knox county, Illinois, the 3d day of April, -1848, for Woodstock in Fulton county, a distance of about 20 -miles, where I staid one day with my eldest daughter. I then -started for the Mississippi river, to Nauvoo, a Mormon town, by -the way of La Harp, a distance of fifty miles, over which route -most of the way to La Harp is as handsome prairie as I have -seen in the State. I visited the Temple at Nauvoo, with the -expectation of seeing a beautiful edifice, as the Mormons would -have it to appear, that the glory of the latter Temple is to exceed -that of the former.</p> -<p>It is true that on approaching the Temple<a class="fn" id="fr_1" href="#fn_1">[1]</a> -the visitor beholds -something exquisite in its outward appearance, though not more -so than many other buildings in America, but on visiting its inner -scenery, the visitor is not arousd by any thing sublime, curious -or tasteful. The inner arrangements may be in accordance -with their plans of order and church government, yet the design -and workmanship are of an ordinary appearance. But the -building is fast going to decay, and the town is vacated of three -fourths of its inhabitants.</p> -<div class="fnblock"><div class="fndef"><a class="fn" id="fn_1" href="#fr_1">[1]</a>It has since been burnt. -</div> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_6">6</div> -<p>From this place I passd down the river to Quincy, where I -stopd with a design to visit my youngest daughter of sixteen -years of age, who is attending school at the Mission Institute, -about two miles east of Quincy. The school at this place was -establishd for the purpose of promoting the cause of Christ by -preparing youth for the missionary field, though other scholars -who do not wish to enter upon missionary labors are sometimes -admitted.</p> -<p>From Quincy I went to St. Louis for the purpose of obtaining -a boat to go to St. Josephs on the Missouri river, where -most of the emigrants meet before leaving the United States for -Oregon. On ascending the Missouri river from its confluence -with the Mississippi to Weston, a town twenty-five miles by -land below St. Josephs, no pleasant villages are seen except Jefferson -City, the capital of the State of Missouri. This town -shows something of the beauties of art, with a good levee for the -lading and unlading of goods. The state house is worthy of -the most notice of the traveler. It is large and elegant, and -made of hewn stone.</p> -<p>To the geologist the Missouri river presents a scene of speculation. -Its waters are always muddy, and still more so at high -stages of the river. To the indifferent observer it may appear -that the raw edges of its banks, by their crumbling off at times -of high water, furnish material for its turbid appearance at all -times. It is true that in times of high water its muddy look is -greatly increased, but this is not all that is to be considered. -The river has but small depth of water most of the time, and -this passes over an argilaceous bottom, with sufficient force to -keep it constantly agitated. There is also a mixture of exceedingly -fine sand spread over its bottom, and the whole together is -constantly agitated by the motion of its waters. The bed of the -stream from its union with the Mississippi to St. Josephs, is at -least one hundred feet below the high prairie of the country -around it. The question naturally arises as to the length of -time required to excavate such a channel through a country so -vast in extent as the Missouri traverses with all its tributaries, -considering the amount of alluvium carried outward into the -ocean from age to age, whilst the bed of the river is supplied in -<span class="pb" id="Page_7">7</span> -part from the high countries of its tributaries, and thus rendering -the work of degradation exceedingly slow. Yet notwithstanding -the amount of soil received from year to year from -above, that river carries outward into the ocean more than it receives, -and thereby causes a lowering of its bed, though not -visible for ages, yet gradually and slowly has it worn away the -earth to its present condition. The geologist has no certain -means of ascertaining with certainty the amount of degradation -from year to year, and must leave the subject, sublime as it is, to -the wild fancies of imagination.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c3"><span class="small">CHAPTER II.</span></h2> -<p class="revint">St. Josephs—The Indian country lying west of the River—Formation of the Prairie—Scouring -material of the Soil—Its general appearance as far west as the South -Pass, or dividing ridge.</p> -<p>St. Josephs is a new town on the Missouri river, in latitude -of about 34 deg. 45 min. north, with about 1800 inhabitants, -which five years ago was a field of hemp. The town has 18 -stores, 3 drug stores, 9 groceries, 6 tailor shops, 8 blacksmith -shops, 2 tin shops, 3 taverns, 3 boarding houses, 1 steam and 1 -water flouring mill, and 2 steam saw mills. Among its inhabitants -are 15 lawyers, 11 doctors, 2 silversmiths and 2 gunsmiths.</p> -<p>The town is mostly located on a plat of ground with sufficient -descent for drainage, contiguous to the bluffs on the north, -on which it is partly built. On this bluff stands the court house -of Buchanan county, where the spectator can overlook the town.</p> -<p>The river from this point is seen but a short distance either -up or down, in consequence of its meandering course, so that it -is soon lost sight of behind the bluffs.</p> -<p>I left St. Josephs for the Indian country lying west of the -Missouri river, through which I was to pass on my way to Oregon, -with a train of emigrants for that place, on the 25th of -<span class="pb" id="Page_8">8</span> -April, 1848, with a view of reaching Oregon before the inclemencies -of winter should overtake me, under as favorable auspices -as the nature of the case would allow.</p> -<p>The Indian country is a wild, uncultivated tract, and almost -destitute of inhabitants. It has, however, a few scattering tribes -of Indians, though few indeed and far between. This country -is what is calld a prairie country or natural meadow, with very -little timber except along the water-courses. It is a continuation -of the great valley of the Mississippi westward along the -tributaries to the Rocky mountains, where the waters of the continent -divide and run westward into the Pacific ocean.</p> -<p>A prairie may be an alluvial country, and it may be tertiary. -The one here spoken of is alluvial. At a remote period, the -timber and loose material of the country, as well as all prairie -districts, were fired by its inhabitants or by lightning, and this -continued for ages will destroy the timber and leave its soil to -be clothd only by the grasses, an inferior but oftentimes resplendent -robe.</p> -<p>The traveler soon after leaving St. Josephs, westward sees -prairie in all stages of formation, from the dense forest to an -entire prairie. This, with the dense forests of young timber -eastward, where the white man has forbidden the practice of -firing prairies, seems to be a convincing proof of the aforementioned -mode of prairie formation.</p> -<p>It has been noticed in the State of Illinois, and some other -places, where the plowman is permitted to glide his plow -smoothly over the beautiful landscape, that there is an exceedingly -fine scouring material lying near the surface of the soil, -so that steel mold boards, on a very short use of them, are seen -to present a polishd surface, on drawing them from the soil.—Ages -of constant burning of the prairie grasses must necessarily -produce a great amount of very fine coal dust and ashes, which, -by the beating rains from year to year, would cause it to mingle -with the earth to the depth of several inches. Such is the probable -cause of the scouring material of these plains.</p> -<p>On passing over the country from St. Josephs to the dividing -ridge of the continent, along the emigrant route to Oregon, the -traveler accustomd only to fertile districts, is greatly surprised at -<span class="pb" id="Page_9">9</span> -finding so great a portion of the continent an almost barren -waste. From St. Josephs to the Platt river, a distance of 250 -miles, is most of the way a country of soil and fertility.</p> -<p>On arriving at the Platt river, a beautifully flat country presents -itself, where nature, it would seem, has but an easy task -to burden the ground with excessive vegetation, but behold a -country of extensive bottom lands, of feeble soil much of the -way, and still more feeble at the distance, among the bluffs and -rolling country.</p> -<p>Soon after our arrival at Platt, one day while sitting on its -banks watching our cattle, I could but reflect on the situation of -the country, the emigrant and his journey to Oregon, which I -have here expressd in the following form.</p> -<div class="verse"> -<p class="t0">One evening at twilight, whilst sitting to view,</p> -<p class="t0">On the banks of the Platt, to me ’twas quite new,</p> -<p class="t0">Nor sadden or lonely, as one in despair</p> -<p class="t0">Sees the beasts of the forest just ’mergd from their lair,</p> -<p class="t0">But cheerful and tranquil, I cast my eyes o’er</p> -<p class="t0">The wide-spreading Platt, where I ne’er roamd before.</p> -<p class="t0">Its banks are all plat, and its islands are flat,</p> -<p class="t0">Its waters are tranquil, and turbid at that.</p> -<p class="t0">Protrusion of sandbars are seen all along,</p> -<p class="t0">To hinder the boatman—here’s nought of his song.</p> -<p class="t0">Still anxious for knowledge, I turnd me around.</p> -<p class="t0">And saw at short distance what coverd the ground.</p> -<p class="t0">’Twere wagons, full many, an Oregon train,</p> -<p class="t0">Who’d left their lovd homes, ne’er to see them again.</p> -<p class="t0">If you ask what their hearts speak whilst moving along,</p> -<p class="t0">I fear they will mingle a tear with their song,</p> -<p class="t0">Whilst telling the story of wandering so far,</p> -<p class="t0">With their dear earthly all in their pockets and car.</p> -<p class="t0">The parent is anxious for his loving child,</p> -<p class="t0">The dame is more careless, less cautious and mild,</p> -<p class="t0">The lad cares for little, if father is near,</p> -<p class="t0">Of wars or of bloodshed—he’ll shrink to the rear.</p> -<p class="t0">Then who shall watch over, and daily provide</p> -<p class="t0">For this onward band, which so near are allid?</p> -<p class="t0">’Tis He who makes water spring out of the rock,</p> -<p class="t0">Abundance shall follow—He cares for His flock.</p> -<p class="t0">Then onward, brave pilgrims, your Canaan is near,</p> -<p class="t0">You’ll soon cross the Jordan [cascades] with hearts full of cheer.</p> -</div> -<p>On advancing up the Platt a distance of about 445 miles to -Sweet Water, one of its tributaries, and near to the dividing -<span class="pb" id="Page_10">10</span> -point, the country becomes more barren all around, being more -within that portion of the continent where the sun’s influences -are not hindered by rains, or even dews, for a great portion of -the year. Here, no soil is formd by the decomposition of vegetable -or animal matter, for none exists with which to make -soil except the wild sage and a few other useless shrubs.</p> -<p>Few animals of any kind dwell here, for want of the means -of sustaining life. It may justly be calld a desert country. It -should, however, be remarkd that within the distance from Platt -to Sweet Water, nearly all the present buffalo range is comprisd, -and if the country is a barren waste, how do they receive -their support? Along the bottom lands of the Platt and its -tributaries, are seen occasional tracts coverd with grass, but these -are few compard with the great extent of country over which -the buffalo is obligd to ramble for his support. At one season -of the year he is seen on Platt and at another on Sweet Water, -a distance of more than four hundred miles in extent.</p> -<p>Along the country through which the Sweet Water flows, is -seen a range of mountains, calld the Sweet Water range, coverd -mostly with a dense forest. On our right are ranges of granite -rock of less hight, occasionally divided by intervening valleys. -These rocks are naked, having no vegetation upon them except -in some of their crevices, where a few vegetables have found a -scanty foothold. Within 50 miles of the dividing ridge, these -ranges of mountains lower down to an undulating plain, without -soil or vegetation, except wild sage, so common on these -deserts.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c4"><span class="small">CHAPTER III.</span></h2> -<p class="revint">The Indians east of the Rocky Mountains, their migratory habits, &c.—The American -Fur Company and its shipments—Fort Larimie and location—Saline quality -in the earth and the waters of Platt and its tributaries—Independence rock—Daring -deed of one of our company.</p> -<p>Twenty-five miles west of St. Josephs, on the emigrant -route, is a school for Indians, calld Iowa and Sack Mission -<span class="pb" id="Page_11">11</span> -Boarding School. It is conducted by a Mr. S. M. Ervin and -H. W. Hamilton. During our stay of two or three days at that -place, I visited Mr. Ervin at his school-house and dwelling, with -a pleasing reception as a stranger, and was shown to the several -apartments of the house. It is a building 106 feet in length by -about 40 in width, with a basement for cooking and dining-rooms. -The other two stories are occupied as school-room, -lodging-rooms and dwelling for the superintendent, and in one -apartment is a library and printing press. Mr. Ervin pointed -me to his scholars, at this time numbering only 26, consisting -mostly of girls from ten to twelve years of age, dressd in American -costume. These appeard well, and seemd to be a proof -that the wild man of the desert is susceptible of cultivation. -Unhappily, however, I was informd by a person living there, -it is with difficulty youth are persuaded to tarry long enough -at the school to acquire any valuable education.</p> -<p>Whilst staying at that place, Mr. Ervin came into our camp -and preachd a sermon to the emigrants, and whilst there he publicly -declard that we should pass no nation of Indians on our -route to Oregon more vicious than those of that place. We -however met with no difficulty nor lost any property by them, -though one of them had the boldness to say to one of the emigrants—</p> -<p>“Me good to steal horses!”</p> -<p>To which the emigrant replied—</p> -<p>“You must not steal our horses.”</p> -<p>The Indian still farther announced—</p> -<p>“Ah, me good to steal horse.”</p> -<p>The Indians at this place receive a very good support in consequence -of the large amount of land under cultivation by the -care and superintendence of the mission.</p> -<p>Those Indians located at Grand Island, calld the Pawnee -tribe, are at present a feeble race, liable to be driven about by -the Sioux at all times. They are poor, and under the necessity -of stealing what buffalo meat and robes they need for their support, -and whenever they are discoverd by a band of Sioux rangers, -they are obligd to flee for their safety to some other place. -Their pressing necessity for food and clothing makes them more -<span class="pb" id="Page_12">12</span> -inclind to trouble the emigrant trains than they otherwise would, -and whenever they meet with a train that is feeble in numbers, -they fall on them and plunder their food and clothing.</p> -<p>The day before we arrivd at Grand Island, a band of Sioux -rangers discoverd some Pawnees on the banks of the Platt, drying -and preparing buffalo meat for their winter’s stock of provisions. -They enterd their camp and drove them away so suddenly, -that in their wild flight they were obligd to throw away -robes and other property, which was strewd along the road 15 -or 20 miles’ distance. By this circumstance we passd the Pawnees -without seeing an individual Indian.</p> -<p>The Sioux are probably the strongest nation east of the South -Pass. They range from Fort Larimie eastward to the Missouri -river. Near Ash Hollow on the Platt, we passd two bands of -them not many miles distant from each other, consisting of 40 -or 50 lodges in each. Their lodges are made by setting up -small poles in a conical form and covering them with buffalo -skins. Some of them are quite large, requiring from 10 to 15 -buffalo skins to inclose them. In the center of these their fires -are built. The smoke issues at the top of this conical-shapd -edifice, through which a small opening is left for that purpose. -Around these fires whilst in their lodges, the Indians sit or recline -upon the ground, without seats of any kind, or any thing -at all, except sometimes flag matresses or the pelts of some animals.</p> -<p>When they wish to prepare for the reception of company of -a public nature, they form a semi-circle on the ground with their -chiefs or heads of bands in the center of the arch of the half-circle, -which renders them conspicuous to all. On our approach -to the first of these bands, we found them seated in a semi-circular -form, with their two chiefs, Whirlwind and Badwoon, in -the center of this arch, with the American flag erected within -and in front of the chiefs, ready to receive us, having been apprisd -of our coming several days beforehand by an Indian trader -by the name of Richards, who had traveld with us much of the -way from St. Josephs to that place. He having gone ahead, -arrivd at the band several days before us, informing them that -we were coming and advising them to peace, with the expectation -<span class="pb" id="Page_13">13</span> -of receiving a gift from us as indicative of friendship. Accordingly -they spread robes and blankets on the ground within -the half-circle, upon which the emigrants bestowd their gifts of -flour, corn meal, beans, bacon, and every such thing, as they -pleasd to give. While in the act of doing this, occasional acclamations -were heard from the red audience, especially when a -larger panful of flour than common was presented.</p> -<p>After our company had ceasd to present their gifts, two or -three men started from the circle to make a distribution of the -gift, which was bestowd upon the heads of families. This was -an amusing sight. Some would present a dish to receive their -gift, others the corner of a blanket, and others again would hold -out the skirt of an old filthy coat to receive a little flour. Presently -all receivd their several gifts, and so we parted in friendship.</p> -<p>The night previous to our arrival at this band, we had encampd -about 2 miles distant, though in sight of their lodges. In the -morning, after our teams were ready for starting, our captain -orderd the train to keep close together, with their guns where -they could lay their hands on them at a moment’s warning, if -necessary, and no one should speak to an Indian except himself -till we should pass the reach of danger, as there was no possible -way to pass this band excepting through their camp, and -as the advice of former emigrants was to guard against the -treachery of the Indians. Unfortunately for me, as some would -think, I had neither gun, pistol nor bowie-knife with me, but -the young man with whom I traveld, having a spare pistol presented -it to me, saying—</p> -<p>“Here, take this, and the captain says you must go to his -wagon and get a hatchet, so that you may defend yourself and -others.”</p> -<p>I told him as we had about 2 miles to travel before we should -come to them, and as I had no convenient way of carrying it, -except in my hand, he had better carry it till we arrivd there, -and then I would take it. But this was the last I saw of the -pistol at that place. When our teams arrivd at the camp, we -all halted, and one man ran one way and another man another -way, talking and trading with the Indians, and preparing to -give them presents.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_14">14</div> -<p>These bands migrate with the roaming buffalo, for on him -depends their support. At this time they were here, drying -buffalo meat for their winter supply, and also preparing robes -for sale, though their station is most of the time at Fort Larimie. -The flesh of the buffalo is cut into thin pieces and dried in the -sun without salt, and this is their principal food. They have -no flour except what little they procure of the emigrants while -passing to Oregon. In this waste country the plow is not seen -to greet the soil, and the poor Indian has nought for his support -but what nature alone provides. These Indians are better -dressd, and may be considerd more wealthy, if their property -can be calld wealth, than Indians west of the Rocky Mountains.</p> -<p>The American Fur Company, which has its posts of trade -located at different points east of the Rocky Mountains, are at -present in a somewhat prosperous state. I was informd by the -Principal at Fort Larimie, that the company shipd from Fort -Pier, a point on a tributary of the Missouri river, the year 1847, -more than 80,000 buffalo robes, between 11,000 and 12,000 of -which were obtaind at Fort Larimie, besides a great amount -of other peltry. But as the country is gradually drying up and -buffalo becoming less abundant, this source of profit will at -length fail.</p> -<p>Fort Larimie is located at Larimie fork of Platt river, a mile -or two above its confluence with that river. There is nothing -interesting about the fort. It is built of sun-dried bricks, with -timbers sufficient to support the bricks and form the doors and -windows, and done in the coarsest manner. Within this wall, -which is about 12 or 14 feet high, are the dwellings and other -necessary rooms for the accommodation of the fort. Within -this area, also, stands a large rude press, for pressing robes and -peltry for market. In another apartment is a yard for horses and -cattle. What is most attractive is, within these dwellings are -seen the white man and the rusty-looking Indian woman, living -lovingly together, whilst the little papooses are playing together -as happily. Without these mud walls are seen no appendages. -The eye can rest on nothing all around but a dreary waste, an -uncultivated country.</p> -<p>On advancing up the Platt and its tributary, Sweet Water -<span class="pb" id="Page_15">15</span> -river, the traveler’s attention is attracted by a kind of salt he occasionally -sees upon the ground along the road, which by examining -he finds to possess strong alkaline properties. The -waters of the Platt and Sweet Water rivers are also impregnated -so strongly that whenever the rivers are so low as to disclose -the sand-bars long enough for them to dry upon their surfaces, -this salt is seen abundantly upon them.</p> -<p>A few miles east of Independence rock, along our route, we -saw several ponds, or small lakes, with an incrustation of this -salt several inches thick. These places the emigrants call saleratus -lakes, from the known fact that it has the property of raising -bread.</p> -<p>Advancing a few miles, we come to Independence rock.—This -rock is hardly worthy of notice, except for the many inscriptions -made upon it by emigrants. It is a coarse granite -rock about 100 feet high, covering about 20 acres of ground, -standing alone and near enough to our road to read its inscriptions -on passing it.</p> -<p>About 4 miles west of Independence rock, the Sweet Water -passes through a gap of precipitous rocks 300 feet high, where -is a cascade of short distance. This gap is narrow and formd -along its sides with several crevices of circular and chimney -shape, from top to bottom. In one of these a man of our company, -by the name of Brock, descended. Whilst the train was -slowly passing along, several men of our company left the train -for the purpose of passing through this gap along the sides of -the waterfall. On their approach at this place, they stood viewing -the scenery around, whilst one of them, looking up, saw a -man in the act of descending through one of these frightful openings, -at a distance of more than 200 feet above their heads. Mr. -Brock had passd around to the top of the rocks alone, to view the -scenery, and finding one of these places, attempted a descent. -He began the descent without knowing that any human being -stood to witness his hazardous undertaking. This opening was -so wide in some places that he could with difficulty reach from -one side to the other without losing his perpendicular position, -and oftentimes he was obligd to hold on to the rocks by his fingers, -where they projected not more than an inch. In this alarming -<span class="pb" id="Page_16">16</span> -situation of Mr. Brock, his comrades below stood looking at -him, without daring to speak, with intense anxiety for his safety, -till he had accomplishd his entire descent.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c5"><span class="small">CHAPTER IV.</span></h2> -<p class="revint">Remarks of the writer relative to his Journal en route to Oregon—The Journal.</p> -<p>As I had at one time thought of making a separate history -of my every day’s travels from St. Josephs to Oregon city, in -pamphlet form, in order to benefit those who might desire to -have a knowledge of the route and its several distances from -place to place, at little cost, I determined to keep as accurate an -account of the distances I traveld every day, together with such -remarks in a condensed form as might be deemd necessary to -guide the traveler to Oregon, as the circumstances of the case -would admit. I therefore commencd my reckoning of distances -from day to day by the rotation of a wagon-wheel, at St. -Josephs, and kept it up unceasingly till I arrivd at Oregon city. -But finding this mode of writing somewhat inconvenient, and -thinking, likewise, that the history of my travels might not be -altogether uninteresting, although at somewhat more cost, I have -concluded to insert them in this place with my journal of travels -and such incidents as may occur in my absence from home.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>On the 25th of April, 1848, I crossd the Missouri river at St -Josephs into the Indian territory, with several wagons of emigrants, -who intended to travel out a short distance and organize -for the route. This day we have traveld as far as the bluffs of -the river, a distance of 5 miles, and encampd for the night.—The -next day we pursued our journey as far as Musketoe creek, -a distance of 8 miles, where we encampd. Next day, Friday, -27th, we organizd into a company of 15 or 20 wagons, with -such regulations as we deemd necessary for our safety through -the Indian country, and tarried there for the night.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_17">17</div> -<p><i>Saturday, April 28</i>, we proceeded on our journey a distance -of 12 miles, to the Ioway Mission Boarding-School.</p> -<p><span class="lr">25</span></p> -<p><i>The 29th and 30th of April</i>, we tarried at the mission.</p> -<p><i>Monday, May 1</i>, we traveld 15 miles.</p> -<p><i>Tuesday, May 2</i>—20 miles.</p> -<p><i>Wednesday, May 3</i>—15 miles, to Nemahaw creek.</p> -<p><i>Thursday, May 4</i>, we staid at the same place.</p> -<p><i>Friday, May 5</i>—13 miles over a very crooked road.</p> -<p><i>Saturday, May 6</i>—20 miles.</p> -<p><span class="lr">108</span></p> -<p><i>Sunday, May 7</i>—14 miles to camp, 4 miles to Blue creek, and -10 more to camp.</p> -<p><i>Monday, May 8</i>—20 miles to Wyatt, fork of Blue.</p> -<p><i>Tuesday, 9th</i>—14 miles to Walnut creek, or Sandy.</p> -<p><i>Wednesday, 10th</i>—18 miles, at Little Fork of L. Sandy.</p> -<p><span class="lr">174</span></p> -<p><i>Thursday, 11th</i>—11 miles, at Blue creek.</p> -<p><i>Friday, 12th</i>—12 miles, yet at Blue.</p> -<p><i>Saturday, 13th</i>—9 miles, still on Blue creek.</p> -<p><span class="lr">206</span></p> -<p><i>Sunday, 14th</i>—10 miles. Here on Blue our company killd a -buffalo, for the first.</p> -<p><i>Monday, 15th</i>—12 miles to camp on a small fork of Blue. -Feed has not yet been sufficient to give our cattle a full supply. -At this place a few wagons, which had been traveling behind -us, came up and joind our party, making in all about thirty -wagons.</p> -<p><i>Tuesday, 16th</i>—28 miles to camp. Twenty brought us to -Platt river, and 8 more to camp on banks of Platt river.</p> -<p><span class="lr">256</span></p> -<p><i>Wednesday, 17th</i>—22 miles up the south side of Platt.</p> -<p><i>Thursday, 18th</i>—15 miles to City du Chien, at Plumb creek. -Here is the first saline appearance we saw on the ground.</p> -<p><i>Friday, 19th</i>—Staid at the same place.</p> -<p><span class="lr">293</span></p> -<p><i>Saturday, 20th</i>—18 miles to camp on Platt river. Wood and -pasturage scarce.</p> -<p><i>Sunday, 21st</i>—25 miles. Little grass.</p> -<p><i>Monday, 22d</i>—25 miles along under the bluffs of the river to -camp. No wood here, except a few willows, for cooking. It -raind all this day, and all the night following.</p> -<p><span class="lr">361</span></p> -<p><i>Tuesday, 23d</i>—The severe storm of the previous night drove -our cattle a considerable distance to the bluffs, by which means -<span class="pb" id="Page_18">18</span> -we did not get them all till three o’clock. We traveld only two -miles to-day.</p> -<p><i>Wednesday, 24th</i>—12 miles to the crossing of South Fork of -Platt. The confluence of the two streams is about 18 miles below -the crossing. The intermediate high ridge begins about -two miles below the crossing, where probably was once their -confluence. This fork at this place is about half a mile wide, -and the quicksands gave way so rapidly under our cattle’s feet, -that we found it necessary to travel quickly over it, for fear of -sinking deeply into it. By my reckoning here, the distance from -St. Josephs to the crossing is 375 miles. After we crossd the -river, we traveld five miles up the north side of the river and encampd -for the night without any wood for cooking our food, except -a few small willows.</p> -<p><span class="lr">380</span></p> -<p><i>Thursday, 25th</i>—18 miles to camp, one mile and a half west -of where the bluffs come to the river.</p> -<p><i>Friday, 26th</i>—22 miles to camp, one mile and a half west of -where the old road crosses over to the North Fork of Platt. -Grass good, the best we have had. No wood.</p> -<p><span class="lr">420</span></p> -<p><i>Saturday, 27th</i>—22 miles to camp on the North Fork of Platt -river. Eighteen miles of the route was over a beautifully undulating -prairie. Rest of the way, about two miles down into -Ash Hollow, to North Platt, rugged, and even dangerous for -wagons to pass. Four miles up the river brought us to camp, -where we had no wood except what we carried from Ash Hollow.</p> -<p><span class="lr">442</span></p> -<p><i>Sunday, 28th</i>—11 miles up Platt river, over a sandy road, and -passd a village of Sioux Indians.</p> -<p><span class="lr">453</span></p> -<p><i>Monday, 29th</i>—17 miles to-day. Sandy road, no wood. -Burnt buffalo excrement for cooking.</p> -<p><i>Tuesday, 30th</i>—13 miles to camp on Platt. Six miles south -of this camp stands Babel towr. It is a precipitous bluff of -clay, containing lime enough to give some degree of hardness -to it, 600 feet above the bed of the creek that passes near its base -on the south side of it. Near to this stands another, nearly -equal in hight, but inferior in size.</p> -<p><i>Wednesday, 31st</i>—21 miles to camp on Platt. 14 to Chimney -rock, and 7 more to camp. Chimney rock is of the same material -as Babel towr, and is fast crumbling down.</p> -<p><span class="lr">504</span></p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_19">19</div> -<p><i>June 1st</i>—34 miles to camp on Horse-Shoe creek, 8 miles to -where the road leaves the river and passes into Romantic valley, -where the bluffs on the sides of the valley resemble distant -cities. At the west end of this valley, the bluffs are calld Scot’s -bluffs, from the circumstance of a man’s having died there by that -name. At this place is a spring where emigrants may camp, -though the grass is not very abundant. At this place we noond, -and passd over the bluffs onward, having a good road to Horse -creek, where we campd for the night. From Scot’s bluffs, Larimie -peak is first seen.</p> -<p><span class="lr">538</span></p> -<p><i>2d</i>—15 miles through sand-hills a considerable part of the -way, near to Platt, where little grass grows, except wild wormwood -and prickly pear. Encampd with plenty of wood for fuel.</p> -<p><i>3d</i>—17 miles, most of the way over a good road, to camp, 1 -mile west of Fort Larimie, on Larimie’s fork of Platt river.</p> -<p><span class="lr">570</span></p> -<p><i>4th, 5th and 6th</i>—Staid at the same place, and shod several -oxen, which had become lame by traveling. However, as the -road some of the way after that, provd worse than any we had -passd, and our oxen not becoming lame by traveling over it, we -concluded that their lameness must be attributed in part to the -alkali over which they so frequently passd. The fort has a -blacksmith shop and some few tools, for the use of which our -company paid 7½ dollars for one day and a half.</p> -<p><i>7th</i>—Left Larimie fork about noon, and passd over the bluffs -2 miles to Platt river. From thence we passd on about 4 miles -farther and encampd, with plenty of flood wood, of yellow pine -and cedar. During the night, it was so cold as to produce ice -in our cooking vessels. About 4 miles farther on, is Black Hills -Gap, where the river passes through high, precipitous rocks. -At this place, also, the Black hills commence.</p> -<p><i>June 8th</i>—22 miles through the Black hills. Encampd at a -spring of the best water west of St. Josephs, near to Platt. Feed -very scarce.</p> -<p><i>9th</i>—20 miles, over a tolerably good road. The waysides -are bordered with wild sage. Occasionally we saw the river -Encampd on it at night, with but little grass for our cattle. -This night, the weather was not very cold.</p> -<p><i>10th</i>—17 miles. Left Platt early in the morning, and pursued -<span class="pb" id="Page_20">20</span> -our way through the Black hills, nearly all the forenoon, in -a southerly direction towards Larimie peak. Road to-day quite -smooth. The country around is almost destitute of vegetation, -except the wild sage. Encampd on Big Timber creek.</p> -<p><span class="lr">635</span></p> -<p><i>11th</i>—18 miles through the Black hills. Road tolerably good -most of the way. Encampd on Mike’s Head creek. Have not -seen Platt to-day. Before noon we lost sight of Larimie peak, -among the hills.</p> -<p><i>12th</i>—16 miles to camp on Deer creek, near to Platt. Twelve -miles brought us to Platt, and 4 more to our camp. At this -place we had a plenty of wood, good water and grass for our -stock. About noon, we left the Black hills on the north. South -of us they are seen stretching along towards the south-west, -gradually receding from us.</p> -<p><span class="lr">669</span></p> -<p><i>13th</i>—16 miles. Encampd on Platt with plenty of wood. -Feed scarce. The wood through this part of the route is cottonwood, -and found only bordering the stream.</p> -<p><i>14th</i>—Staid at the same place, on account of its being exceedingly -windy.</p> -<p><i>15th</i>—5 miles to Platt crossing.</p> -<p><span class="lr">690</span></p> -<p>At this place the river is about 40 rods wide, and has considerable -current. The Mormons from Salt Lake had arrivd a -few days previous, and prepard a raft for crossing.</p> -<p><i>16th</i>—Crossd the Platt, traveld up the north side of it 2 miles, -and encampd.</p> -<p><i>17th</i>—30 miles. Encampd 3 miles east of the Willow spring. -About 3 miles east of camp is a spring or two, the alkaline properties -of which are strong enough in dry seasons to kill cattle, -if allowd to drink freely. I was informd that the Mormons the -last year lost more than 50 cattle at this place, by drinking the -water of these springs. Five miles of the morning route was -along the Platt, to a place calld Red Butes, from their being -tingd with iron ore, as are many others through the Black Hill -country. At these butes the Black hills terminate, and the road -leaves the Platt and passes over to Sweet Water river.</p> -<p><i>18th</i>—7 miles over a hilly though smooth road to camp, at a -small clear spring, though somewhat saline. No wood, burnt -buffalo excrement.</p> -<p><span class="lr">729</span></p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_21">21</div> -<p><i>19th</i>—18 miles, 14 to Sweet Water river, 2 miles to Independence -rock, and 2 farther to camp. Grass and water, no -wood. To-day over a level but mostly sandy road. The country -before us and on our left, at a distance, while traveling along, -appeard more serrated, but on advancing, the illusion vanishes, -and the hills mostly appear only isolated granite rocks of moderate -hight, with large intervening valleys.</p> -<p><span class="lr">747</span></p> -<p><i>20th</i>—14 miles to camp on Sweet Water river. Grass, no -wood. After traveling 2 miles in the morning, we came to a -kanion, where the river passes through a precipitous ledge of -rocks, 300 feet high. The water at this place falls over the ragged -rocks, which at some distant time had fallen into the stream -from above and formd a cascade. To-day, on our left traverses -the Sweet Water range of mountains, whilst on our right are -ranges of less hight, divided occasionally by intervening valleys.</p> -<p><i>21st</i>—Staid at the same place.</p> -<p><span class="lr">761</span></p> -<p><i>22d</i>—12 miles over a sandy road to camp on Sweet Water. -Good grass, no wood. Frost and ice during the night.</p> -<p><i>23d</i>—14 miles over a sandy road. Grass, no wood. About -3 o’clock, came in full view of the Rocky mountains. Ice formd -in our cooking vessels during the night.</p> -<p><span class="lr">787</span></p> -<p><i>24th</i>—17 miles over an uneven, sandy road, to camp, on the -Sweet Water river. Here the country is a barren waste, except -along the river, where a little grass is found. Back from the -river, nothing grows but wild sage. At this place, the water of -the river is clear. Previous to this, the waters, like those of -Platt, have been turbid.</p> -<p><span class="lr">804</span></p> -<p><i>25th</i>—9 miles over a hilly and gravelly road to camp, where -is another kanion of the river.</p> -<p><i>26th</i>—Left the river this morning, and traveld 17 miles over a -very hilly road of coarse, sharp gravel stones, and in some places -the rocks protrude so as to strain wagons in crossing them. In -viewing the country from some of the highest hills in this place, -it appears very broken all around. Passd two or three places -that would do for camps for small parties. Encampd on a fork -of Sweet Water, just above its junction.</p> -<p><span class="lr">830</span></p> -<p><i>27th</i>—18 miles. Traveld 4 miles, and crossd the Sweet Water -river. Here we left it, to see it no more. About 9 miles -<span class="pb" id="Page_22">22</span> -farther, brought us to the South pass or dividing ridge.</p> -<p><span class="lr">843</span></p> -<p>South of the culminating point, at a little distance, stands -a solitary high hill, which some call Table rock. On the right, -about 12 or 15 miles, are the Wind River peaks, coverd in some -parts with snow. Traveld 5 miles farther and encampd on Pacific -springs, calld so from the fact that their waters run westwardly -into the Pacific ocean. Some grass, no wood.</p> -<p><i>28th</i>—19 miles to Little Sandy creek, a fine stream, of sufficient -amount of water to carry 4 run of mill stones. We passd -over an entire desert, to-day. There is no possible encampment -between Pacific springs and this place, and here is no grass, except -what borders the stream, a few rods wide on each side -of it.</p> -<p><span class="lr">867</span></p> -<p><i>29th</i>—Six miles to Great Sandy creek, over a barren clay -road. Fine stream. Little grass, no wood except a few willows. -This stream is a branch of the California Colorado -river. This is Greenwood’s cut-off, which begins a little east -of this river, between the two Sandys. The old road is the -one leading to Bridger’s fort. It is also the one the Mormons -took, when they emigrated to Salt Lake. From Big Sandy -creek, the place of our nooning, we traveld about 2 miles, to -the top of a high point of ground, where stands Colepit rock, -a mound 20 or 30 feet high, and perhaps 100 feet around, composd -mostly of clay. On the top of this rock, the country can -be viewd to a great distance around.</p> -<p>Advancing 8 miles farther, the country appears a level plain -all around as far as the eye can reach, except on the north, -where the Wind River range stretches far to the north-west. -The rest of the day and the following night, we traveld about -15 miles, to a deep valley, dangerous to go down at night.</p> -<p><span class="lr">898</span></p> -<p>It may here be remarkd, that it would be safe to remain at -Big Sandy creek till 4 or 4½ o’clock in the afternoon, in order -that daylight may appear before arriving at this valley, as it -seems necessary to travel part of the distance from Big Sandy -to Green river in the night, there being no water nor grass on -the way from Big Sandy to Green river, a distance of 44 miles.</p> -<p><i>30th</i>—19 miles to Green river. After having passd from -Sandy to Green river, over a sage plain, destitute of water and -<span class="pb" id="Page_23">23</span> -grass for our cattle, with four deep and dangerous valleys to -descend into on our way, our hearts were gladdend that we -were enabld to slake the thirst of our famishing cattle. Here, -also, as much of the way past, were several springs issuing from -the banks of the river, containing so much alkali as to render -them unpleasant to drink. This crossing of Green river is half -way from St. Josephs to Oregon city, being 917 miles.</p> -<p><i>July 1st</i>—Staid at the crossing.</p> -<p><span class="lr">917</span></p> -<p><i>2d</i>—9 miles to camp on Salmon Trout branch, 6 or 8 miles -above its union with Green river. We gaind but little towards -Oregon, to-day, the road being very circuitous and hilly, part of -the way.</p> -<p><i>3d</i>—16 miles over a very hilly road. 10 miles to nooning, -where is a tolerably good camp for a small party, 6 miles farther -to camp. No wood, little grass, no water except a small -spring.</p> -<p><span class="lr">942</span></p> -<p><i>4th</i>—10 miles, over a very hilly and stony road, to Ham’s fork -of Green river. Some grass, no wood but willows. Here were -a few Indian lodges of the Snake tribe.</p> -<p><span class="lr">952</span></p> -<p><i>5th</i>—14 miles over a very hilly road, and part of it very dangerous -to pass. No wood at camp, and but little grass.</p> -<p><i>6th</i>—Frost in camp, this morning. To-day, we traveld 18 -miles and encampd on Bear river, 4 miles west of Smith fork. -The hills around us are quite barren. Bear river has a little -grass in some places along its bottoms. It is a considerable -stream, though not more than three fourths the water that Green -river has at the crossing.</p> -<p><i>7th</i>—11 miles to camp on Thomas’ fork of Bear river, about -5 miles above its confluence, by a circuitous route. No wood -but willows.</p> -<p><i>8th</i>—13½ miles over steep mountains, destitute of soil and -vegetation, except weeds, to camp on Bear river, where the bottom -furnishes a little grass. South of us at a small distance, in -a large bottom, is Bear lake, the outlet of which unites with -Bear river, a little below camp. The mountains, viewd from -camp, seem to form a triangle. East, comes in Bear river. A -little east of south, is a long gap in the mountains, where their -waters contribute to Bear lake. A little west of north, the valley -stretches far away down Bear river.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_24">24</div> -<p><i>9th</i>—Staid at the same place, and attended the burial of a -young man of our company. To-day, also, are 14 sick persons -in our company.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1008</span></p> -<p><i>10th</i>—25 miles to camp on Bear river. Passd several fine -rills from the mountains, to-day. A very good road down Bear -River bottom. The bottom and mountain lands, to-day, assume -a more verdant appearance, though the verdure consists mostly -of useless shrubs and weeds, except on the skirts of some of -the peaks, where they are clothd with timber sparingly. From -this camp, snow is seen on the Bear River mountains.</p> -<p><i>11th</i>—10 miles to Soda springs, and 1 farther to camp, making -11 miles. Have traveld over volcanic rocks, to-day, the first -I have seen on our route. Near to camp and north of it, near -the base of the mountain, are three small craters, apparently, of -extinct volcanoes. They may, however, be the craters of some -of those silent springs.</p> -<p><i>12th</i>—23½ miles to the head waters of Portneuf, a tributary of -Snake river. It runs in a very circuitous manner.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1067½</span></p> -<p><i>13th</i>—21 miles, over a mountainous road, to camp. Little -grass, no wood but willows.</p> -<p><i>14th</i>—16 miles to camp, about 4 miles east of Fort Hall in a -large plain, coverd over a considerable portion of it with a heavy -growth of wild sage. This plain is very extensive, reaching -from north to south, probably nearly 100 miles. The Sheep -mountain and three butes are seen from the fort, a considerable -distance to the north of it, rising abruptly from the plain. To -the east, south and south-west, mountains are seen from the fort, -serrating the horizon. The rest of the horizon around presents -nearly an unbroken expanse. This plain is waterd with several -springs and streams of considerable size, some of them rising -from the level plain and passing on to join the waters of the -Snake or Lewis river. The Snake is a fine river, rising in the -Wind River mountains, north of Fort Hall, and passing near to -it in a southerly direction, where it is joind by the Portneuf -about 9 miles below the fort, with other tributaries along the -plain. Thence, bending its course westwardly for more than -100 miles, after which its course is northward till it falls into the -Columbia river.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1104½</span></p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_25">25</div> -<p><i>15th</i>—4 miles to Fort Hall, and 2 miles farther to camp, on -Portneuf creek.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1110½</span></p> -<p><i>16th</i>—7 miles to Portneuf crossing, about 25 rods above its -confluence with Snake river. At this place, and also below, on -Snake river, I gatherd a great quantity of red, yellow and blue -currants, the stalks of which grew, in some places, from 10 to 14 -feet high.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1117½</span></p> -<p><i>17th</i>—12½ miles to camp, at some springs near Snake river. -After leaving Portneuf crossing, we passd a mile down Snake -River bottom, and came to a slough, bad to cross. Passd about -half a mile farther, and came to another bad crossing of a small -stream. Thence, down the bottom about 2 miles, to a considerable -stream, whose banks were steep and its passage difficult. -Thence, about half a mile, to where the road ascends the first -terrace above the river bottom. The river bottom along this -day’s route has considerable grass, furnishing camps at almost -any place.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1130</span></p> -<p><i>18th</i>—18 miles to camp, on Cascade creek. Two miles to -American falls, 10 miles to palaisades, 6 to camp. The water -of the American falls does not descend perpendicularly, but -like a cascade. The whole descent from the upper to the lower -expanse is from 40 to 50 feet, reckond by perpendicular measurement. -The rocks about the falls appear volcanic, though -some of them show marks of stratification. The table lands -here close in, so as to make the bottom lands draw to a point -at the falls. Below the falls, the table lands border the river, -and being entirely destitute of grass, render encampments difficult, -much of the way.</p> -<p><i>19th</i>—8 miles to Cassia creek. No wood. At this camp, the -California road leaves the Oregon trail to the right hand. West -of camp, and near to it, is a range of basaltic trap rocks, of a -prismatic and columnar structure, the fairest specimens of basalt -I have seen. Range about 60 feet high above the creek.</p> -<p><i>20th</i>—16 miles over a district of basaltic rocks, slightly hidden -from sight by a thin layer of clay, though in many places -they protrude so as to render traveling with wagons irksome. -Camp on Marsh or Swamp creek. No wood, plenty of grass -bordering the creek. Country around, both mountains and -<span class="pb" id="Page_26">26</span> -plains, destitute of soil. On the plain, is the famd sage. On -the mountains, are clusters of inferior cedar growth. Rest of -the mountains totally barren.</p> -<p><i>21st</i>—11½ miles, over a dry and dusty plain, to camp, on -Snake river, about 2 miles above the mouth of Goose creek. -Here is a narrow bottom, which furnishes a little coarse grass. -No wood. River here about ¼ of a mile wide.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1183½</span></p> -<p><i>22d</i>—21 miles. Four miles to Goose creek, 8 miles to the -river, a poor place for encamping, 9 miles farther to camp. -Grass. No water at this season of the year in this creek. No -wood but willows. Forenoon, road was good. Afternoon, -rocky.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1204½</span></p> -<p><i>23rd</i>—9 miles to Rock creek, so calld from its rocky bottom. -Fine little stream. Willows for wood. Good camp.</p> -<p><i>24th</i>—21 miles to camp. Ten to the crossing of Rock creek. -Here the banks are steep and rocky. We noond at this place. -Here, also, is grass enough for a small company to camp at. -About 4 miles farther on, Rock creek turns to the left, and we -saw it no more. At this bend of the creek is a tolerable camp. -Seven miles farther brought us to camp, and a miserable one it -was, being on the top of Snake River bluffs, a hight of at least -300 feet perpendicular from the river. No grass at this place. -Our cattle were driven down a narrow and difficult way, much -of it very steep, three-fourths of a mile to the river, where it was -bordered in some places by little patches of grass, often not one -rod wide. Our cattle were taken up, next morning, with not -half a supply during the night.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1234½</span></p> -<p><i>25th</i>—16 miles. Eleven miles to Warm Spring creek. Here -is but little grass. About 4 miles farther, to Salmon Fall creek. -One mile down the creek, to camp, near its mouth. Here is a -very good camp. On the north-east side of the river, along here -for several miles, are fine springs issuing from the bluffs, some -of which would carry the largest flouring mills. They are a -curiosity. Supposd to be the waters of the river, spreading out -into the country above the American falls, and passing along -between the basaltic rock above, and another stratum below, till -they arrive at this place, where they are dischargd into the river. -The evidence that they are the waters of the river appears to be -<span class="pb" id="Page_27">27</span> -derivd from the fact, that the river between the falls and this -place has not more than half the water in it that it has above -the falls.</p> -<p><i>26th</i>—6 miles. Five miles to first rapids of Salmon falls, 1 -more to camp. But little grass at this place, and that is mostly -on a small island or two. Salmon falls is more a cascade than -fall, except in one place, where it falls a few feet perpendicularly. -Also calld Fishing falls. The whole cascade is more than a -mile in length. To this place the Indians resort to obtain salmon, -which at some seasons of the year are tolerably plenty, having -come from the ocean up the Columbia river, to the mouth -of Snake river, whence they find their way to this place.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1256½</span></p> -<p><i>27th</i>—24½ miles to camp, on Snake river. To obtain this -camp, we left the road a mile and a half back, and followd a dry -branch down to this place. To-day, we traveld over a dry sage -plain, though we had a tolerably good road. At this place, and -even farther east, are seen the relics of wagons of former emigrants, -strewd along the road. Boxes, bands, tire, and all parts -of the irons of wagons, left behind.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1281</span></p> -<p><i>28th</i>—2 miles from where we left the road, yesterday, to the -old crossing of Snake river. At the crossing, are two small -islands, which furnish a little grass, Encampd 2½ miles farther -on, where is little grass. No wood for fuel. Along the river at -this place, is a kind of grass so salt that cattle will eat it only as -they stand in need of salt. The leaves of this grass grow about -3 inches high, and the seed-bearing stalk is from 6 to 10 inches -in hight. It grows along the river bottoms, in small patches. -I do not know any name for it, and therefore denominate it <i>salt -grass</i>, as other grasses will grow amongst it, that are perfectly -fresh.</p> -<p><i>29th</i>—12 miles, over as rough and stony a road, along the -banks of Snake river, as ever I traveld. One wagon was broken, -to-day, and left to be totally destroyd by those that came -after us.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1297½</span></p> -<p><i>30th</i>—11 miles to camp. Grass not very good. About two -miles back, grass might be had by driving the cattle on to an -island, in the river. Road sandy during forepart of the route, -to-day, and during the afterpart, good.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_28">28</div> -<p><i>31st</i>—11½ miles. Six and a half miles to Salt Grass creek, -a name given from the abundance of salt grass growing there. -A tolerable camp might be had at that place. The creek soon -passes among the bluffs, in a northerly direction, and unites with -Snake river, about 5 miles below where we are campd. Grass -is plenty at this place, but it is almost impossible to obtain any -thing of which to make fires.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1320</span></p> -<p><i>August 1st</i>—19½ miles, over a very level plain, most of the -way, and near to the river, to camp, on Grease Wood creek, -about a mile above its mouth. No good camp can be had along -this day’s route, till our present one, which is not very good. -Between camp and Snake river, the little stream on which our -camp is located passes through two crags of basaltic rock, much -crumbled down by time. Rock, east of creek, shows marks of -excessive volcanic violence. Volcanic cinders, rocks half melted, -chimneys where smoke has issued, and in fact, every mark -of Vulcan’s blacksmith shop is here displayd.</p> -<p><i>2d</i>—24 miles to camp on Snake river, at the mouth of a small -dry branch. Grass scarce. No place for encamping, short of -this place, except at 8 miles from last night’s camp, where a -small stream affords very little grass. Our way, to-day, has been -over a very uneven and dusty road. We ascended one hill, so -steep and sandy, that we were obligd to double our teams to -surmount it.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1363½</span></p> -<p><i>3d</i>—4 miles to camp, on Snake river, and drove our cattle on -to a small island.</p> -<p><i>4th</i>—9 miles to camp, on Snake river, 7½ miles to Hot -springs, 1½ to camp. The water of these Hot springs, at their -source, is scalding hot. We crossd them both, a short distance -from their source, and as they are not very far apart, it is probable -that their fountain is together. They are much mineralized.</p> -<p><i>5th</i>—14½ miles, through a sultry hot day, over a desert -plain and dusty road, to camp, on Snake river. No good camp -could be had short of this place, to-day. During the day, we -could discover a visible lowering down of the mountains on -each side, towards the confluence of Boyce and Owyhe rivers -and the Snake, where their valleys unite and form an extensive -plain. Salt grass still continues along the river bottom. We, -<span class="pb" id="Page_29">29</span> -to-day, lose sight of the basaltic rocks, so long witnessd on our -right hand and on our left. They reach from the American -falls nearly to this place, and as they appear to be thinner on advancing -westward, it is thought by some that the lava of which -they are formd, flowd in that direction. It is said that the Indians -of this place are snakes in the grass, but it is much to be -regretted that the river is not a snake in the grass, whilst our -cattle are in so starving a condition.</p> -<p><i>6th</i>—19 miles to camp on Owyhe river, about 4 miles above -Fort Boyce. Not very good grass at this place.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1410</span></p> -<p><i>7th</i>—Traveld one mile and a half down Owyhe river, and encampd.</p> -<p><i>8th</i>—16 miles, over a good road, to camp, on Malheur (pron. -malare) river. Grass plenty. No firewood but willows. At -this place, Mr. Meek attempted a cut-off to Oregon city, by following -up the course of this river south, for some distance, and -then directing his course westward, till he should arrive at Willamet -valley, south a considerable distance from Oregon city. -His attempt proved a failure, with the loss of considerable property -and the lives of some of his company. It is said that -there were nearly 200 wagons in his train.</p> -<p>Our route to-day, from last night’s camp to Malheur river, -leaves Fort Boyce 3 miles to the right. The fort is located in -a pleasant place, on the bank of Snake river, just below the -union of the Owyhe and Boyce with the Snake. The river at -this place is near a quarter of a mile wide, and the only means -of ferrying it is a canoe brought from the river Payette, 250 -miles from this place.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1427½</span></p> -<p><i>9th</i>—25 miles to camp, on Birch creek. 13 miles to a sulphur -spring, where we noond. This distance is up an arm of -the Malheur, though dry at the time. Its course is through a -level flat, from one to two miles wide, having high ranges of -land on each side. From Sulphur spring, the road ascends -rapidly to its highest point, a mile or two farther on, where the -country can be viewd for a considerable distance all around. -Reflecting upon such a wonderful scenery as is here on every -side displayd, the mind can hardly appreciate the amount of dynamics -adequate to displace and disrupt the surface of the earth -<span class="pb" id="Page_30">30</span> -so immensely. It appears like a great harrow, fit only for Hercules -to use in leveling off the surface of some planet.</p> -<p><i>10th</i>—8 miles to Burnt river, (probably from the naked and -reddend appearance of the mountains through which it passes.) -Three miles of the morning route brought us once more to -Snake river, where we saw it for the last time. Remaining 5 -miles over a somewhat hilly road to camp, on Burnt river, but -a small stream at this place. On viewing the river and its -small flats bordering it, from camp, it appears wholly environd -by rugged, jagged mountains, in close contiguity. Oh, when -shall I view, once more, a verdant landscape! One thousand -miles of naked rocks! Landscape without soil! River bottoms -with scarcely grass enough to support emigrant teams. -Who can but think of his native land and the “old oaken -bucket”?</p> -<p><span class="lr">1460½</span></p> -<p><i>11th</i>—13 miles to camp on Burnt river. No good camp -short of this, and this not very good. For 5 or 6 miles of our -morning route up the river, the road was very rough and stony, -and it crosses the creek seven times within that distance. Remainder -of the day’s travel was more easily performd, though -more hilly, yet smooth. South of camp and near to it, ascends -a mountain, the height of which, as nearly as I could measure, -with the limited means I had, is about 1300 feet above the bed -of Burnt creek. Along this stream emigrants have formerly -been much intimidated through fear of sudden attacks from Indians. -It is very densely shrouded much of the way with balm -of Gilead, alder, hawthorn, and various kinds of shrubbery, so -that the Indians could secrete themselves, till the near approach -of an emigrant train, and then with a sudden rush from the thicket, -frighten the teams and kill many of the emigrants. However, -we saw no Indians along this river.</p> -<p><i>12th</i>—4 miles over a worse road than yesterday afternoon, -and crossd the creek five times.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1477½</span></p> -<p><i>13th</i>—16 miles to camp on a tributary of Burnt river. Soon -after having started in the morning, we crossd the principal -stream of Burnt river, for the last time. A little farther on, we -came to a small right hand tributary coming from the north, -which we followd up about 2 miles, crossing it 8 times. We -<span class="pb" id="Page_31">31</span> -then left it, winding our way over the mountains westwardly, -crossing two or three other small tributaries, till we arrivd again -upon the Burnt river bottoms, not more than 8 miles in a straight -line from last night’s camp. At this place we noond, after having -passd over a hilly, though smooth road. Here emigrants -might tarry for the night. One mile further on we crossd North -fork, and upset one wagon at the crossing. Our course was -now nearly west, up a mountain, till we arrivd at a branch of -the North fork. Passing on a mile or more, we encampd for the -night. Grasses along the bottom here are coarse, consisting of -wild wheat, rye, and wild chess. Mountain grasses here are -the bunch grass, as it is calld, but at this time so dry and dead -that cattle do not love it. The hills at the sources of the Burnt -river, among which they ramify in all directions, like the blood -vessels in the human system, are composd measurably of a slaty -rock, which decomposes into loose material more readily than -the hard basaltic rocks of Snake river. Occasionally, however, -graphic granite is here seen to protrude above the hills.</p> -<p><i>14th</i>—20 miles to camp, at Lone Pine stump, now nearly obliterated -by fires set to it by emigrants, in the valley of Powder -river. Here is the bed of a small stream, where there is water -at some seasons of the year, though dry now, except in stagnant -ponds. Grass is tolerably plenty along this little branch. No -wood at this place to be obtaind for cooking. Road, to-day, -hilly but smooth. At about 6 miles, emigrants might camp. -Here, we left the waters of Burnt river, and passd over the hills -to Powder river. Powder River valley, east of camp, still retains -the old character of desert and sage plain.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1513½</span></p> -<p><i>15th</i>—14½ miles to camp, on west branch in west valley -of Powder river. Nine miles to Powder river, down by a circuitous -route, along the river, 2 miles to first crossing. Thence -across the plain to second fork or crossing, 2½ miles. One -mile farther to west fork or third crossing. In all, 14½ miles -to camp. East valley of Powder river is a spacious plain, very -level, and would be as handsome a valley as my feet ever trode -upon, were it coverd with the rich grasses of the eastern states. -At each of the three crossings here mentiond, which unite a -short distance below us and form the principal Powder river, is -<span class="pb" id="Page_32">32</span> -seen in small patches, a luxuriant growth of the well known -grass, red top. As we advance, the climate changes. In camp, -this morning, was seen ice in our cooking vessels, and by 10 we -were uncomfortably warm. On our left, the Powder River -mountains, close by which the river finds it way, are clothd with -timber, nearly down their declivities to their base. On our right -they yet are naked, Indians around us are burning, as fast as -verdure becomes dry enough, which at this time, renders the -air so smoky, that we can see but a short distance.</p> -<p><i>16th</i>—15 miles to camp, at the head of Grand Round valley. -After traveling a short distance, this morning, from the last crossing -of Powder river, we ascended a short rise. We then proceeded -over a smooth road of moderate descent, till we came to -a small branch of Powder river, at the foot of a hill, where several -small rivulets are seen to issue from the hills round about. -This is about 8 miles from the last crossing. Here is a tolerable -encampment. The rest of the way to Grand Round hollow, -a distance of 7 miles further, is over a hilly and some part of the -way, very stony road. At 10½ miles from the crossing, emigrants -might also encamp for the night, there being a little water -and some grass along a small run. Grand Round valley is -extensive. It is surrounded with high hills, coverd with bunch -grass, except occasional patches of yellow pine. Along our -road, this valley is rich, coverd with various kinds of grasses, -though entirely dead much of the way across the upper end of -the valley at this time, no rains having fallen here lately.</p> -<p><i>17th</i>—15 miles to camp, on Grand Round river. Eight miles -across the head of the beautiful Grand Round valley, to a small -branch, where emigrants might camp for the night, at the foot -of the Blue mountains bordering the valley. From thence, we -wound our way over the steep and rugged mountains, racking -and straining our wagons, the distance of 7 miles farther, to the -deep and lonely dell, where the Grand Round river is struggling -and forcing its way through its narrow passage, down to the -beautiful valley, Grand Round. Over this day’s route, the -mountains have as rich a soil as the valley, till near the dell, -where the red mountain soil is seen. Where we are campd, the -dell is narrow, and furnishes but little grass. It is remarkable -<span class="pb" id="Page_33">33</span> -for loudness of sound, when a gun is fired. Rocks of these -mountains, volcanic.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1558½</span></p> -<p><i>18th</i>—10½ miles, over a very uneven district of volcanic -rocks and mountain soil, to camp, on one of the highest peaks -of the Blue mountains on our route. Country, to-day, becomes -more densely timberd all around and along our road, overshadowing -it in many places with yellow pine, fir and spruce hemlock. -Have passd several deep cuts, to-day, so steep that teams -were necessarily doubld to ascend out of them, and some of -them were dangerous and difficult. Our camp is located on -the side of a high ridge, in a small opening, nearly one fourth -of a mile above its base, where we were obligd to descend, to -obtain water for cooking. From this high ridge, it is said, Mt. -Hood can be seen, but at this time it is so smoky, that we can -see but a little distance.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1569</span></p> -<p><i>19th</i>—10 miles, over the western declivity of the Blue mountains, -moderate in descent, and tolerably smooth most of the -way to camp, in a small opening, a little larger than our carelle, -calld Lee’s encampment. Here, two men met us, from Fort -Waters, where the late murders were committed, with news that -we had nothing to fear from hostile Indians, any farther on our -route. This gave great encouragement to the timorous emigrants. -Accordingly,</p> -<p><i>20th</i>—We descended the western declivity of the Blue mountains, -part of the way over volcanic scoria, to camp, on Umatilla -river. About 12 miles of the first part of this day’s route, -was through a timberd district of pine, hemlock and fir, loaded, -many of them, with pendant moss. On leaving the timber, we -ascended a hill, a mile or more, to Mount Prospect, the last high -point before descending the bluffs to the river. I name the hill, -from its commanding a view of the whole western horizon, to -a great distance around.</p> -<p>On Prospect hill is a cluster of rocks, which, with a little help -of the imagination, can be easily construed into Vulcan’s blacksmith -shop, where all the cinders so profusely spread over the -Blue mountains, were made. On retiring, he left his forge loaded -with the cinders of his last blast, as a memorial of his great -ambition.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_34">34</div> -<p>Three and a half miles more, down the bluffs, brought us to -camp, making in all, this day, 16½ miles.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1595½</span></p> -<p><i>21st</i>—Down Umatilla river, near to crossing, 10 miles. Country -here entirely prairie, and very undulating.</p> -<p><i>22d</i>—Crossd the river, half a mile below camp, and passd -about two miles on the flat. Ascended the bluff, and passd -over the prairie about 14 miles, to the river, down the river two -miles to camp, making in all 18½ miles. Prairie, to-day, uneven, -and of poor soil.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1624</span></p> -<p><i>23d</i>—14½ miles to camp, on Alder creek. Five miles to -second crossing of Umatilla, 8½ miles to Alder creek, up the -same one mile to camp. Little grass, no wood but fine willows. -In this day’s travel, two miles might have been savd, by crossing -the river at camp, but to avoid sandy traveling, emigrants -go down the river some farther. This is Whitman’s cut-off.</p> -<p><i>24th</i>—18½ miles, over a poor tract of the Columbia River -valley, to camp, at the foot of a hill, by a spring, calld Well -spring, rising in the center of a large mound of decayd vegetation, -and sinking suddenly again, within a few feet of where it -issues. Noond, to-day, on the battle-ground of the 24th February, -1848, between Oregon soldiers and the Cayuse Indians. -No grass nor water exists along this day’s route, where emigrants -might refresh themselves and their weary teams. Fire -wood is obtaind two miles east, in a hollow, where are a few -scattering cedars. The spring at camp should be watchd during -the night, by a strong guard, to keep thirsty cattle from falling -into it, out of which they cannot extricate themselves.</p> -<p><i>25th</i>—13 miles, over a miserably poor and uneven country, -to Quesnell’s creek. Down the creek one mile, in order to obtain -water, where camp is located.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1670</span></p> -<p><i>26th</i>—Staid at camp. Morning cold. Found there was ice -in our cooking vessels, though weather became warm during -the day.</p> -<p><i>27th</i>—Returnd up the creek to the crossing, though on the -west side of the flat. From the east side of the flat, to-day’s -reckoning commences, and crosses over to Beaver fork of John -Day’s river, a distance of 20½ miles. No camp can be had -between the two places, though a small spring exists, two miles -<span class="pb" id="Page_35">35</span> -east of camp. Most of the way to-day, the road has been good, -through a long, level valley.</p> -<p><i>28th</i>—7 miles to crossing of John Day’s river. Way down -Beaver fork, very rocky, and road crosses it 4 times.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1697½</span></p> -<p><i>29th</i>—Down John Day’s river, half a mile. Then ascended -the bluff, about one mile, up a narrow, winding, rocky ravine, -the worst we had ever traveld. On the top of this bluff, the -road divides, one leading to the Columbia river. The other, at -the left, is the one we took. From the top of this bluff, the -road, the remainder of the day, was smooth to camp, at a lone -spring among the bluffs. Distance to-day, about fifteen miles. -Grass enough for a small band. No wood. About two miles -east, up a ravine a short distance to the left, there are two small -springs, where a small party might camp for the night. No -wood.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1712½</span></p> -<p><i>30th</i>—25 miles to camp, on the western declivity of the dividing -ridge, between John Day’s and Deshutes river, at the upper -end of a ravine, where was a little grass, but no wood, and -no water for cattle. We staid through the night, without supper, -and left next morning, without breakfast.</p> -<p><i>31st</i>—Traveld about 5 miles, to the crossing of Deshutes or -Fall river. Here, we breakfasted in a deep chasm, almost as -difficult of descent and ascent, as the valley of Sindbad the -sailor, with nearly precipitous rocks, from 1000 to 1500 feet -high, on every side. Afternoon employd in calking wagon-boxes, -to ferry our goods across the river.</p> -<p><i>Friday, Sept. 1st</i>—All day employd in getting our goods -across the river, with the help of several Indians. River at the -crossing, about seven rods wide, with considerable current.</p> -<p><i>2d</i>—Whilst watching some of our wagons on the bank of -the river, till others could be taken up the bluffs, I was led to -the following reflections upon the miserable condition of the -poor, degraded-looking Indians at this place—</p> -<h3 id="c6">THE INDIANS OF DESHUTES.</h3> -<div class="verse"> -<p class="t0">“That Indian, whose untutord mind</p> -<p class="t0">Sees <span class="sc">God</span> in the clouds, or hears him in the wind—</p> -<p class="t0">Whose soul, proud science never taught to stray”</p> -<p class="t0">Far as the glittring sun, or other orbs of day,</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_36">36</div> -<p class="t0">Lives far retird—a kanion deep, a solitary dell,</p> -<p class="t0">A gloomy shade—’tis there he deigns to dwell.</p> -<p class="t0">What is his food, when naught but rocks around</p> -<p class="t0">Are seen? No fields of plenty there do clothe the ground.</p> -<p class="t0">His raiment, also scant, to shield his naked form,</p> -<p class="t0">No robes of beasts, nor pelts, nor furs, to guard him from the storm.</p> -<p class="t0">And when with food he chance to break his fast,</p> -<p class="t0">He finds no wood to cook his limited repast.</p> -<p class="t0">Alas, what then? The salmon and the salmon trout,</p> -<p class="t0">In that mad stream, are seen to gambol all about.</p> -<p class="t0">By him prepard upon the rocks, or hung on slender poles,</p> -<p class="t0">Not far above, on steep decline, where furious water rolls,</p> -<p class="t0">He dries his food, and thus ’tis savd from future harm.</p> -<p class="t0">’Tis nearly all he has of food—his clothes, they still are less, with which to keep him warm.</p> -<p class="t0">Now, why should man, poor wretched man, receive such prompt reply,</p> -<p class="t0">That when he broke the law of <span class="sc">God</span>, ’twas sure that he must die?</p> -<p class="t0">Yet linger first awhile, still wretched and forlorn,</p> -<p class="t0">To glean an almost naked earth, ’mongst thistle and the thorn?</p> -<p class="t0">’Twas done to show that <span class="sc">God</span> is just, and true to all intent,—</p> -<p class="t0">That man a lesson here might learn, and thus to him repent.</p> -</div> -<p>Nine miles from Deshutes, over the rocky bluffs, brought us -to another resting-place, on an arm of Deshutes, flowing from -the mountains, in the direction of Mount Hood. Five miles -from Deshutes, was a spring, where emigrants sometimes camp, -but at this time the Indian ponies had eaten off all the grass. -We therefore passd on to our present camp.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1751½</span></p> -<p><i>3d</i>—12½ miles to camp, on a small tributary of Deshutes, -at Barlow’s gate—all but the gate, though he was found sitting -there at the receipt of custom, allowing each emigrant wagon to -pass his road through the Cascade mountains, at the moderately -healthy sum of five dollars each, which the Government of -Oregon had authorized him to receive. But, as miserable a -road as it was, thanks be to Mr. Barlow for his energetic movement -in opening a way through so rough a district as the Cascade -mountains.</p> -<p>Several small streams were passd to-day, though no camps -could well be made on them, for want of grass, except the first, -which had a very little.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1764</span></p> -<p><i>4th</i>—Staid at the same place.</p> -<p><i>5th</i>—Over the rocky hills, 12 miles to camp, on a muddy -arm of Deshutes, flowing from Mount Hood. Ten and a half -<span class="pb" id="Page_37">37</span> -miles to the arm, 1½ up the same to camp. No grass for our -stock.</p> -<p><i>6th</i>—3 miles up Deshutes valley, to Palmer’s cabin. In consequence -of having lost some of our cattle in the thick and almost -impenetrable forest, our day’s drive was short. A little -below Palmer’s cabin, are signs of very rich bog iron ore. I -afterwards found other places of iron ore along the road, by -which I was satisfied that the Cascades abound in iron.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1779</span></p> -<p><i>7th</i>—10 miles, over the dividing ridge, to camp, at a small -flat prairie on our left, from which Mount Hood is seen, a few -miles distant, towring high above its neighbor mountains.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1789</span></p> -<p><i>8th</i>—10 miles to camp. No grass. Chaind our oxen to trees, -and cut a few birch limbs for them. Passd, to-day, what is -calld Laurel hill. It is steep and dangerous.</p> -<p><i>9th</i>—6 miles, down Muddy fork of Sandy, to camp. Drove -our cattle across the stream, and found some grass for them. -This has been a rainy day.</p> -<p><i>10th</i>—15 miles, most of the way over a good road, especially -on the ridge, calld by some, “Devil’s Back-Bone.”</p> -<p><i>11th</i>—8 miles, over a hilly road, down to the first settlement, -at the west foot of the Cascade mountains. One mile to the -last crossing of Sandy creek, 7 more to camp.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1828</span></p> -<p><i>12th</i>—12 miles to camp.</p> -<p><i>13th</i>—6 miles to Oregon city.</p> -<p><span class="lr">1846</span></p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_39">39</div> -<h2 id="c7"><span class="small"><span class="larger">ADVICE TO EMIGRANTS.</span></span></h2> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/melon.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="425" height="70" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c8"><span class="small">CHAPTER V.</span></h2> -<p class="revint">Necessary outfits for emigrants to Oregon or California, taken from Palmer’s Journal -of Travels to Oregon—Additional advice by the Author.</p> -<p>For burthen wagons, light four-horse or heavy two-horse -wagons are the size commonly usd. They should be made -of the best material, well seasond, and should in all cases -have falling tongues. The tire should not be less than one and -three fourths inches wide, but may be advantageously usd -three inches; two inches, however, is the most common width. -In fastening on the tire, bolts should be usd instead of nails; -it should be at least five eighths or three fourths of an inch thick. -Hub boxes for the hubs should be about four inches. The -skeins should be well steeld. The Mormon-fashiond wagon-bed -is the best. They are usually made straight, with side-boards -about 16 inches wide, and a projection outward of four -inches on each side, and then another side-board of 10 or 12 -inches. In this last, set the bows for covers, which should always -be double. Boxes for carrying effects should be so constructed -as to correspond in hight with the offset in the wagon-bed, -as this gives a smooth surface to sleep upon.</p> -<p>Ox teams are more extensively usd than any others. Oxen -stand the trip much better, and are not so liable to be stolen -by the Indians, and are much less trouble. Cattle are generally -allowd to go at large, when not hitchd to the wagons, whilst -horses and mules must always be stakd up at night. Oxen -can procure food in many places where horses cannot, and in -<span class="pb" id="Page_40">40</span> -much less time. Cattle that have been raisd in Illinois or Missouri, -stand the trip better than those raisd in Indiana or Ohio, -as they have been accustomd to eating the prairie grass, upon -which they must wholly rely while on the road. Great care -should be taken in selecting cattle—they should be from four to -six years old, tight and heavy made.</p> -<p>For those who fit out but one wagon, it is not safe to start -with less than four yoke of oxen, as they are liable to get lame, -have sore necks, or to stray away. One team thus fitted up -may start from Missouri with twenty-five hundred pounds, and -as each day’s rations make the load that much lighter, before -they reach any rough road, their loading is much reducd.—Persons -should recollect that every thing in the outfit should be -as light as the requird strength will permit. No useless trumpery -should be taken. The loading should consist of provisions -and apparel, a necessary supply of cooking fixtures, a few tools, -&c. No great speculation can be made in buying cattle and -driving them through to sell, but as the prices of oxen and cows -are much higher in Oregon than in the States, nothing is lost in -having a good supply of them, which will enable the emigrant -to wagon through many articles that are difficult to be obtaind -in Oregon. Each family should have a few cows, as the milk -can be usd the entire route, and they are often convenient to put -to the wagon to relieve oxen. They should be so selected that -portions of them would come in fresh upon the road. Sheep -can also be advantageously driven. American horses and mares -always command high prices, and with careful usage can be -taken through,—but if usd to wagons or carriages, their loading -should be light. Each family should be provided with a sheet-iron -stove, with boiler. A platform can easily be constructed at -the hind end of the wagon, and as it is frequently quite windy, -and there is often a scarcity of wood, the stove is very convenient. -Each family should also be provided with a tent, and to -it should be attachd good strong cords, to fasten it down.</p> -<p>The cooking fixtures generally usd are of sheet iron—a Dutch -oven and skillet of cast metal are very essential. Plates, cups, -&c., should be of tinware, as queensware is much heavier and -liable to break, and consumes much time in packing up. A reflector -<span class="pb" id="Page_41">41</span> -is sometimes very useful. Families should each have -two churns, one for carrying sweet and one for sour milk.—They -should also have one eight or ten-gallon keg for carrying -water, one axe, one shovel, two or three augers, one hand-saw, -and if a farmer, he should be provided with one cross-cut saw -and a few plow-molds, as it is difficult getting such articles. -When I left the country, plows cost from twenty-five to forty -dollars each. A good supply of ropes for tying up horses and -catching cattle, should also be taken.</p> -<p>Every person should be well supplied with boots and shoes, -and in fact with every kind of clothing. It is also well to be -supplied with at least one feather bed, and a good assortment -of bedding. There are no tame geese in the country, but an -abundance of wild ones, yet it is difficult procuring a sufficient -quantity of feathers for a bed. The Muscovy is the only tame -duck in the country.</p> -<p>Each male person should have at least one rifle gun, and a -shot gun is also very useful for wild fowl and small game, of -which there is an abundance. The best sized calibre for the -mountains is from thirty-two to fifty-six to the pound—but one -of from sixty to eighty, or even less, is best when in the lower -settlements. Buffaloes seldom range beyond the South Pass, -and never west of Green river. The larger game are elk, deer, -antelope, mountain sheep or bighorn, and bear. The small -game are hare, rabbit, grouse, sage hen, pheasant, quail, &c. -A good supply of ammunition is essential.</p> -<p>In laying in a supply of provisions for the journey, persons -will doubtless be governd in some degree by their means, but -there are a few essentials that all will require.</p> -<p>For each adult, there should be two hundred pounds of flour, -thirty pounds of pilot bread, seventy-five pounds of bacon, ten -pounds of rice, five pounds of coffee, two pounds of tea, twenty-five -pounds of sugar, half a bushel of dried beans, one bushel -of dried fruit, two pounds of saleratus, ten pounds of salt, half a -bushel of corn meal—and it is well to have a half bushel of -corn, parchd and ground—a small keg of vinegar should also be -taken. To the above may be added as many good things as -the means of the person will enable him to carry, for whatever -<span class="pb" id="Page_42">42</span> -is good at home is none the less so on the road. The above -will be ample for the journey, but should an additional quantity -be taken, it can be readily disposd of in the mountains and at -good prices, not for cash, but for robes, dressd skins, buckskin -pants, moccasins, &c. It is also well for families to be provided -with medicines. It is seldom, however, that emigrants are sick—but -sometimes eating too freely of fresh buffalo meat causes -diarrhœa, and unless it be checkd soon prostrates the individual, -and leaves him a fit subject for disease.</p> -<p>The time usually occupied in making the trip from Missouri -to Oregon city is about five months, but with the aid of a person -who has traveld the route with an emigrating company, the trip -can be performd in about four months.</p> -<p>Much injury is done to teams in racing them, endeavoring to -pass each other.</p> -<p>Emigrants should make an every-day business of traveling—resting -upon the same ground two nights is not good policy, -as the teams are likely to ramble too far.</p> -<p>Getting into large companies should be avoided, as they are -necessarily compeld to move more tardily. From ten to twenty-five -wagons is a sufficient number to travel with safety. The -advance and rear companies should not be less than twenty, -but between, it may be safe to go with six.</p> -<p>The Indians are very annoying on account of their thieving -propensities, but if well watchd, they would seldom put them in -practice.</p> -<p>Persons should always avoid rambling far from camp unarmd -or in too small parties; Indians will sometimes seek such opportunities -to rob a man of what little effects he has about him, -and if he attempts to get away from them with his property, -they will sometimes shoot him.</p> -<p>There are several points along the Missouri where emigrants -have been in the practice of fitting out. Of these, Independence, -St. Josephs and Council Bluffs, are the most noted. For those -emigrating from Ohio, Indiana, Illinois and northern Missouri, -Iowa and Michigan, I think St. Josephs the best point, as by -taking that route the crossing of several streams (which at the -early season we travel are sometimes very high) is avoided. -<span class="pb" id="Page_43">43</span> -Outfits may be had at this point as readily as at any other along -the river. Work cattle can be bought in its vicinity for from -twenty-five to thirty dollars per yoke, cows, horses, &c., equally -cheap.</p> -<p>Emigrants should endeavor to arrive at St. Josephs early in -April, so as to be in readiness to take up the line of march by -the middle of April. Companies, however, have often started -as late as the tenth of May; but in such cases they seldom -arrive in Oregon until after the rainy season commences in the -Cascade range of mountains.</p> -<p>Those residing in northern Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, -&c., who contemplate traveling by land to the place of rendezvous, -should start in time to give their teams at least ten days’ -rest. Ox teams, after traveling four or five hundred miles in -the States, at that season of the year, would be unfit to perform -a journey across the mountains; but doubtless they might be -exchangd for others, at or near the rendezvous.</p> -<p>Farmers would do well to take along a good supply of horse -gears. Mechanics should take such tools as are easily carried; -as there are but few in the country, and those are held at exorbitant -prices. Every family should lay in a good supply of -school books for their children.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>Since the advice of Mr. Palmer was given to Oregon emigrants, -relating to outfits for the overland route to that country, -some advantages have been experiencd by the use of mule instead -of ox teams. In the first place, that animal is much more -sure-footed than the ox or the horse, and in the next place, he can -live on kinds of food that the ox or the horse will not eat, and -he will also live on a much less amount. The mule is more -hardy than the horse or the ox, and will endure fatigue when -the others will faint. Another circumstance which I do not recollect -to have seen mentiond by any writer, and which it may -not be improper to add in this place, is the failure of oxen upon -the emigrant route, from lameness by traveling over ground bestrewn -with salts of various kinds, but mostly alkali. To neutralize -the alkali so as to prevent the oxen from becoming lame, -their hoofs should be rubd with lard or tallow at least twice -<span class="pb" id="Page_44">44</span> -each day, till the tract of country containing such salt is passd -over. It is, however, probable that in a few years the place of -oxen will be supplied by the use of mules, though attention will -doubtless need to be paid to the hoofs of mules, to keep them -sound, as well as of oxen.</p> -<p>If persons wish to leave the States for California by the overland -route, earlier than the time mentioned by Mr. Palmer, it -would be necessary to leave the States with as much provision -for their teams as they could at first well haul, after having first -supplied themselves with their own necessary food to last them -through their journey. In such case a considerable distance -may be overcome before the early production of grasses upon -the plains.</p> -<p>A few words by way of advice to persons wishing to go to -California to dig for gold, may not be uninteresting here. I -have noticed that miners from the States carry to California a -great amount of baggage and implements for mining operations -at great costs of transportation and removal from one place to -another, which I deem wholly unnecessary. This oftentimes -enormous expense can be savd from the fact that clothing and -mining implements of all necessary kinds are very abundant in -California, although at a higher price than in the States, yet still -the cost of most articles in the mines will not equal the cost in -the States, added to transportation costs from the States to the -seat of mining operations in California. I would therefore say -that one suit of substantial coarse clothes, and money enough to -defray expenses there, is all that is best to carry. The amount -of money necessary to defray expenses, by way of the isthmus, -from the States to the seat of mining operations in California, -cannot at present be less than 200 dollars to each person, at the -cheapest mode of traveling. Conveyance by steamer, with best -accommodations, will cost not much short of 500 dollars, but in -no case, considering contingencies, will it be safe to start with -less than 300 dollars.</p> -<p>Another circumstance which I have seen much chanted in the -public papers, although not particularly connected with the foregoing -information, is the scheme of making a railroad from the -States overland to California. I can only speak for one person, -<span class="pb" id="Page_45">45</span> -and this much it is, that if Whitney knew that out of 2000 miles -overland, more than 1500 of it is a waste, barren tract, and likewise -much of it very rugged, he might be prepard to think as I -do, that the income of such a road would never keep it in repair.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/p1.jpg" alt="Wagon" width="288" height="293" /> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_47">47</div> -<h2 id="c9"><span class="small"><span class="larger">DESCRIPTION OF OREGON.</span></span></h2> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/melon.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="425" height="70" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c10"><span class="small">CHAPTER VI.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">South Pass—Wind River Mountains—Oregon, its three grand divisions.</p> -<p>Having accomplishd my journal of distances from St. Josephs -to Oregon city, I begin my history of Oregon with the -South Pass and Wind River mountains. From descriptions -formerly given by some writers of the South Pass, the reader -may be led to suppose that the traveler is to pass through a tremendous -gap of the Rocky mountains, walld in with huge -rocks on its sides, passable only by traversing the bottoms of a -stream of water, which finds its way through the mountains of -that place. But instead of such an appearance as that, on arriving -at the culminating point, he sees before him, on his left -and behind, only an undulating country, difficult probably in -many places to pass with wagons, on account of the roughness -and unevenness of the surface of the land, but destitute entirely -of those cragged cliffs and high towring mountains, which the -imagination sometimes pictures out, previous to a perfect vision -of a country scenery.</p> -<p>The surface of the land along the emigrant route at the pass, -is sufficiently uneven to determine within one rod of the culminating -point, after which within a short distance, the road commences -a somewhat rapid descent westward three or four miles, -to a spring issuing from the hills, calld Pacific spring, because -its waters are dischargd westward into the Pacific ocean.</p> -<p>On the right, at the dividing ridge, twelve or fifteen miles -north of the emigrant road, terminate the Wind River range of -mountains, calld also the Rocky mountains. From their southern -<span class="pb" id="Page_48">48</span> -extremity to a considerable distance either east or west of -the dividing ridge, they are seen to stretch far away to the north-west, -towring high and giving rise to several important rivers, -which traverse the continent, and terminate, some of them in -the Atlantic ocean eastward, and some of them in the Pacific -ocean westward. Although these mountains have many lofty -peaks, yet I believe none of them are sufficiently high to maintain -their glaciers during the whole year, at all times. It is nevertheless -true, that some of their chasms and deep ravines upon -their north-eastern declivities oftentimes have snow lying in them -through the year, yet no point on any one of them, as has been -remarkd, is high enough for the existence of a zone of perpetual -frost. This position is well corroborated, also, from the fact -that forests are seen growing, not only high up their declivities, -but entirely upon their summits.</p> -<p>The present country of Oregon, belonging to the U. States, -extends from the dividing ridge or natural division of the waters -of the continent, to the Pacific ocean westward, and in extent -north and south, from lat. 42 deg. north to 49 deg. north. It -seems to be divided into three grand divisions, by ranges of -parallel mountains from north to south. The dividing summit -of the continent on the east, west of the eastern division, are -the Blue mountains, separating it from the middle,—and between -the middle and western divisions, is the Cascade range -of mountains.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c11"><span class="small">CHAPTER VII.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">The Divisions are separately considerd—The Climate—Rivers and Agricultural Resources—Mineral and Geological Character.</p> -<p>The first or eastern division of Oregon can at present be -considerd worth little else than to hold the world together. It, -however, furnishes a tolerably good conveyance towards the -<span class="pb" id="Page_49">49</span> -ocean for some of the waters of Oregon, that take their rise in -the Rocky mountains and elsewhere along the western declivity -of the continent near to the dividing ridge.</p> -<p>The surface of this division is undulating. Some of its rivers -traverse the country along their beds, from five hundred to more -than one thousand feet below the common surface. Although -along the emigrant route this division measures about seven -hundred miles in width, yet its true width may not much exceed -six hundred,—and little else is seen but a country destitute of -soil and vegetation, excepting wild sage, and except also along -the rivers and some of the valleys, where detachd portions of -grass are seen. The valley along the emigrant route, through -which the Powder river waters pass, is a level plain, and it -would be a delightsome Eden, had it soil, and were it coverd -with luxuriant grasses.</p> -<p>I am here led to remark, that the analysis of the soil here, -made by Col. Fremont on his way through this valley, to foreign -readers might produce much misunderstanding relative to -the soil of the country generally. Although the analysis here -producd may be such as indicates good soil, yet with a little exaggeration -it may be said that another shovelful of earth would -have taken nearly all the soil of the whole valley.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>Across the middle division of Oregon by way of the emigrant -route, from Grand Round valley to Barlow’s gate, at the east -side of the Cascade range of mountains, is about 212 miles, -though probably in a direct course it would be some less than -200. The Blue mountains traversing this division, give rise to -some rivers that checker its visage, but they are of minor importance, -and nearly dried up in the summer, from the long absence -of rains in those parts. This division compares very well -with the eastern, in point of barrenness and disadvantages generally -for the promotion of settlement and improvements of any -kind.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>I come now to consider the western division of Oregon—the -only one on which settlements of any considerable extent have -been effected, although Dr. Whitman succeeded in maintaining -<span class="pb" id="Page_50">50</span> -a small position on the Walla Walla river, till the fall of 1847, -at which time himself and wife were killd by the Indians of his -own fostering, growing out of a dissatisfaction relative to his -treatment with them. And although it is thought by many -that the doctor acted in all good conscience towards them, yet -through blind zeal and probably a sectarian influence from other -denominations of religionists, they were led to believe that the -doctor was taking measures to undermine their liberties, and -ultimately to overthrow and destroy them.</p> -<p>From the east side of the Cascade range of mountains westwardly -to the Pacific ocean the western division ranges from -150 to 200 miles in width, and extending from north to south -through the whole length of the Oregon territory.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>In remarking upon the several distinct subjects that come to -hand relative to Oregon, I am first led to notice its climate.—The -climate of Oregon may be considerd a healthy one, though -it is subject to considerable changes from year to year. The -summer seasons are generally dry, with warm days and cool -nights, from the first of July to the first of October, though the -rainy season, as it is calld, does not commence much before November, -at which time, and for three or four months after, the -land becomes so saturated with water, and the streams so swollen, -that little passing is done by the citizens from one place to -another.</p> -<p>Soon after the rainy season commences in the valleys, the -mountainous portions begin to be coverd with snow, and it continues -to accumulate upon them at every successive storm, till -in many places the snow becomes nearly thirty feet deep, which -lasts until quite the latter part of the succeeding summer, before -it entirely disappears.</p> -<p>The winter seasons are very variable. During some of the -winters, the grasses of the valleys remain green, garden vegetables -are verdant, and but little frost is seen. Others again, -for three months, the earth is bound up with frost, and the rivers -are frozen over of sufficient thickness to bear passages of -considerable burden.</p> -<p>So far as the health of this country is concernd, it is true that -<span class="pb" id="Page_51">51</span> -some sickness prevails, but it may be in a great measure owing -to the physical change in the physiology of the human system, -in passing from the States to a country so different in climate. -After emigrants become acclimated here, the blood becomes -of a bright scarlet red, being much more aerated or oxygenized -than exists in the system in any of the southern States of -America, and consequently better health may be inferd. At -some seasons of the year, along some of the rivers, ague and fever -exists, but it is generally of a very mild character, and medicine -takes a speedy and salutary effect upon the human system.</p> -<p>The description of the climate here given of Oregon, being -applicable to the western division does not in all respects apply -to the two eastern divisions. The whole of Oregon lying east, -of the Cascade range of mountains, is much drier, having less -rains at any time, than the portion lying west of them.</p> -<p>It is often quite cold in winter, and being very dry in summer, -renders it truly a desert country.</p> -<p>The rivers of Oregon of any considerable notice, are well -known to most readers. Although Columbia river is much the -largest in the territory, and produces the greatest drainage of -any one, yet it does not by a considerable amount drain all of -the waters of Oregon that find their way to the Pacific ocean. -Green river, commencing at Fremont’s peak, in the Wind river -mountains, is the principal source of the great Rio Colerado of -Calafornia. The great Sacramento of upper Calafornia, has -its principal source in Oregon. Other rivers though less in -size, yet nevertheless, rivers that are likely to become rivers of -considerable, importance, indent the western coast, and furnish -their own drainage to the Pacific ocean. Those rivers which -fall most immediately under the notice of actual settlers of the -present day, are comprisd within the western division of Oregon. -They are Willamet, the Umpqua and the Klamet, with -their several tributaries. These rivers and their tributaries form -valleys of moderate extent, and furnish many tolerable good -farms to those who love a romantic life among the hills and -vales of an undulating country. Wheat, oats, neat cattle and -horses, are the principal sources of wealth which is derivd from -<span class="pb" id="Page_52">52</span> -the soil at present. Indian corn is not much cultivated in Oregon, -its summers being too dry for corn to thrive well. The -swine of the country look well fattend upon wheat, but the ox -is mostly usd here for food.</p> -<p>I ought here to remark that the wheat of this country is of -a superior quality. It is free from all those attending evils very -common at the east, such as smut, rust and wheat sickness.—The -weevil is not known here at present. The wheat of this -country grows with a very stiff stalk, which enables it to stand -erect for a great length of time. This furnishes the farmer during -the dry season of the year an opportunity to secure his -abundant crop.</p> -<p>The mineral resources of Oregon hitherto, have receivd but -little attention. Gold has been discoverd only sparingly.—Copper -is said to exist on the Cowlits, a small tributary to the -Columbia river, on the north of it, having its source in the direction -of Puget’s sound.</p> -<p>Lead has of late been seen upon the Santyam. It is thought -by some persons that it may be obtaind there in considerable -quantities, but as the minds of the Oregon people are at present -directed to the gold mines of California, little attention will be -paid to mining operations at home. Iron exists in large quantities -in the Cascade mountains. Along the emigrant route, I -have seen iron probably as rich as 80 per cent.</p> -<p>The soil of the whole division west of the Cascade range is -tingd of a reddish color by the red oxide of iron. This oxide -in some places is so abundant as to injure the soil. In other -places the soil is not materially injurd by it. In some places -along the rocky bluffs of some of the rivers, iron ore is quite -rich. I observd one of those places in the bluffs east of the -Willamet falls, at the south end of Oregon city, where the road, -leading to the top of the highest bluff is excavated. From my -own observations in traveling over the western division, I -am confident that there is no lack of iron ore in almost every -part, and so soon as the inhabitants are ready to turn their attention -to it, their necessary supplies will be furnishd from their -own country.</p> -<p>The next subject relative to the Oregon country is its geological -<span class="pb" id="Page_53">53</span> -character. In remarking upon the geology of this country -several departments of the science are presented to view. First, -there are three ranges of mountains running nearly parallel with -each other from north to south.</p> -<p>The eastern range which bounds the eastern side of Oregon, -is along the dividing ridge of the American continent. If the -question be asked, why this dividing ridge? the geologist alone -attempts an answer. From the accumulation of facts hitherto -adducd of the liquidity of the earth’s interior, and the discharge -for ages of its internal liquid matter upon the already formd -crust, it is evident that its nucleus must become less than at -first, and thereby produce a rigid and furrowd appearance of the -crust, by its conforming through the power of gravitation to a -lesser surface than that on which it was at first formd. Altho’ -isolated peaks of mountain ranges may be formd by accumulation -of lava, and considerable districts may be raisd by the pressure -of gasses from beneath, yet so considerable an elevation as -the dividing ridge of the American continent can never be -formd in such a way.</p> -<p>Oregon is truly an uneven and mountainous country. It is -true that in passing from the dividing ridge westward, there are -a few situations where the traveler views the country around -him as apparently level, but this appearance continues on advancing -along, but a short distance, till he is plunged into almost -inextricable gulfs and deep ravines. The Blue mountains -or intermediate range between the dividing ridge and the Cascade -range, are of minor importance. They traverse no considerable -extent of country, nor are they very wide. They have -a volcanic appearance, and are strewd over with vescicular lava.</p> -<p>The Cascade range of mountains are more extensive, traversing -by different names the whole of Oregon and California, at -a distance of from 100 to 200 miles from the Pacific ocean. -Some of its peaks are high and coverd with perpetual glaciers. -This range, like the dividing ridge, seems to have been elevated -by compression.</p> -<p>Between the Willamet valley and the ocean, is a range of -high hills calld the Coast range. These are too rugged to admit -of cultivation.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_54">54</div> -<p>The western shore of Oregon is rocky, and in many places -precipitous. If the theory that ocean beds are formd by undulations -in the earth’s crust be true, the query might arise, Why -are ocean limits of precipitous rocks of the firmest material, as is -the case with many of the ocean shores, and not a gradual slope -from the land downward to the bed of the ocean? If it be admitted -that rivers are formd by the expansive force of gasses acting -beneath the earth’s crust, it may be supposd that a fissure -by similar means may be formd parallel and near to the shore -of an ocean, so that its waters by their weight may produce a -subsidence of that portion lying under them, whilst that part opposite -the fissure remaind stationary.</p> -<p>Oregon may be regarded as a primary country. Few fossiliferous -rocks are seen in any part of it. I noticd on the west -bank of Big Sandy creek, about thirty miles west of South pass, -a few fossiliferous shale rocks. I have not noticd any in other -places, though they may exist sparingly. From the American -falls on Snake river, for several hundred miles westward -the country is overlaid with a stratum of basaltic lava. This -seems to be the true basalt, and although the rocks of the Willamet -river at Oregon city have been considerd by some as -basalt, from their extreme hardness, yet I have noticd that the -surface of those rocks, after having been exposd to the weather, -become a mere sand rock, by the loss of the iron with which -they are impregnated. It is well known to mineralogists, that -iron becomes soluble by the action of the atmosphere upon it, -by which means water carries it from its parent bed to lower -levels, where it is deposited, under the name of bog ore. The -rocks at Oregon city consist of about three varieties of rock, differing -not essentially in their properties, though some of them -appear to have been subjected to so high a degree of heat as to -render them somewhat crystaline or vitreous. The rocks at Oregon -city are so fully impregnated with iron, that the magnetic -needle, at some points along these rocks, is drawn aside from -its polar position.</p> -<p>From what information I have obtaind in addition to my own -observation respecting the rocks of Oregon, I am satisfied that -few rocks except those of a silicious formation, exist here. Along -<span class="pb" id="Page_55">55</span> -the Columbia river, near its mouth, are a few lime rocks of inferior -quality. At the Cascade falls, are whole trees of silicious -petrefaction, showing distinctly the grains of the timber, and to -what kind they belongd.</p> -<p>As the Willamet river has hitherto attracted the attention of -actual settlers more than any other tributary of the Columbia -river, I have concluded to give a more particular description of -it than any other one belonging to the Western division of Oregon. -From its confluence with the Columbia to the high country -of its sources, the Willamet traverses a distance of about -two hundred miles in extent. Its union with the Columbia is -not much short of one hundred miles from the ocean. At the -mouth of the Willamet, is a delta fifteen or twenty miles in -length, calld Souvie’s island, running nearly parallel with the -Columbia. This island was formerly the residence of immense -numbers of Indians. The Hudson Bay Company at present -occupy it for farming purposes. At the eastern or upper mouth -of the Willamet, are one or two other small deltas, though of -no importance.</p> -<p>About fifteen miles from the Columbia, on the west bank of -the Willamet, is a small town calld Portland. Ships of considerable -burden visit this place for their lading.</p> -<p>Five miles farther up, on the east side, is a town newly laid -out by Mr. Lot Whitcomb, calld Milwaukie. Vessels of considerable -size can sail as far up as this place.</p> -<p>Seven or eight miles farther up, on the east side, is a tributary -calld Clacamas. Its waters flow from the Cascade mountains. -At the mouth of this tributary are rapids, which prevent ships -from sailing up to Oregon city.</p> -<p>One mile farther up, is Oregon city on the east side, and -Lynn city on the west side of the Willamet river. Between -these two places is a bay, the waters of which are between three -and four hundred feet deep. The width of the bay is about -thirty rods, near the upper end at the crossing, and gradually -widens downward to the Clackamas rapids.</p> -<p>Oregon city at present is built entirely upon the first terrace -above the waters of the bay, and being so narrow that there is -but one street that passes through the town lengthwise, excepting -<span class="pb" id="Page_56">56</span> -a Water street along the shore of the bay. East of the present -town and contiguous to it, is a precipitous range of rocks, -one hundred feet high from Main street, and so near to it that -there is but just room enough for the accommodation of buildings -with some very small gardens. On the top of this bluff, -which is a second terrace from the waters of the river, the surveys -for the town are extended, but no buildings have yet been -erected there. Still back of this at a short distance, is a third -terrace, elevated in hight equal to the surrounding country.</p> -<p>Oregon city is a new town, containing about 150 buildings, -two saw mills, one of which is a double mill, and two grist mills. -At each of these mills, water enough is wasted to carry four -other mills. I think I may justly say, that there is water power -enough at Oregon city to carry five hundred grist mills. It -seems, on taking a view of the natural dam at the upper end of -Oregon city, that when the fissure now constituting the river -was formd, the paroxysmal effort from beneath causd a lateral -dismemberment of some of the rocks along the sides of the -fissure, and upon sliding down chokd up the chasm from one -side to the other. Below the falls, the terrace on which the -town stands seems to have taken a similar slide, but being filld -in part with rubbish beneath, prevented an entire union of the -rocks, leaving the chasm now constituting the bay.</p> -<p>The waters of the falls are precipitated over the cragged rocks -at several different places, foaming and tumbling with tremendous -roar, to the depth of thirty feet into the waters of the bay -below.</p> -<p>About one mile and a half above the falls, on the west side of -the river, is the small tributary calld Twality, issuing from the -coast range.</p> -<p>Two or three miles farther up, is another slide of rocks, which -chokes up the entire stream, with the exception of a small chasm -or two, too narrow to admit boats of any considerable size to -pass.</p> -<p>About twelve miles above Oregon city, on the east side of -the river, Molala and Pudding river waters unite with the Willamet. -These two tributaries have good supplies of water for -mills. After having collected their waters from the hilly country -<span class="pb" id="Page_57">57</span> -east, they meander about over the land, and finally empty -into the Willamet at one place.</p> -<p>About thirty miles above Oregon city, Yam creek unites with -the Willamet, on its west side, watering the country from the -coast range in two separate branches, till within about ten miles -of the Willamet, where they unite and form one.</p> -<p>Salem, a small town on the east side of the Willamet, about -forty-five miles above Oregon city, is the site of the missionary, -Mr. Lee, of the Methodist order, now no more. At this place, -is a classical school of considerable merit, the only one of importance -in Oregon territory.</p> -<p>Rickreyall and Luckamute, on the west side of Willamet, -contribute to its waters, but little above Salem.</p> -<p>Still farther up, and not more than eight or ten miles above -Salem or the Institute as some call it, on the east side of the -Willamet, is the Santyam, a stream of considerable importance, -the principal branch of which flows from Mount Jefferson, one -of the glacial peaks of the Cascade range. The course of this -river from Mount Jefferson to its union with the Willamet, is -not more than about forty miles.</p> -<p>Other tributaries of some importance still farther up, flow -into the Willamet, on both sides of it, till arriving at the high -country of their sources, where they ramify in all directions.</p> -<p>Leaving the subject of the Willamet river, I pass on to a description -of the forests and animals of Oregon.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c12"><span class="small">CHAPTER VIII.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Forests and Animals of Oregon.</p> -<p>Between the South pass and the Blue mountains, across the -Eastern division of Oregon, no forests encostume the earth, to -emit their fragrant odors to cheer and exhilarate the weary and -thirsty traveler, except on the Bear River mountains, a few isolated -<span class="pb" id="Page_58">58</span> -peaks scatterd over that barren region. Along the streams -occasionally, however, are seen an inferior growth of timber -and shrubbery of various kinds. The Blue mountains afford -some dense clusters of timber of yellow pine, spruce-hemlock, -and some fir. They do not, however, soar to the amazing hight -of some of the trees of the Cascade mountains and the Western -division. The Middle division is still more destitute of timber -than the Eastern.</p> -<p>From the eastern side of the Cascade mountains westward to -the Pacific ocean, the country is mostly coverd with timber. -Many of the forests are so thickly set with under-brush, that -they are with difficulty penetrated. Here, the fir is the most -prevalent. Hemlock, cedar, soft or white maple as it is sometimes -calld, oak and many other kinds of timber, are found in this -division.</p> -<p>Timber of the same name with that of other countries, has a -growth dissimilar. I have seen Laurel from one to two feet in -diameter, and probably more than thirty feet high. Oak is generally -inferior and scrubby. Hazel is sometimes from five to -six inches in diameter, though it is commonly from one to two -inches in diameter, being the only article of which hoops for barrels -are made. Its hight is sometimes from twenty to twenty-five -feet. Elder is often six inches in diameter, and from twenty -to thirty feet high.</p> -<p>The largest tree I have seen in Oregon is a hemlock, standing -near the shore of Young’s bay, a little below the confluence -of Young’s with the Lewis and Clark’s river, about two miles -above their entrance into the Columbia, and about one mile -and a half a little west of south from Astoria. This tree is -about two hundred feet in hight, and measures, six feet from -the ground, thirty-four and a half feet in circumference. The -tallest tree that I have been enabld to measure, is in Oregon -city. Its hight is about two hundred and seventy feet. I am, -however, of opinion that taller timber may be seen at the foot -of Laurel hill, in the Cascade mountains.</p> -<p>The trees of this country in many places are coverd with -moss. I have noticd that the timber of evergreen countries is -more commonly burdend with moss than those where defoliation -<span class="pb" id="Page_59">59</span> -is general. Hence, I am of opinion that Oregon will not be -a very good country for fruit. I have observd that apple trees -soon cover with moss, and appear of an inferior growth.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>Among the native animals of this country, some of them are -ferocious. The bear, tiger, panther and wolf, are of this class. -The deer, the beaver and elk, are also natives of this country. -The ferocious are sometimes known to attack the traveler, though -it is not common. Those of the milder and gregarious classes -obtain their support mostly from the bunch grass of the prairies.</p> -<p>It may here be remarkd, that no grass of this country, except -along some of the river bottoms, grows in any other way than -in the form of bunches, with intermediate spaces of several -inches, and often of several feet.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c13"><span class="small">CHAPTER IX.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Magnetic Poles of the Earth—Variation of the Magnetic Needle—Phenomena of the Northern Lights.</p> -<p>Captain Ross, an English navigator, left England about -twenty years ago, in pursuit of the north magnetical pole. He -followd the magnetical needle, directing its course westwardly -till he arrivd at Baffin’s bay in America, where he left his ship -and traveld about two hundred miles still farther west, at which -place he determind to be the north magnetic pole. This point -being several hundred miles south of the north geographical -pole, determines its opposite or south magnetical pole to be an -equal distance north of the south geographical pole, though on -the opposite side of the earth.</p> -<p>From the north magnetic pole southward, the line of coincidence, -or line of no variation as it is sometimes calld, passes -through Hudson’s bay, the state of Michigan, Ohio, and the -several states lying south of these. This line forms a perfect -<span class="pb" id="Page_60">60</span> -circle around the earth, and the magnetic needle at any place on -the earth within this circle will point directly through the magnetical -poles coincident with the extreme points of the earth’s -geographical axis. The magnetic needle along this line is -sometimes subject to slight vascillations, in consequence of the -fluctuations of electricity occasiond by the heat of the sun, or -geological differences of the earth’s surface.</p> -<p>The variation of the magnetic needle in Oregon, among other -things, has attracted my attention. Surveyors of this country -tell me that the magnetical needle varies to the right of the geographical -pole about 19 deg. and 20 min. Some, however, -have observd in different places a variation of more than 20 degrees. -This difference may be accounted for, by the great -amount of iron disseminated through the country.</p> -<p>I have taken the trouble to draw a diagram of a section of -the earth, to ascertain what the variation of the magnetic needle -would be geometrically, at Oregon city. This corresponds, to -a considerable degree of nearness, with experiments made with -the compass. Concerning the depth to which the magnetic -pole is seated in the earth, I have no means of ascertaining. -This could best be done with a dipping needle along the line of -no variation, at a suitable distance from the equator, so that the -north end of the needle may have a perfect freedom of dip. -Let the distance be ascertaind from the observer to the north -magnetic pole, as manifested at the surface, which differs not -much from two hundred miles, west of Baffin’s bay. This distance -may form the base line of a right-angled triangle. Let -the surface angle at the magnetic pole be the right angle, and -the dipping needle will show the angle at the place of the observer -between the line on the surface of the earth and the line -made by the dip. The observer then has a right-angled triangle, -with sufficient data to ascertain at what depth the magnetic -pole lies below the surface of the earth.</p> -<p>It would be gratifying to me, if some philosopher along the -line of coincidence would take the trouble to ascertain the depth -of the magnetic pole, and publish his experiments. Possibly, -some day, a knowledge of that fact may add to the light of -science.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_61">61</div> -<p>The reasons why the magnetic needle at some places on the -earth has a stationary variation from the geographical pole, and -at others an annual movable variation, seems by some to be not -easily accounted for, but I am of opinion that the same reasons -may be assigned for the stationary position of the needle that -are assigned for the stationary appearance of a planet in its orbit -around the sun.</p> -<p>The motion of the magnetic pole around the earth, to an observer -at any one point on the earth, as at London at present, -presents during its whole circuit two stationary points or extremes -to the left in its forward, and to the right in its retrograde -movement. The extreme slowness of the magnetic pole round -the earth, causes the stationary variation of the needle to remain -nearly the same for a great many years. Hence so long as the -magnetic pole continues to revolve around the earth, every other -place on the earth will give in its turn a stationary and an annual -variation.</p> -<p>Soon after my arrival at Oregon city, in the fall of the year, -I observd that the central portion of that body of light calld Aurora -Borealis, was as much to the right of the north geographical -pole as the variation of the magnetic needle. I was then led -to conclude that it was a constant attendant upon the north magnetical -pole, moving westward gradually as the magnetic pole -advances in that direction.</p> -<p>Very evidently the Northern Lights are occasiond by emissions -of electrical light flowing from the great amount of electricity -concentrated at the north magnetical pole.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c14"><span class="small">CHAPTER X.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Curiosities of Oregon.</p> -<p>It is difficult to tell, in making out a history of a country, -what would be a curiosity and what would not, to readers that -<span class="pb" id="Page_62">62</span> -are familiar with descriptions of country scenery. I have selected -a few that are considered by some as curiosities, as follows.</p> -<div class="verse"> -<p class="t0">Mount Hood and its glacial sisters.</p> -<p class="t0">Bear Lake of Bear River.</p> -<p class="t0">Soda Springs.</p> -<p class="t0">Hot Springs.</p> -<p class="t0">Cascade Falls.</p> -</div> -<p>Mount Hood is one of the glacial peaks of the Cascade range -of mountains. It is situated about 50 miles a little south of -east from Oregon city, from whose vicinity it can be seen, and -about 30 miles south of the Columbia river. Its height above -tide water is about 11,721 feet. Rain seldom falls upon this -mountain. Whenever it is enveloped by clouds, their contents -are generally deposited in the form of snow. And in the summer -season, the spectator from a neighboring mountain may -frequently see it glistening with a brilliant white covering of -snow, when only a few minutes before it had presented a mottled -appearance of naked precipitous rocks, glacial prominences, -huge caverns and deep ravines, so rapid is the passage of the -clouds across the summit of this mountain. Alternately, during -the summer season, the top of this mountain is coverd with clouds -and then illuminated with a brilliant sun through a transparent -sky. During the short season of repose from storms, the sun -pours down its intense rays upon those snows and prominent -glaciers, reducing them to water, which on its passage downward, -especially in the hottest of the summer season, frequently -deluges the whole base of the mountain, overturning and submerging -to a considerable depth beneath rocks and sand bars, -many of the most lofty and gigantic trees growing at the base -and along the valley below.</p> -<p>On ascending this mountain, as the traveler arrives at the -line of perpetual frost, he sees no verdure of any kind. Animals -can only live to skirt across some of its lowest glaciers to -other mountains more friendly to contribute to their support. -Still advancing upward, the glaciers become more steep, till -they with the walls of precipitous rocks, bid entire defiance to -an ascension to the top of this interesting mountain.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_63">63</div> -<p>In some of the lowest glaciers of Mount Hood are glacial -caverns, several hundred feet deep, coverd from sight with sometimes -only a thin covering of ice, with scarcely sufficient strength -to sustain the weight of a man.</p> -<p>Mount Hood is a sample of the immense disintegrating power -of glacio-aqueous agency. It cannot be expected that otherwise -than great disintegrating power should exist where there -are constant alternations of frost and water upon rock, as is the -case upon Mount Hood. From this mountain flow several important -streams of water, all of which, I believe, are constantly -filled with a thick sediment of disintegrated rock.</p> -<p>Mount Hood on the east furnishes a considerable arm of Deshutes -river. On the west, a large stream calld Sandy creek, -and a part of Clackamas. Sandy, after a few miles of westerly -course, runs north and falls into the Columbia river, a little below -the Cascade falls. Another important stream calld Dog -river, flows to the north and empties into the Columbia river -above the Cascade falls. In fine, Mount Hood sits as queen -of mountains within its vicinity, and being located centrally -within that vast range of mountains, and elevated so much -above all others as it is, must necessarily distribute its waters -on all sides, breaking their way and bursting their barriers -through other mountains of inferior size, till they are finally discharged -into the ocean.</p> -<p>Mount Jefferson, another glacial peak, is situated centrally in -the Cascade range of mountains, about 50 miles nearly south -of Mount Hood, and about 40 miles east of the Willamet river. -This glacier, as well as Mount Hood, contributes to the waters -of Deshutes on the east, and the Willamet on the west. Its -character is similar in most respects to Mount Hood, though -somewhat inferior in size.</p> -<p>Mount St. Helen, on the north side of the Columbia river and -about forty miles from it, is another high towring glacier of the -Cascade range. This mountain, as seen from Oregon city, -pierces the welkin high above the horizon around. Citizens of -this country say that there are occasional emissions of smoke -from its summit, though no lava of late has been seen flowing -down its declivities. No successful attempt has been made to -<span class="pb" id="Page_64">64</span> -climb this mountain, to ascertain the size and appearance of its -crater. It is the only one in this region that appears at present -to show signs of volcanic activity.</p> -<p>Mount Rainier and Mt. Baker, still farther north along the -Cascade range, are similar in character, less in size, and not -very well known.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>Bear lake and the Mineral springs are next to receive attention -as curiosities.</p> -<p>Twelve or thirteen miles west of Thomas’ fork of Bear river, -is an extensive bottom of Bear river, where is a lake of unknown -depth, and about three miles in width. Across this lake -is a bar of earth, extending entirely from one bank to its opposite, -rising about three feet above the waters of the lake, and -wide enough for wagons to pass. This lake is a short distance -above the confluence of its waters with Bear river. Its waters -come from the mountains south of the lake, and are dischargd -by percolation through this bar into the lake below it. From -what I have seen of beaver dams in West Oregon, I am inclind -to think this bar was made by those animals.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>The Soda springs at Bear river, sixty-five miles east of Fort -Hall, are considerd by some persons a curiosity. The bottoms -of Bear river, at the springs and for several miles in extent along -the emigrant route, appear to be cavernous. In the vicinity of -the springs where most of them are located, emissions of gasses -are observd from the surface of the land, and oftentimes with a -considerable explosion. The springs likewise are constantly -emitting gasses from them, as noticd by the bubbling of the -water. The river at this place appears like a boiling pot.</p> -<p>The water of these springs is quite sedimentary. Numerous -cones of silent springs are seen all around, occasiond by constant -accumulations from the sediment of the waters. Some of -the springs form craters or basin-shapd tops of several feet in -diameter. These springs, after having been active a great number -of years, choke up their orifices, and become silent. One -which I saw on the bank of the river, calld by some the Steamboat -spring, had nearly ceasd to flow. Its dying groans reminded -<span class="pb" id="Page_65">65</span> -me of a dying butcherd animal. Many of the springs are -intermittent of a few seconds alternately. So soon as the gasses -are sufficiently accumulated beneath, they are dischargd, often -throwing the water to several feet.</p> -<p>Some of these springs are too alkaline to be pleasant to the -taste, or even healthy. Others again, have a sufficient amount -of acid in combination to render them tolerably pleasant. I believe, -however, that none of them are as pleasant as the artificial -soda of our shops.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>About fifty miles east of Fort Boyce, along the south side of -Snake river and near to it, are hot springs issuing from the -plains. At their sources, they are scalding hot. Not far distant -from these, on the north side of Snake river, are other similar -springs. Fifteen or sixteen miles west of Fort Boyce, at -the crossing of Malheur on the emigrant road, are other springs, -some of which are so hot that a man cannot bear his hand in -them two seconds. All of the hot springs are sulphurous.</p> -<p>From the volcanic character of a great portion of the country -lying west of the dividing ridge of the American continent, it -may probably be inferd that the water of these springs is heated -by internal fires, not very deep-seated.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>The Cascade falls are noticd by some travelers as worthy of -attention. Some remarks relative to them may not be altogether -uninteresting, as well also to correct some errors of former -writers.</p> -<p>Mr. Eby, a late visitor of the falls, informd me that the country -above the cascade is so nearly on a level with the country -below, that were the rocks that choke up the river at the cascade -removd, the water of the river would flow as smoothly and -with as little apparent fall, as it does for miles above or below -that place.</p> -<p>Immediately above the falls is an apparent subsidence of many -acres of timberd land, so that the trees are standing in very -deep water. But few of them at present remain. Visitors of -the present day are of the opinion that the apparent subsidence -is not one in reality, and that the place now submerged was -<span class="pb" id="Page_66">66</span> -once a bottom land, coverd with a dense growth of fir, and as -the rocks precipitated from their stupendous columns into the -river at that place, the waters were gradually damd up, so as to -overflow the bottom of the river above.</p> -<p>The timber there submergd has become of a siliceous petrefaction, -showing the grains of the timber as perfectly as if no -such petrefaction had taken place.</p> -<p>After closing my remarks relative to the natural scenery of -Oregon, I am led to suggest some ideas concerning the poor, -degraded, primitive man of the country.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_67">67</div> -<h2 id="c15"><span class="small"><span class="larger">INDIANS OF OREGON.</span></span></h2> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/melon.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="425" height="70" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c16"><span class="small">CHAPTER XI.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Their Customs, Habits and Character.</p> -<p>The Indians of Oregon, notwithstanding the exertions that -have been made to improve their condition, are still a degraded -race of semi-human beings, rapidly approaching to total extinction. -Such is the proneness of the human race to indolence -and vice, that it requires the whole of a short life to make any -considerable advances towards an improvement in his natural -or mental condition, even amongst the most favord portions of -the human family.</p> -<p>The Indian does not appear to have the most distant conceptions -of any moral obligation towards another. He is prompted -by tradition more than by a sense of duty, and the more he -becomes enlightend, the more he becomes alive to vice.</p> -<p>The fox, taken from its lair in an infantile state, is only reard -and shown to the lodgings of the domestic fowl of the barnyard, -ere he escapes from the hands of his benefactor, with his -prey, to his distant and secret abode, amongst the thicket of the -forest. So the Indian. Point him to the comforts and enjoyments -of a domestic life, and he looks upon them with indifference -and disdain. Teach him that from the plow is derivd his -food, and that in due time he may reap if he faint not, and yet -if he is hungry he will resort to the potato patch of his neighbor -and dig them all up so soon as they are planted, leaving his future -well-being to the fates.</p> -<p>There is but little confidence reposd in each other respecting -<span class="pb" id="Page_68">68</span> -the safe-keeping of property, and it is impossible to make an Indian -believe that it is morally wrong to steal. The only thing -that prevents them from stealing, is the probability of being detected -and punishd for it, and that Indian is smartest, who is -keenest at the business.</p> -<p>At present, the few remaining Indians of Oregon are in a -worse condition than before the whites settled amongst them. -Formerly, they depended entirely on furs to keep them warm -during the inclement season of the year, but now they are partly -clad in skins and partly in garments nearly worn out, sold them -by the whites for a trifling amount of labor, or such other pay -as is agreed upon. With these, they are often amusingly and -fantastically dressd. A man is sometimes seen wearing a bonnet, -wrong side before. Sometimes a woman is seen wearing -a man’s shirt, and others, again, are seen wearing a dress, reversed. -Sometimes, in the summer season, it would puzzle a Philadelphia -lawyer to tell what kind of a dress they do wear, or -whether——</p> -<p>At present, there are probably not more than twenty-five Indians, -who consider the Willamet valley their home, though -others, from the upper country of the Columbia, resort to Oregon -city to winter, because they can obtain support during that -season more readily, where abundant supplies can be had at all -times.</p> -<p>The mode of doctoring, when any prevalent disease is among -them, has a tendency rapidly to depreciate their numbers. It -is done by heating the system as hot as they can bear, in ovens -made for that purpose, along the banks of streams, where the -patient is shut in for several minutes, with heated pebbles, until -he obtains a thorough sweat. He then rushes to the stream and -plunges into the water, which cools the system so suddenly, that -hundreds live to try the experiment but a few times.</p> -<p>Another depopulating mode of conduct is practicd amongst -some of the tribes, which is that of flattening the head. The -opinion that the Great Spirit can better distinguish between the -aristocrat and his slave, in another world, has led to the practice -of flattening the heads of the aristocracy, and leaving the heads -of their slaves natural. This practice is common only amongst -<span class="pb" id="Page_69">69</span> -some of the tribes of the Western valley. Those Indians of -the upper country, nominally Flat Heads, are so only in derision.</p> -<p>The mode of flattening the head, is to take the infant, at -the first dawn of its existence, and lash firmly to its back a -board, somewhat longer than the child and of suitable width, -probably eight or ten inches, for it to lie upon when placd in a -prostrate position. Its arms are brought downward to this board, -and lashd so firmly that the infant cannot stir them. The board -at its back reaches two or three inches above the head, so that -the board which serves for flattening the head, being fastend to -the top of this, is brought over the head forward to the edge of -the brow. To the edges of this are fastend small cords, that are -brought back and fastend to the board behind. These cords -are drawn so tight that the board on the head forms an a acute -angle at the top, with the board on its back. In this position, -the miserable infant is kept more than three months, languishing -for want of action. Sometimes, the blood gushes out from the -nostrils and ears, from the severe pressure of the board.</p> -<p>But few survive the operation. When the operation is fully -accomplishd, the head is flattend from the brow to the top of -the head, though sometimes, in after life, it becomes a little -raisd at the fontanelle and cross sutures.</p> -<p>An Indian can be taught to pray, and, in fact, they do often -pray to their Tyee, or Big Spirit, as they call him, that he will -give them a supply of venison and other present supplies—but -what may be considerd a change of heart, is entirely foreign to -an Indian.</p> -<p>A few years ago, at the station of Mr. Lee, upon the Willamet -river, there was revival of religion, amongst whom were a considerable -number of Indians. The whites succeeded in getting -them to pray for awhile, but after they had prayd long enough, -as they supposd, for a good lot of blankets, they began to call -for them. The whites told them that they must not pray in that -way. They replied, that they would not pray for them any -more, if they would not pay them for what they had done.</p> -<p>The Indians at Dr. Whitman’s station, on the Walla Walla -river, have manifested, in their conduct towards him, what may -<span class="pb" id="Page_70">70</span> -truly be considerd traits of Indian character. Like a venomous -serpent, that bites the hand that feeds it, so the Indians of that -country, after incessant toil of ten or twelve years, to teach them -husbandry and the various comforts of domestic life, stretchd -forth their cruel hands, upon the 29th of November, 1847, and -murdered himself and family.</p> -<p>I have long been of the opinion, that it is useless to send missionaries -to barbarous races of men, for the sake of Christianizing -them, or even civilizing them. The only benefit arising -from an operation of that kind, is to furnish a foothold for the -enterprising white man, who may follow the steps of the missionary, -to seek a new home, where he may display his wisdom, -in beautifying and improving the face of nature. Whom -God has cursd, he is cursd, and whom God has blessd, truly is -blessd.</p> -<p>Soon after the massacre of Dr. Whitman, the authorities of -Oregon advisd all the missionaries of the upper country to leave -their fields of operation, which they did, with the exception of -Roman Catholics, who have some localities there.</p> -<p>It is difficult to determine what brought events to such a crisis -as that of the death of Dr. Whitman. It is supposd by some, -that the Roman Catholics sought an advantage to break up the -Protestants at that place, by making the Indians believe that the -whites were endeavoring to exterminate them, by introducing -disease among them.</p> -<p>On their way to the Western valley of Oregon, some of the -emigrants, who were afflicted with the measles, passd through -Dr. Whitman’s place, and imparted them to the Indians, from -which cause, many of them died.</p> -<p>The Indians are great believers in sorcery. They are of the -opinion, that the man who has power to cure, has also power to -kill, by means of witchcraft. From this belief, has arisen the -custom amongst the Indians, of killing their doctors, when any -of their patients do not recover.</p> -<p>Before closing the subject of the Oregon Indians, I have seen -fit to insert Mr. Spalding’s account of Dr. Whitman’s death, as -given him by his own daughter, who was present during the -distressing event, which is given by him as follows.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_71">71</div> -<h2 id="c17"><span class="small"><span class="larger">WAIILATPU MASSACRE.</span></span></h2> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c18"><span class="small">CHAPTER XII.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Account of the murder of Dr. Whitman, as given by Rev. H. H. Spalding.</p> -<p>In this communication I will commence the history of the -bloody tragedy of the 29th of November at Waiilatpu. In all -such massacres there is usually one or more escapes to tell the -dreadful tale. It would seem God rescued me from the murderer’s -hand, to perform this painful office. May kind Heaven -grant that it may never again be my painful duty to record a like -tragedy. May the friends of missions never again be calld upon -to supply the places of their missionaries, cut down by the -hands of those to whom they may be sent with the blessings of -the gospel of peace. Especially may the dreadful act not again -be done by the hands of those who have been baptized in the -name of the sacred Trinity, and introducd into the Christian -church. Considering all the circumstances which attended the -massacre at Waiilatpu, I think it stands first on the catalogue of -Indian crimes. The massacres committed in the first settlements -of America, were the acts of uncivilized, unchristianizd -heathens. The much lamented Dr. Whitman and esteemd lady -and those who fell with them, were murderd by the Cayuse Indians, -who wishd to be regarded a christianizd people, strictly -honest, particularly friendly to the Americans, having adopted -the habits of civilizd life—with whom my departed brother and -sister had labord for more than eleven years, had been the -means under God of introducing among them numerous herds -of cattle, of planting fields of grain all through the country, -<span class="pb" id="Page_72">72</span> -had deliverd them from their former precarious source of subsistence -roots and fish, and in their place, furnishd them, or -causd them to possess in abundance, all the comforts of life, -various grains, vegetables, milk, butter, beef, plows, &c. They -had been indefatigable in their labors, to instruct them in the -principles of the Christian religion and to introduce schools.</p> -<p>The Cayuse had become a praying people. In almost every -lodge the family altar was erected. No doubt on the morning -of the bloody 29th, the murderers were scrupulous to observe -their morning devotions, again at evening, while the dead bodies -of the slain lay about unburied, the food of the fowls of heaven -and the beasts of the earth.</p> -<p>One of the actors of this horrible scene was a member of our -church, and while he held one of the captives as his wife, the -sport of his brutal passions, he was careful to have morning and -evening prayer and to read a portion of scripture from his book, -which we printed while he was in our school at Clear Water.</p> -<p>Their sick and dead had ever been the peculiar care and receivd -the devoted attention of their missionaries. Yes my beloved -associates, whose hands had so often furnishd winding -sheets and coffins for their dead, were denied coffins and even -a resting-place under the earth by this same professed Christian -people. Such are the people who have committed the horrible -murders of which it has become my painful duty to write.—Such -the end of the once promising mission among the Cayuse -Indians.</p> -<p>On the 18th of November Mr. Jackson, my daughter Eliza, -ten years of age, and myself, left my place for Waiilatpu. My -object was to spend a few weeks with Dr. Whitman, visiting -his people, preaching, assisting him in his labors with the sick -and dying. We were anxious to be present at some of the -meetings which the Catholic priests were holding with the Indians -to obtain locations near Waiilatpu, and to persuade the -priests if possible, to allow the Indians to say whether Catholic -or Protestant missionaries should remain among them. Should -the Indians prefer the Catholic missionaries, we would then and -ever been ready to leave the country and allow them to occupy -the field unmolested. But should the Indians prefer that the -<span class="pb" id="Page_73">73</span> -Protestant missionaries should continue, we have ever felt the -Catholics ought to leave us undisturbed. We have ever felt -that unprotected by law, we could not be safe should the Catholics -come into our field.</p> -<p>The feelings of the Indians were, that both missionaries could -not occupy the same field. The Rev. Mr. Josette of the upper -Catholic mission requested of the Nez Perces, two years ago, -a location near my station. The principal chief Ellis said, “It -will do for the French and English to have two religions, as -they have laws, but for Indians who have no laws, it will not -do. We have one religion with which we are satisfied. If the -Catholics come in, there will be fighting immediately.”</p> -<p>We have held ourselves ready to leave the country whenever -the Indians as a body wishd it. Dr. Whitman twice during -the last year calld the Cayuse together and told them if a majority -wishd he would leave the country at once. The Cayuse -chiefs unanimously said he must not leave, and among them -were the principal persons who have staind their hands in his -blood. Dr. W. held himself ready to sell the Waiilatpu station -to the Catholic mission whenever a majority of the Cayuse -might wish it, provided that mission might wish to purchase it -and the other stations, and the mission might agree. I am not -aware that the Catholic mission ever applied to Dr. Whitman -to purchase the Waiilatpu station. However that may be, he -would have proved recreant to the trust committed to him by the -American Board, had he sold the station or left it unless desird -by a majority of the people.</p> -<p>A few days before I arrivd at Waiilatpu, the bishop and his -priests had held a meeting with the Cayuse at Walla-walla and -laid before them again their wish to obtain a location near the -doctor’s station. Capt. Murray informs me that he was present -at that meeting, and that Tamtsaky and Telapkaikt, said to the -bishop, “That they would give him a station already furnishd -with buildings, mills, fences, &c., that it was the one occupied -by Dr. Whitman, that the doctor was a bad man and they were -going to get rid of him.” The bishop objected to taking the -doctor’s place. They then told him to come up and they would -show him a place. Accordingly, the bishop or one of his -<span class="pb" id="Page_74">74</span> -priests did so, and a place was selected about four miles from -the doctor’s station.</p> -<p>On learning this, a Cayuse chief said to Telaukaikt, “Have -you allowd the Catholic priest to select a location?” the answer -was “Yes.” The chief replied, with this strong language of -rebuke, “Why did you not put the priest in the doctor’s house -at once?” that is, as understood by the Indians, “why did you -not kill the doctor at once and give his property to the priests?” -This last statement I receivd from my fallen brother the week -before his death, who said, in view of this and other alarming -movements of the Catholics, “Now if the Indians do not allow -us to leave, my days are few, but if I am to fall by Catholic influence, -I believe my death will do as much good for Oregon -as my life can.”</p> -<p>I arrivd at the station Nov. 22d. The doctor’s large family -had been sick with the measles, and three of the children were -still dangerously ill. Mr. Osborn and his whole family were -sick with the same disease. Many of the other white families -at the station were just taking the measles. The Indians were -sorely afflicted, dying every day, one, two, and sometimes five -in a day, with the dysentery which very generally followd the -measles. On the 24th Mr. Osborn’s second child died. Mrs. -Osborn and her youngest child continued very low.</p> -<p>As we are approaching the eve of the awful tragedy, I will -here notice the white persons living at the station at the time -of the massacre. The doctor’s family consisted of himself and -lady, Mr. Rogers, formerly our school teacher, now studying -with a view to join our mission, Mr. and Miss Rewley, the former -very sick at the time, seven orphan children of one family -by the name of Sager, (father and mother died crossing the -mountains in 1844,) the two daughters of Mr. Bridger and Mr. -Meek, a half-breed Spanish boy, whom the doctor had brought -up from infancy, and bound to the doctor by his father, and the -two sons of Mr. Manson of the H. B. Co.</p> -<p>The following are the names of the families, their number -and occupation, viz. Mr. Osborn millwright, Mrs. Osborn and -three children, Mr. Camfield blacksmith, Mrs. Camfield and -five children, Mr. Hall employd building store-houses for the -<span class="pb" id="Page_75">75</span> -Indians, Mrs. Hall and five children, Mr. Saunders school-teacher, -Mrs. Saunders and five children, Mr. Marsh miller, one -child, Mrs. Hayse and two children. At the saw-mill, twenty -miles distant, Mr. Young mechanic, Mrs. Young, three sons -young men, Mr. Smith cutting saw-logs, Mrs. Smith and five -children, Mr. Hoffman employd in getting wheat for the Indians, -Mr. Sails sick, Mr. Gillian tailor.</p> -<p>Most of these, contrary to the wish of the doctor, had stopd -at the station to winter on account of weak teams or sickness. -The doctor had been at considerable expense in exploring a new -route from the Utilla to the Dalls, which avoided the sands and -heavy hills of the Columbia river, led through good grass, and a -nearer route. He was very solicitous to persuade as many of -the emigration as possible to pass on to the Dalls, fearful that -sickness and weak teams would compel more to stop at the station -than he could procure provisions for. I had already packd -over from my station, seventeen horse-loads of grain, expected -to pack more, from time to time through the winter.</p> -<p>Very many who were persuaded to pass on to the lower -country, felt rather hard at the doctor at the time, for not allowing -them to stop. I thought myself he was over anxious. He -is not to be blamd for the number of Americans that were wintering -at his station, if any blame is to be attachd to this circumstance, -but there is none, plainly because a number of Americans’ -wintering at Waiilatpu had nothing to do in bringing -about the massacre. To insinuate otherwise, is a base slander -upon the American character. That such insinuations, however, -have gone forth, I am aware, but it is for no other purpose -than to divert public attention from the true causes, and fasten -it upon what was not the cause. If Americans were the cause, -why were all the Americans killd? while the Catholics, down -to the smallest child, were spard, caresd and permitted to dwell -among the murderers to this day unharmed, and even now are -commencing new stations among the Indians, while the last -families of our American missionaries are being removd from -the country by an escort from the army? The insinuation is as -base and cruel as it is absurd.</p> -<p>There were also at the station three others who claimed to be -<span class="pb" id="Page_76">76</span> -Roman Catholics, names, Nicholas Finley, Joseph Stanfield, -Jo Lewis. The two latter were in the employ of Dr. Whitman. -Joseph Stanfield, a Canadian, had crossed the mountains -in ’46, had been in the employ of the doctor from that time. -At his trial before Judge Wheeler two of the widows testified -that Stanfield told them that he knew in the morning that the -massacre was to take place that day. On being taken by the -sheriff, he attempted to secrete a watch which belongd to one -of the widows, also considerable money belonging to one of the -murdered young men. Jo Lewis came into the country with -the last emigration, at least from Fort Hall. Much uncertainty -hangs about this individual. To the mission he claimd to be -an Indian, born in Canada, of the Catholic faith, brought up in -the state of Maine, had spent some time in California. Among -the Indians he passd himself as a Chenook of the Catholic -faith,—said that formerly the Americans (Protestants as understood -in most instances of late by the word <i>Suyapu</i>) by ships -brought poison to the lower country with a view to destroy all -the Indians. Vast multitudes were destroyd, as their old men -very well recollect—referring doubtless to the small-pox and -measels which raged throughout the territory some 35 or 40 -years ago. He, being a small child, was reserved by the Americans -taken to the States, where he had grown up, ever mindful -of his native country, and anxious to return to his own people. -He told the Indians that he took particular notice of the letters -of the Dr. and myself, from this country, told them that some -of these letters spoke of this vast country every way desirable -for settlements, its healthy climate, its rich soil, the bands of -horses. Some of the letters calld for poisons by which we -could sweep off the Indians, and make way for the Americans. -In accordance with this request, he said, several bottles of poison -had been brought over by the last emigration, which had -caused many deaths among the immigrants, and was the cause -of the sore sickness and frequent deaths among the Indians, -and would soon kill them all if the Dr. and his lady and myself -were not removd. This I receivd from Stikas in his lodge -24 hours after the butchery had taken place.</p> -<p>It seems that immediately on my arriving, Lewis set himself -<span class="pb" id="Page_77">77</span> -to excite the Indians to do the dreadful deed. He told them -that he overheard the Dr. and myself consulting at night as to -the most effectual way to kill off the Indians.</p> -<p>Such statements following like statements which have been -sounding in our ears, and in the ears of Indians for years, and -made with so much apparent solicitude for them, and at this -time of great excitement among the Indians, on account of the -measles, had doubtless much to do in bringing about the bloody -tragedy. He took an active part in the murders—was seen by -Mr. Camfield, from his place of retreat, to go up to the window -in company with Tamtsaky, and beat them in, and soon after, -to bring out goods.</p> -<p>Several times before Mrs. Whitman receivd her first wound, -and after the doctor was senseless, Jo showd himself at the window -with a gun in his hand. When Mrs. Whitman would -speak to him, he would immediately go away. He brought -the children down from the school room, and collected them -in the kitchen, to be shot. When the chief gave orders not to -shoot the children, and just as Mrs. Whitman was brought out -upon the settee, where she receivd her mortal wounds, an Indian -seizd Francis by the head, dragd him out from among the -children, to the door of the Indian room, where Jo with his -own hand, shot him.</p> -<p>The object of Lewis was doubtless plunder. Finley has a -Cayuse, or Walla-walla wife, was campd near the doctor’s. In -his lodge, the murderers held their councils during the massacre, -he being at the head. He partook of the plunder, and is -said by the Nez Perces, to have considerable money. The part -he took in the battles at the Utilla and the Tukanan, is better -known to others than myself. He is now said to be in the Flat -head country.</p> -<p>On the 23d, three Indians died, including a child. The Dr. -as usual had coffins made for them, and winding sheets prepard -and assistd in burying the dead. His visits to the sick and dying, -were as frequent as the severe sickness in his and the other -white families would allow. It was most distressing to go -into a lodge of some ten fires, and count 20 or 25, some in the -midst of measles, others in the last stages of dysentery, in the -<span class="pb" id="Page_78">78</span> -midst of every kind of filth, of itself sufficient to cause sickness, -with no suitable means to alleviate their almost inconceivable -sufferings, with perhaps one well person to look after the wants -of two sick ones. Every where the sick and dying were pointed -to Jesus, and the well were urgd to prepare for death.</p> -<p>24th. To day, a child of Mr. Osborn’s died. We hopd that -this affliction of Providence would show the Indians that the -whites, in common with themselves, were exposd to the ravages -of disease. But from the grave, Tintinmisi, a chief, followd -us to the house, and repeatd to us, the old declaration,—“The -Samh-Sismusismu, (black gowns,) every where tell us -that you are causing us to die. I do not believe it myself, but -some of the people do.”</p> -<p>We told him that it was owing to cleanliness, and better -nursing, that a less number of whites than Indians died—told -them, (many were now collected,) if they listend to the false reports -and drove us from the country, they would be a ruind -people. But if they preferd the Catholic to the Protestant missions, -let us know it, and we will leave the country immediately. -They said we must not leave them.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c19"><span class="small">CHAPTER XIII.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Same subject continud.</p> -<p>25th. To-day, Mr. Jackson, Mr. Rogers and myself left for -Walla-walla. Encampd with the Walla-walla chief, Piyu-piyu -Maks-maks, (Yellow Swan, often calld Yellow Bird, or -Yellow Serpent.) We had a pleasant interview. He said the -Catholics had often urgd him to leave the Protestants, and join -them, but he should never join them, as it was too much like -their old religion, worshipping men, women, clothes, swords,—&c. -They had frequently requestd of him a place for a station, -but he had refused. They had told him in reply, he must go to -<span class="pb" id="Page_79">79</span> -hell, if he followd the Protestants. He replied that as you say -the Protestants are bad, and I am bad, sure it is better that the -bad go together. He said that they had frequently told him -that we were poisoning the Indians, that the Bishop told them -it was the Americans who brought the measles into the country, -that God had sent this disease upon them, to show his displeasure -at heretics.</p> -<p>This declaration, the chief thought the Bishops made in order -to prejudice the Indians against the heretics. Immediately -on its being made, the statement spread through the country like -electricity. It was in the mouth of every Indian, old and young—the -great chief of the Black gowns, (the Bishop,) tells us that -the Americans brought the measles into the country—that God -sends this disease among the heretics, to show the Indians how -he hates the Americans. The excitement was intense, and we -felt our situation to be most critical,—we felt that we were in -danger from this source.</p> -<p>But the difficulties in our minds were, are these tangible evidences -that we can present to the public and our Board, that -will convince them that we are in danger from this source? -Now that the bloody transaction has taken place, circumstances -and facts seem to point so plainly to this source as the source -whence originated the indirect causes of the massacre, that -many are ready to exclaim, “why did you not leave your fields -before?” And even our Catholic friends seem to be so thoroughly -convincd that our situation was a dangerous one, that -many of them are loudest in exclaiming, “you should have left -your fields before.” But so entirely hidden from the eye of the -Christian world, were those influences we feard, that had we left -3 days before the massacre, the Papists would have settld quietly -through the country, the Cayuse continued, as they have been -for years, friendly to the Americans—had we publishd to the -world as a reason of our leaving that we considerd our lives in -danger from the influences which the Papists were every where -exerting upon the minds of the Indians through their prejudices -and superstitions, who would have believd us? The world, -the church and the Board would have condemnd us as cowards -leaving our work before there was danger.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_80">80</div> -<p>Besides, the Board have ever enjoind upon us, as also the -Captain of our salvation, to contend earnestly for the pure principles -of christianity against the errors and subverting principles -of Romanism, and <span class="smaller">NOT TO FLEE</span> before them.</p> -<p>26th. Last night a niece of the chief died. He requested -me to pray and converse with the afflicted family. He farther -requested that after arriving at the fort, I would hold myself in -readiness to attend the funeral as soon as the corpse could be -taken to the fort some four miles distant, and preparations made -for burying. As we were about to leave, the chief took me by -the hand and said, his heart would ever be with the Americans. -I am happy to learn that to a good degree, (considering the influences -which have been about him,) he has kept his word.</p> -<p>Reachd the fort early. Found here the “Bishop of Walla-walla” -and five priests. Three or four others had crossd to the -north side of the Columbia river, and were commencing stations -on the Yankmaw river. Let it be distinctly notied that -this bishop was appointed “Bishop of Walla-walla,” and sent -into this field with his priests, while as yet there was not a Catholic -church or station, or priest (stationary) in the whole district, -but the field was entirely occupied by Protestant missionaries, -most of whom had been quietly laboring in their places for -eleven years.</p> -<p>Soon after we arrivd, a messenger came into the fort stating -that all things were ready for the funeral services. Mr. Rogers -accompanid me to the grave. A canoe had been cut into parts -for the coffin and its cover.</p> -<p>On returning to the fort I enterd into familiar conversation -with Rev. Mr. Brouette, one of the priests, who can speak very -good English, on the subject of the “Catholic Ladder,” which -has, for several years, been distributed among our Indians, and -I believe very generally through all the tribes of Oregon. This -“Ladder” and the instructions which usually followd it, generally -in the hands of half-breeds previously instructed, declard -the Roman Catholic church to be the only true church—that the -“Suyapu,” [Protestants, Americans,] Heretics, had left the true -church when Luther laid aside his black gown and cross and -went after a maid,—that we were all going down to hell,—that -<span class="pb" id="Page_81">81</span> -while we Protestants by our poisons were causing them to die, -by our instructions we were sending them to hell.</p> -<p>The excitement producd among the Indians by these measures -was most intense. It is impossible for any one who was -not a constant witness to conceive of the agitated state of the -Indians when this alarm was fastend upon their superstitious -minds, and consequently of our critical and dangerous situation. -My attention had been suddenly arrested by the outcries -and wailings of a whole camp, occasiond by the arrival of -some one with an additional explanation of the “Catholic Ladder,” -always accompanied with the declaration, the American -missions are causing us to die.</p> -<p>I told the priest that in self-defense and in order to counteract -these false ideas, I had prepard a chart on which was exhibited -the rise of the Papal church as predicted by Paul, 1st Timothy -iv. 1-3, 2d Thes. ii. 3. I told him we understood where each -other stood. He and his church regarded and pronouncd us -vile heretics and worthy to be persecuted and expeld from the -country, and reminded him of the means, the “Catholic Ladder,” -which would soon effect this object if not counteracted. -On the other hand, we Protestants regarded the Papal church as -the Man of Sin, and while I would as a neighbor afford them -every facility my limited means would allow, to aid them in the -beginning in the way of provisions, seeds, native books, &c., -as I presumd they would do the same by us in like circumstances, -as a minister of what I regarded the gospel of Christ, set -for its defense in this part of the world, and especially as having -been first and long in the field, we should exert ourselves to -the utmost to enlighten and instruct the people, to disabuse -them of the errors and highly inflammatory doctrines every -where spreading through the country by this “Catholic Ladder” -and its teachers, greatly to our prejudice and danger.</p> -<p>Not to do any thing like working behind their backs, the chart -was brought and spread out before the bishop and his priests, -and briefly explaind.</p> -<p>The equality of the apostles as declard by their great Head, -is exhibited on this chart. The rise of the Man of Sin as foretold -by Paul, and which history and observation compel us to -<span class="pb" id="Page_82">82</span> -believe to be the church of Rome by one markd sign, “forbidding -to marry,” and the abominable sin of idolatry in the worship -of many and the bowing to the cross—is represented in -the chart, sitting in the temple of God, proclaiming himself to -be God, by the act of expiating given sins for fixd sums of -money, as 10s 6d for killing a father, brother or wife, 18s for -going into a nunnery alone, &c., and the burning of Bibles -in New York in 1843, are represented. Other abominations -as substantiated by history and Catholic authors, are shown.</p> -<p>The exhibition of this chart calld forth a close but friendly -discussion. I askd one question—Is it true as claimd by one -of your authors that the priest has the power to reproduce the -person of the Lord Jesus Christ? Mr. Brouette replied distinctly, -that he and every priest had power given them to recreate -the person of Jesus Christ entire, flesh, bones, blood, head, -hands, feet, &c., just as he was while on earth, and farther, -they have the power to communicate the Holy Ghost, and to -give even the Father himself. My blood ran cold! I was -shockd at the horrible blasphemy of my friend, who otherwise -treated me like a gentleman.</p> -<p>I told him if I could be made to believe that I had the power -to reproduce the person of Christ our Lord, I should be horribly -shockd at the idea of taking the deadly weapon and of committing -murder, and of cutting up this body and feeding it to the -people, and so convert them into a herd of cannibals, which is -repeated many times every day in the Roman Catholic church -in the mass. He replied that it was the glorified body of the -Lord that they reproducd and sacrificd, and therefore it could -not be susceptible of suffering when cut up. I replied, your -mass then answers no purpose. The law of God requires as a -condition of salvation, “without shedding of blood,” i. e. without -suffering, “there is no remission of sins.” The glorified -body of Christ cannot shed blood or suffer. He then shifted -back again and said, we continue the sacrifice that was commencd -on the cross. I rejoind, you admit the awful fact. The -natural, real person of our blessed Saviour was naild to the -cross and murderd by the wicked Jews. You claim to continue -that murder. Therefore by your own positions you are -<span class="pb" id="Page_83">83</span> -murderers and cannibals,—therefore it follows unavoidably that -the system of Catholicism is downright cannibalism or base deception.</p> -<p>After tea, to which Mr. McRean kindly invited us, in company -with the bishop and his priests, our party left for Waiilatpu. -Encampd on the Tushee.</p> -<p>27th. Arrived at the station early. A message had arrivd -from Hezekich or Five Crows, and Tauwitwai on the Utilla, -soliciting Dr. Whitman to visit the sick in that camp. I should -have mentiond under date of 25th, that a Nez Perces in the -camp of the Walla-walla chief, came to our tent and askd if the -doctor was not killd, with as much indifference as if he had -been inquiring about a horse. I replied, no. He said he heard -the doctor was to be killd. This Nez Perce was a young man -from my place, in whose statements no one ever expects to -place any confidence. Had he been apprizd of the purpose of -the Cayuse to destroy all Americans, I think he would have apprizd -Mr. Jackson and myself, being our particular friend.</p> -<p>I stated this to the doctor, Mr. Kimble and others, at the station,—we -considerd it a re-iteration of what had been said for -a long time, “A ball can penetrate your body.” True it was a -time of great excitement among the people on account of the -measles and dysentery which they every where said the Catholic -priests told them were causd by us.</p> -<p>The doctor in one of his visits to the sick, had discovered Tamahas, -(calld the murderer for having killd several Indians, -who had just before lost his wife and who was the person, that, -afterwards with two blows upon the head, laid our lamented -brother bleeding, senseless but not lifeless, upon the floor,) in -rather a suspicious attitude. From that time, the doctor had -been cautious. But there were no inflammatory meetings -among the chiefs as there had often been. For instance, when -they returnd from California two years ago after the death of the -son of the Walla-walla chief, several meetings were held to -consider whether the doctor, myself or some other American -teacher, should be killd as a set-off for Elijah. They came to -the conclusion of a great majority at least, and I believe unanimous, -that no one should be killd, and pledgd themselves in -<span class="pb" id="Page_84">84</span> -a full meeting, at which all those principal persons who have -staind their hands in the blood of their teachers, as also the doctor -and myself, were present, that we should not be injurd, and -said we must not leave the country.</p> -<p>Again, when a party of Nez Perces returnd from the Catholic -station among the Pointed-hearts, for many days fiery meetings -were held through the camp, at which were re-iterated like a -lesson well learnd, what they declard one and all they had receivd -from the priests at the station, (in which were insinuations -and assertions that endangerd our lives,) we were the -authors of their sickness and death, the teachers of doctrines -which would ruin the Indians. But now there were none of -these meetings. On the other hand, all the Indians appeard -friendly, were constantly coming for medicines, gruels, and other -food, and warm in expressing their gratitude to the doctor -for his unwearied labors among them.</p> -<p>The Cayuse at this time were in a more promising attitude -than ever before. They were enlarging their farms, fencing -them better, employing the doctor to build granaries, break up -land, build fences, &c., who kept from time to time several -teams employd in this business. Their attention to religious -instruction was not abated. They were giving the doctor no -trouble as formerly, about the mills, the land, the timber, &c. -In fact, aside from the fearful movements of the Catholics crowding -in upon us, the doctor was more encouragd than at any time -before.</p> -<p>If any are disposd to attach blame to Dr. Whitman because -he did not arm himself and others on that day and prepare for -defense, let that blame rest upon the living,—let it rest upon the -writer, and not upon the eminently devoted, pious and highly -useful missionary whose name with that of his worthy companion -I love to cherish, but whose death I am compeld to record—whose -name I know every friend of the red man, as also every -true American, will love to hand down to the coming generation, -as the name of an eminently devoted missionary and -warm-hearted friend of his suffering countrymen, immigrating -to this country.</p> -<p>I know that one in high authority in the Catholic church, in -<span class="pb" id="Page_85">85</span> -a late publication, by a well meant and well studied silence, -would give a very different character to my departed brother, -as also more than intimate that the first Christian effort is yet -to be made to civilize and Christianize the Cayuse and Nez -Perce Indians. The design of the reverend gentleman in hanging -out his colors so soon, was doubtless, that his people might -know where he stood. I am greatly mistaken if there are not -others who will read a lesson upon those colors. But we must -expect such things from such hands,—hands which are uplifted -not against the Protestant religion only, but against our dearest, -noblest, immortal American temple, as can be shown from their -attempting to annihilate the civil institution of marriage.</p> -<p>But there is no blame to be attachd to any for neglecting to -arm ourselves. The doctor had not a load of ammunition in -his house,—the immigrants living at the station had ammunition, -and I think the doctor’s boys had a few loads. Suppose -the doctor had made an attempt to arm and defend himself,—the -attempt would have been known and rousd the Indians. -Besides, Jo Lewis was in the doctor’s family, and apparently -his best friend. He would have been among the first armd for -defense—and what a defense it would have been!</p> -<p>The doctor requested me to accompany him to the Utilla. -Leaving dear sister Whitman for the last time in this world, -greatly exhausted by her long and incessant watchings and labors -with the sick, with three of her children and one of Mr. -Osborn’s yet dangerously ill, to require her constant attention, -Mrs. Osborn not yet able to leave her bed, and leaving my -daughter—oh horrible!—to fall a captive into the hands of murderers, -the doctor and myself started about sun-down.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_86">86</div> -<h2 id="c20"><span class="small">CHAPTER XIV.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Same subject continud.</p> -<p>The Utilla is about 20 miles from Waiilatpu, prairie country, -as is the whole of the middle district of Oregon, with the -exception of one or two mountains, at intervals of one and two -hundred miles.</p> -<p>The night was dark, and the rain and wind beat furiously -upon us. But our interview was sweet. We little thought it -was to be our last. With feelings of deepest emotion, we calld -to mind, that eleven years before, we crossd this trail the day -before we reachd Walla-walla, the end of our seven months’ -journey from New York. We little thought the journey of -life was so soon to close. We calld to mind the high hopes -and thrilling interests which had been awakend during the year -that followd—of our successful labors, and the constant devotedness -of the Indians to improvement. True, we rememberd the -months of deep solicitude we had had, occasiond by the increasing, -menacing demands of the Indians for pay for their water, -their wood, their air, their lands. But much of this had passd -away, and the Cayuse, as to efforts for improvement, and menacing -the station, were in a far more encouraging condition -than ever before.</p> -<p>But the principal topic of conversation during that dark night -was the danger that threatend from another source. The little -cloud, as a man’s hand, which had been hanging for some years -in the distant horizon, now assumd a darker and more alarming -appearance. The Papal Bishop and his priests seemd determind -to crowd themselves upon us, and without consultation.</p> -<p>We felt that the present sickness among the Indians afforded -the Catholics a favorable opportunity to excite the Indians to -drive us from the country. And all the movements seemd to -indicate that this would soon be attempted if not executed. Besides, -we are informd by their own writers, that the oath of every -priest requires him to oppose, to persecute and to ruinate -every heretic, and every other power, but the Papal power, to -the utmost of his ability. But my worthy brother replied, “in -<span class="pb" id="Page_87">87</span> -God we put our trust,” and repeated “if I am to fall by Roman -Catholic influence, I believe my death will do as much good to -Oregon as my life can.”</p> -<p>We arrivd late at the lodge of Stickas, thoroughly wet. In -coming down the hill to the lodge, my horse fell and rolld partly -over me, which causd severe pains in the head, and one leg, -through the night and the next day. We spread down our -blankets by a good fire in the lodge, and lay till morning.</p> -<p>28—Sabbath. Stackas, after family worship, prepard for us -a good breakfast of potatoes, squash, fresh beef, and wheatbread -of his wife’s make. My departed brother observd how gratifying -to notice the advancement of this people—their present -abundant means for comfortable living, compard with their -wretchedness and starvation, when we arrivd among them ten -years ago.</p> -<p>I was particularly struck with the stillness and the order that -prevaild in the lodge, and through the village, during the Sabbath.</p> -<p>The Dr. was immediately sent for, and after breakfast, he went -over the river, to visit the sick, in the villages of Tawitwai, Pa-hat-ko-ko, -(Five crows, Yumhawalis, (Growling bear.) At the -hour appointed, the Indians were collected, and I explaind to -them the way of salvation.</p> -<p>About 4 o’clock, the Dr. returnd much fatigued, but said the -sickness in his family, made it his duty to return home—said -he had taken tea with the Bishop and two of his priests, who -had arrivd from Walla-walla, the night before, and were occupying -a house belonging to Tawitwai, (young chief,) built for -him some years ago, by Mr. Pambran—said he had invited the -Bishop and his priests to visit him, which they promisd to do -in a short time. The doctor was much pleasd with the idea—hoping -that we might come to some understanding and bring -it before the people, to say who should be their missionaries.—I -consented to remain, visit the sick and dying, and preach to -the people a few days, then take my daughter and return home. -Mr. Rogers expected to return home with us, to give his undivided -attention to the native language. My dear brother bade -me good evening, and left about sundown, although he -<span class="pb" id="Page_88">88</span> -greatly needed sleep and rest. My eyes saw him for the last -time, as he passd at good speed over the hill, in the distance—to -fall with his dear companion, at their post of duty.</p> -<p>What follows, I have receivd from the children, widows and -others, who escapd the bloody massacre. I have taken every -precaution, and made extensive inquiries, and believe the statement -can be relied on.</p> -<p>Our devoted friend reachd home at 12 at night, and after examining -the sick, took some rest. In the morning, he was at -his work, administering to the sick, in the families of the whites -and the Indians. That night or morning, an Indian died. The -doctor as usual, had a coffin and winding sheet prepard, and assisted -the friends in burying. He observd, on returning to the -house, that but two or three attended at the grave.</p> -<p>As the doctor returnd from the grave, great numbers of Indians -were observd gathering about the station, but an ox had -been killd, and was being dressd, and was supposd to be the -cause, as the Indians on such occasions, always collect in great -numbers, and often from a distance.</p> -<p>Joseph Stanfield had brought in the ox from the plains,—which -had been shot by Francis. Messrs. Kimble, Camfield, -and Hoffman, were dressing the beef between the two houses. -Mr. Saunders was in the school which he had just calld in for -the afternoon. Mr. Marsh was grinding at the mill. Mr. Gillan -was upon his tutor’s bench, in the large adobie house, calld -the mansion, a short distance from the dwelling of the doctor,—Mr. -Hull was at work, laying a floor to a room adjoining the -doctor’s house. Mr. Rogers was in the garden. Mr. Osborn -and family were in the Indian room adjoining the doctors seting -room. Young Mr. Sails was sick in the family of Mr. Camfield, -who were living in the blacksmith’s shop. Young Mr. -Bewley was sick in the doctor’s house. John Sager was sitting -in the kitchen, but partially recoverd from the measles.—The -doctor and his lady, with their three sick children and a -sick child of Mr. Osborn, and Mrs. Osborn, were sitting in the -dining or sitting room. Several Indians came to the middle -door, and requested the Doctor to come into the kitchen. He -did so, shutting the door after him, and taking the Bible in -<span class="pb" id="Page_89">89</span> -which he was reading, and which I believe is now in the hands -of one who escapd, and having upon it the marks of blood.—Edward -sat down by his side, and was earnestly soliciting medicines, -while Tamahas, an Indian calld the murderer, came behind -him, and drawing a pipe-tomahawk from under his blanket, -struck the doctor in the back of the head. The first blow only -stunnd him, and his head fell upon his breast, but a second, -which followd instantly upon the top of his head, brought him -senseless but not lifeless upon the floor. John, rising up, attempted -to draw a pistol. The Indians before him, rushd to -the door, crying out, “he will shoot us,” but those behind, seizd -his arm, and he was thrown upon the floor. At the same instant, -he receivd several shots from every direction, while a -number with tomahawks and knives, rushd upon him, and cut -him terribly to pieces. His throat was cut, and a woollen tippet -stuck into it. Still he lingerd. In the struggle, two Indians -were wounded, one in the foot, and one in the hand, by -each other.</p> -<p>As soon as the tumult commencd, Mrs. Whitman, overhearing, -and judging the cause, commencd in agony, to stamp upon -the floor, and wring her hands crying out, “oh the Indians! -the Indians! that Jo has done it all!”</p> -<p>Mrs. Osborn stepd into her room with her child, and in a -short time, Mr. Osborn and family were secreted under the -floor.</p> -<p>Without coming into the other rooms, the Indians left the -kitchen, doubtless to aid in the dreadful work without. At this -moment, Mrs. Hayse ran in from the Mansion, and with her -assistance, Mrs. Whitman drew her dying husband into the dining -room, and placing his mangled, bleeding head upon a pillow, -and did all her frightful situation would allow, to stay the -blood, and revive her husband, but to no purpose—the dreadful -work was done. To every question that was put to him, -he would simply reply “no,” in a low whisper.</p> -<p>Probably after he receivd the first blow, he was not sensible -of his situation. About this time, Mr. Kimble, from the beef, -ran into the room through the kitchen, and rushd up stairs with -a broken arm hanging by his side. He was followd immediately -<span class="pb" id="Page_90">90</span> -by Mr. Rogers, who in addition to a broken arm, was -tomahawkd in the side of the head, and coverd with blood. He -assisted Mrs. Whitman, in making fast all the doors, and in removing -the sick children up stairs. Jo Lewis was seen several -times approaching one of the windows with a gun, but when -Mrs. W. would ask, “Jo, what do you want?” he would flee -away.</p> -<p>By this time, the scene without had reachd the summit of its -fury. The screams of the fleeing, fainting women and children—the -groans and struggles of the failing, dying victims—the -roar of the musketry—the clash of war clubs,—the whistling of -balls—the clouds of burning powder,—the furious riding and -rushing of naked, painted Indians,—the unearthly yells of infuriated -savages, self-maddend, like tigers, by the smell of human -blood,—all, all, require other language, and other ears than -those of civilized beings! My blood chills as I write. But I -am amazd at the self possession of dear Mrs. Whitman. In -the midst of the terrible scene, she leaves not the room of her -pale, gasping husband. Two Americans were overpowerd by -crowds of savages, and hewd down by her window. It attractted -her attention but for a moment—but this afforded an opportunity -for a young Indian, who had always been particularly -favord by Mrs. Whitman, to level his gun. His victim receivd -the ball through the window in her right breast, and fell, uttering -a single groan. In a few moments, she revivd, rose and -went to the settee, kneeld in prayer. She was heard to pray for -her dear children, now to be left orphans a second time, and that -her aged father and mother might be sustaind under the terrible -shock, which the news of her fate must occasion.</p> -<p>Soon after this, faint and bleeding, she was helpd into the -chamber, where were now collected Mrs. Whitman, Mrs. Kimble, -Mr. Rogers, all wounded and fainting with the loss of blood—Mr. -Hayse, Mrs. Bewley, Catharine Sager, 13 years of age, -and the three sick children.</p> -<p>They had scarcely gaind this temporary retreat, when the -crash of the windows and doors, the deafening war whoop took -the last hope from their fainting bosoms.</p> -<p>The under rooms were plunderd of all their property, the furniture -<span class="pb" id="Page_91">91</span> -dashd to pieces, and cast out. Jo Lewis was seen among -the foremost to dash in the windows and bring out the goods. -Here a deed was perpetrated, that exhibits the deep treachery -and malignity of the Indian character—</p> -<p>Telaukaikt came into the room, where the doctor lay yet -breathing, and with his hatchet, deliberately chopd his face terribly -to pieces, but still left him alive.</p> -<p>Telaukaikt was a principal chief, had ever receivd markd favors -from the doctor. A store house was then about being -completed for him by the doctor. For several years he had exhibited -a good christian character, and was on probation for admission -into the church. But such was the return for untold favors, -and such the end of his religion. A few days before, it -will be recollected, he had given a piece of land to the priests, -to commence a mission station within 4 miles of the Dr.’s house -and told the Bishop they were going to get rid of the Doctor—according -to Capt. McKay’s statement. The same hatchet or -some other, cut several deep gashes in the face of John, while -he was yet living.</p> -<p>About this time, Jo Lewis went up into the school room and -sought out the children, who were hid in the upper loft, and -brought them into the kitchen to be shot.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c21"><span class="small">CHAPTER XV.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">The same subject continud.</p> -<p>As Francis passd by his mangled, gasping brother, he stoopd -and took the woollen tippet from the gash in the throat, when -John attempted to speak, but immediately expired. Upon this -Francis turnd to his sisters, and said, “I shall soon follow my -brother.”</p> -<p>The children were kept in this indescribably painful attitude -<span class="pb" id="Page_92">92</span> -for some time. My daughter Eliza was among them and understood -every word of the Indians, who having finishd their -terrible work without, were filling the room and the doors with -their guns pointed at the hearts and heads of the children, and -constantly yelling, “shall we shoot now?”</p> -<p>Eliza says her blood became cold, and she could not stand, -but leand over upon the sink, covering her face with her apron -that she might not see them shoot her.</p> -<p>Oh what pen can depict the feelings of these lambs? From -this place, they were removd out of the door, by the side of the -Indian room, just before Mrs. Whitman was brought out to be -shot.</p> -<p>Immediately on breaking into the house, the Indians calld to -Mrs. Whitman and Mr. Rogers to come down, but on reciving -no answer, Tamtsaky started to go up stairs, but discovering -the end of an old gun, which was laid over the head of the -stairs, he desisted, and enterd into conversation with those -above. He urgd them to come down, assuring them that no -one should be hurt. Mrs. Whitman told him she was shot—and -had not strength to come down, besides, she feard they -would kill her. Tamtsaky expressd much sorrow that she was -wounded, and promisd that no one should be hurt, if they wo’d -come down. Mrs. W. replied, “if you are my friend, come up -and see me.” He objected, saying there were Americans hid -in the chamber, with arms to kill him. Mr. Rogers, standing -at the head of the stairs, assured him there were none, and -very soon, he went up stairs, and remaind some time, apparently -sympathizing with the sufferers, addressing them in the softest -words, assuring them that he was heartily sorry for what had -taken place, and advisd and urgd Mrs. Whitman to go down -and be taken over to the other house, where the families were, -and left them by assuring them that they should not be hurt if -they would go down, intimating that the young men would -destroy the house that night. About this time, the cry was -heard, “we will now burn,” “we will now burn.”</p> -<p>There was no alternative. A terrible death by fire, in -which all the children and the sick in the house, would be involvd, -or that Mrs. Whitman and Mr. Rogers should throw -<span class="pb" id="Page_93">93</span> -themselves upon the promise of Tamtsaky. They chose the -latter, as every one would, and our dear, devoted sister, leaning -upon the arm of our dear brother Rogers, both faint with the -loss of blood, stepd forth from the chamber, to be——! Oh,—my -pen, speak not till forcd to name the awful deed!</p> -<p>Mrs. Hayse followd to assist Mrs. Whitman, who on reaching -the lower room was laid upon a settee close by her yet dying -husband. But oh how changd! that belovd face, the home -of her earthly felicity, she had a short time before washd with -her tears, and left it white with the paleness of death, now horribly -cut to pieces, the upper part hanging over the chin, but -gasping for breath. The sight was too much and she calld for -air. Our dear brother was not seen to breathe after this, altho’ -he might have lingerd some time, as darkness soon set in. The -settee was borne by Mr. Rogers and Mrs. Hayse out of the sitting-room, -through the kitchen, over the mangld body of John, -through crowds of Indians and out of the door towards the -Indian room where the children were collected. Just as the -settee passd out of the door, the word was given by the chief -not to shoot the children.</p> -<p>At this moment Mr. Rogers, discovering their treachery, had -only time to drop the settee, and raising his hands, exclaimd, -“Oh my God,” when a volley of guns were fird from within -and without the house, a part at sister Whitman and a part at -brother Rogers, and he fell upon his face, piercd with many -balls. Sister Whitman was shot in several places, lying upon -the settee. Balls flew in every direction, striking the walls by -the sides of the children. My daughter says the guns were so -near her head that the flashes burnt her hair, and the burning -powder mingled with human gore seemd ready to suffocate -them. But there was no escape.</p> -<p>At this moment an Indian seizd Francis by the head, and -dragd him a few steps from the children, where Jo Lewis, drawing -a pistol, cried out “you bad boy,” and dischargd the contents -into the lower part of his throat, and laid him bleeding at -the feet of the other children, who expected every moment to -mingle their bodies in the mud and blood with their groaning, -dying mother and brothers.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_94">94</div> -<p>The scene that follows beggars description and hurls us back -amid the darkest days of Indian atrocity and savage cruelty. -A savage seizd the blanket upon which the suffering Mrs. Whitman -lay, and hurld her groaning and struggling into the mud. -The brutal hand that gave her the first wound through the window, -now seizd her by the hair of the head, crying out “you -bad woman,” gave her several blows in the face with his whip, -amid the deafning yells, the shouts and the dancing of crowds -of women and children and men, who seemd to vie with each -other in pouring the greatest possible amount of suffering and -pain into the bosoms of their dying victims. Some attempted -to force their horses over the bodies, while others with whips -or clubs seemd to take fiendish delight in beating their faces every -time they struggld or groand.</p> -<p>The night came on and removd the savage demons from this -scene of torturing, to the house where the captive women and -children were collecting to become for weeks the sport of their -brutal passions, the victims of their savage cruelties. But these -bleeding, suffering lambs of Christ, although piercd with many -balls and horribly beaten, lingerd on till in the night. Their -dying groans were distinctly heard by Mrs. Osborn. The voice -of Mrs. Whitman and Francis died away about the same time, -soon after dark. But Mr. Rogers continud longer, his voice -becoming fainter. His last words were, “come Lord Jesus, -come quickly.” Soon after this, Mr. Osborn and family left -the Indian room, and passd on partly over the body of Francis -which appeard to be lifeless. And it is hopd that very soon -after their voices ceasd, these victims of savage cruelties found -themselves at rest sweetly in the bosom of the Saviour, their -labors, their fears, their pains ended, and their joys, unending -joys, begun.</p> -<p>Mr. Kimble with the three sick children, also Catharine and -I believe Miss Bewley, continud in the chamber through the -night. Catharine tore up a sheet and bound up the broken arm -of Mr. Kimble. After Francis was shot, and while the multitude -were engagd in feasting their fiendish passions on the dying -agonies of Mr. Rogers, Mrs. Whitman and Francis, Ups, -Moolpool, (Walla-walla Indians in the employ of the doctor,) -<span class="pb" id="Page_95">95</span> -collected the other children in the buttery and attempted to comfort -them. About dark they were taken over to the Mansion.</p> -<p>The first firing commencd at half-past one. Brother Rogers -and sister Whitman left the chamber about sundown.</p> -<p>It appears the attack was simultaneous upon the different -points. Mr. Gillan was shot upon his bench, the ball entering -his breast and coming out at his back. He was assisted by -Mrs. Saunders into another room, and expird about midnight. -Mr. Marsh was shot at the mill, ran a little distance in the direction -of the doctor’s house, and fell. Mr. Saunders, hearing -the guns, rushd to the door of the school-room, where he was -seizd by several Indians who threw him upon the ground amid -a shower of balls and tomahawks. Being a very active man, -he gaind his feet and ran in the direction of his house, and although -he was thrown down several times and doubtless receivd -many wounds, he gaind the end of the field near the mansion -some twenty rods from the school-room, when overpowerd -by numbers, he fell to rise no more.</p> -<p>Mr. Hall was seen struggling with a single Indian for a gun -which had missd fire—he wrenchd it from the Indian and rushd -to the bushes wounded in the face, and during the afternoon -and night found his way to Walla-walla, 25 miles distant. It -appears from Mr. Osborn’s statement, that Mr. Hall remaind at -Walla-walla during Tuesday, determind not to leave, but hearing -the women and children were slaughterd, in despair he consented -to be put over the river at night, and started for the lower -country.</p> -<p>This corresponds with the statement which the Indians said -was given to them at the fort, and reachd my place by a Nez -Perce, the next Monday, the day before I arrivd at home. I -know it has been publishd that he could not be persuaded to -remain. But is it natural to suppose a man would willingly -leave a fort well armd and defended, and expose himself for -three hundred miles through a country swarming with savages -who murderd his countrymen, and from whose hands he had -barely escapd? Mr. Hall never reachd the settlements. Indian -report says he was murderd by the Indians in the vicinity of -John Day’s river. Another report says he was drownd in the -<span class="pb" id="Page_96">96</span> -Columbia river while attempting to pass a rapid in a canoe. -The three men at the beef found themselves suddenly in the -midst of a storm of balls and flaming powder, dischargd from -a forest of muskets and pistols at their very bosoms. All three -were wounded, but neither of them fell. They fled each as he -could see an opening through the crowds. Mr. Kimble with a -broken arm rushd into the doctor’s house and chamber as stated -above. Mr. Camfield ran by the blacksmith shop, seizd his -youngest child and calld to his family to follow him. They ran -into the mansion, and he rushd into the chamber, and from a -small window had a clear view of the awful scene without. -Mr. Saunders was about being cut down. Mr. Hoffman was -yet falling and rising and struggling with overpowering numbers, -in the midst of clowds of burning powder, the roar of -guns, the clash of war-clubs, and the screams and yells of the -savages. He had first taken the direction of the mill, defending -himself with a single knife. The crowd was now making -toward the house and he in the midst, when two horsemen having -finishd their work at some other point, with tomahawks -streaming with blood rushd upon him, and he fell, literally cut -to pieces. He was cut open through the back, and his heart -and liver taken out and found by his side on the ground, by my -daughter, two days after, who replacd them and sewd a sheet -around the body before it was, with the others, taken to the pit.</p> -<p>Neither of the Catholics were in any way molested. Jo -Lewis was one with the murderers. Finley’s lodge was near -the mill, where the murderers held frequent councils during the -massacre. Jo Stanfield was told by Telaukait to put his property -by itself, that the Indians might know what was his and -not molest it. He was seen to pass among the Indians as tho’ -nothing was going on. He told three of the women, two of -whose husbands were slain, that he knew the murder was going -to take place before he went after the beef, as appears from -their testimony before Judge Wheeler. He told the widow -Hayse that day, if she would become his wife the Indians would -not molest her.</p> -<p>When the massacre commencd, the two sons of Mr. Manson, -and David, the doctor’s half-breed Spanish boy some nine -<span class="pb" id="Page_97">97</span> -years old, were separated from the other school children, and -taken to Finley’s lodge, whence they were taken to Fort Walla-walla. -The selecting of David from the other children in the -doctor’s family, was a nice distinction, and could not have happend -by chance. Two other half-breed children were left, but -their fathers were Americans. David’s father was a Catholic, -but his mother was an Indian woman, who when her child -was young, had cast it into a pit and left it to die. The doctor -learning the fact, went to the place, took out the child and adopted -it as his own, had educated and bestowd much labor and -care upon the child, and he had become a promising boy. His -father before his death had bound him to the doctor. I am sorry -to say the boy is retaind at Walla-walla, probably by the -priests, notwithstanding my remonstrance. As well might any -other of the doctor’s children have been retaind.</p> -<p>Mr. Camfield remaind in the chamber till some time after -dark, when the Indians became quiet. He furnishd himself -with a buffalo robe and some provisions and bid farewell to his -family, not daring to hope that they might ever again meet in -this world. He could be of no service to them by remaining -and exposing his life, which would be taken the moment one -of the murderers should discover him.</p> -<p>As yet none of the male children and none of the women but -Mrs. Whitman had been killd, and the chief Telaukaikt had -said they should not be injurd. True there was but a faint -hope that Mr. C. could escape from the Indian country to a -place of safety. But the most hazardous undertaking is cheerfully -espousd when life is at stake. Mr. C. took the direction -of my place, although a perfect stranger to the country and the -route. He went some four miles and secreted himself in the -brush to await a horse which Stanfield was to bring to him the -next morning if he could do it unobservd. He remaind secreted -most of the day (Tuesday)—saw Indians pass near and heard -several guns in the direction of the station, and of course had -the most intense fears for the women and children.</p> -<p>As I was expected from the Utilla that day, he supposd that -I had very probably fallen. But the victims were Mr. Kimble -and the young Mr. Young,—the latter had come down from the -<span class="pb" id="Page_98">98</span> -saw-mill with lumber and was to return immediately with provisions -for the families. He had arrivd within half a mile of -the house, when the Indians met and shot him about 2 P. M.—about -the time the priest arrivd in the camp. The team was -turnd loose except one ox which attempted to hook and was -shot.</p> -<p>Mr. Kimble remaind in the chamber through the night, suffering -the most excruciating pain from his broken arm, still -more distress of soul from the cries and moaning of the 3 sick -children, not having it in his power to relieve their sufferings.</p> -<p>In the morning he resolvd to procure water for the dying -children. He made his way to the bank of the stream, where -he was discoverd by an Indian and shot at. He fell as if dead, -remaind a short time and then secreted himself in the brush. -While lying on the bank, a friendly Indian made known the -fact to his wife, but advisd her not to go to him as it would -discover him to the murderers. How intense must have been -her feelings.</p> -<p>About sundown Mr. Kimble left his retreat with the apparent -intention of going in to his family. He reachd the corner of -the garden fence some five rods from his door, where he was -shot by Frank Askaloom, who afterwards took his daughter, -the amiable Miss Kimble, for a wife. He claimd her as a -right for having killd her father, of which he would often speak, -to her with the air and appearance of one who had done her -an invaluable favor.</p> -<p>Who can attempt to measure the deep horror and anguish -of soul, of a young woman in such hands! May kind Heaven -prevent a like affliction to any of his sinful children. Her -bitter weeping whenever the Indian spoke of killing her father -had the effect only to induce him to propose to exchange her -to another Indian who held another of the captive young women -as a wife.</p> -<p>Why Mr. Kimble did not attempt to make his escape on -Monday night, or why, after having livd out the day on Tuesday, -he did not remain in his retreat till dark and then escape, -is not known. He was heard to say on Monday night, “It -matters but little when we die if we are but prepard.” Perhaps -<span class="pb" id="Page_99">99</span> -the pain of his arm took away the strength of resolution. -Perhaps he chose rather to die in the bosom of his family, than -to make the uncertain attempt to save his life, which could -only be a living death while wife and children remaind captives -in the hands of the murderers, the sport of their beastly -passions, the victims of their cruelty. For a stranger to reach -my place one hundred and twenty miles, traveling nights, -there was no reasonable hope, and if he could, he might end -the nights of travel and pain and days of watching and hunger -only to mingle his own with the dead bodies of the slain -of that station—for what mind could divine where the work -of superstition would end, which had no power to fear, and -many inducements to go forward?</p> -<p>The Dalls were equally hopeless for like reasons.</p> -<p>Fort Walla-walla could afford a safe retreat, but unfortunately -it was in the hands of Papists, for whom Mr. K. had -the strongest fears as he expresd himself to me the week before -his death—for no other reason can we account for his -not fleeing to that fort Monday night. Had he done so, it is -not probable the fate of poor Mr. Hall would have stood alone -upon the page of history, to teach our children that Romanism -is in practice what it is in theory, <span class="smaller">UNCHANGEABLE</span>.</p> -<p>No horse arriving, Mr. Camfield left his hiding-place, and -wound his way up the narrow skirt of brush till he came to -what he supposd to be the trail to my place, about dark. In a -country cut up with trails, Providence directed his feet to the -right one, which he pursued that night and the next day, when -Wednesday night found him in the deep valley of the Taka-nan, -where he slept.</p> -<p>Thursday he followd the fresh tracks of cattle, which brought -him at night to the brink of Snake River bluffs, some miles below -the regular route.</p> -<p>Friday morning he came to the river, and having no fear -from the Nez Perces, he calld to their camp on the opposite -side and was crossd over. The Indian driving the cattle conducted -Mr. C. to my house upon one of his horses, for which -he requird his buffalo robe. That night they staid in a camp -on the Clear Water, nine miles below my house.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_100">100</div> -<p>Intelligence of the massacre had not yet reachd the Nez -Perces, and Mr. C. was careful to avoid any intimation. Had -it been known in any of these camps, he would have been killd.</p> -<p>Saturday late in the afternoon, Mr. C. reachd my house and -communicated to Mrs. Spalding the horrible intelligence of the -massacre, aggravated by the probability that the body of her -husband had been added to the slain, as he supposd, from the -report of the guns on Tuesday. If not slain at that time, there -was no human probability that I could escape. Five days had -already elapsd and I had not arrivd, which made it quite certain -that I had been killd.</p> -<p>The case, of itself sufficient to overwhelm the stoutest soul, -was greatly aggravated by the fact, that her daughter was a captive -in the hands of the murderers of her husband, who would -proceed immediately to that defenseless station, to add her brother -and the other Americans at the station, to the number of the -dead, and herself and remaining children, to the already long -catalogue of living victims of the savage cruelties.</p> -<p>There was scarcely the shadow of protection in the few -Americans at the place, and she was too well acquainted with -the close relationship existing between the Cayuse and Nez -Perces, and the treachery of the Indian character, to place any -confidence in the Indians of the place, except motives of self-interest -should appear.</p> -<p>But she was entirely in their hands. There was no other alternative, -and with the self possession and calmness of mind -peculiarly her own, in moments of imminent peril, she resolvd -to make known the awful fact, and cast herself and children into -the hands of the principal men of the place. Mr. Camfield -begd of her not to do so, but evidently it was the salvation of -all at the station. Had the people of the place remaind ignorant -of the awful deed, till the report was brought by Indians—doubtless -the bloody scenes of the Waiilatpu would have -been repeated at Clear Water. The first Indian arrivd with -the intelligence of the massacre, on Monday, a Nez Perces,—doubtless -a participator in the bloody crime. But he was accompanied -by a band of Nez Perces from the camp, at which -Mr. Camfield staid Friday night, with the avowd purpose of -<span class="pb" id="Page_101">101</span> -plundering the station of all the property, which, of course,—would -have ended in killing the men, and perhaps Mrs. Spalding, -and captivating Miss Johnson and the children. They were -prevented by the chiefs, and their people of the place, to whom -Mrs. S. had committed herself.</p> -<p>On the arrival of Mr. Camfield, Mr. Hart, the brother of Mrs. -S. was not at the house. Providentially Jacob and Shakantai, -(Eagle,) two principal chiefs, were at the house, to whom Mrs. -S. communicated the astounding intelligence. While one communicated -the news to the camp, the other carrid a hasty note -to Mr. Craig, living ten miles up the branch. The Indians immediately -flew to the protection of Mr. S. and the house.</p> -<p>Among those who showd themselves friendly were Luke -and his two brothers, members of our church, Jacob, about to be -receivd into the church, James, a Catholic, but particularly friendly -to myself and family, and most of their people. Some of old -James’ people, united with the robbers, and took considerable -property.</p> -<p>The Indians decided that Mrs. S. with her effects, must be -removd to Mr. Craig’s, where they were taking up their winter -quarters, on account of wood. They judgd that the Cayuse -would be there without delay, and they could not protect the -family, so far from their camp. Mrs. S. proposd to remain -quiet over the Sabbath. James and one or two others remaind -as a guard. The rest retird. Mr. Craig came down late at night. -Mrs. S. endeavord to start an express to Tishimakair, the station -of bros. Walker and Eells, but no Indian could be inducd to -go. She next besought the Indians to send an express for her -daughter, if found alive, and to learn the fate of her husband.—They -objected, alleging that the women and children were without -doubt all killd. She finally told them she was jealous of -every one of them, and could not feel that she had a friend -among them. It had the desird effect. The Eagle consented -to undertake it, still others threw difficulties in his way, and it -was near night the next day, before he started.</p> -<p>Mr. Camfield’s wound was much inflamd, by wading the -streams, and traveling. He receivd a shot in his side from a -pistol, the ball still remaining in the flesh.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_102">102</div> -<p>Mr. Jackson, it will be recollected, accompanied me to Waiilatpu, -and was waiting my return from the Utilla, till Monday -forenoon, when a slight circumstance inducd him to leave for -Clear Water, about three hours before the massacre commencd. -He reachd Mr. Craig’s Tuesday night, ignorant of what had taken -place, and of his own narrow escape.</p> -<p>There was another band of Indians encampd in the same -valley, some ten miles from my station, headed by Joseph,—a -principal chief, in the absence of Ellis.</p> -<p>Joseph was one of the first natives who gave evidence of a -change of heart, and united with the church 8 years ago, and -had, up to this time, with the exception of two or three slight -deviations, exhibited a good Christian character.</p> -<p>Many of Joseph’s people were campd with him, and cultivated -extensively in the valley, and had for the last four or five -years, constituted a good portion of the Sabbath congregation—and -the school. Seven of them were members of the church, -and had ever appeard friendly to the mission.</p> -<p>Their present movements however, were very suspicious.—Almost -daily, Joseph with many of his people, had been in the -habit of visiting the house. But after the arrival of the news of -the massacre, neither Joseph nor any of his people showd themselves -till Monday morning, when many of the latter, and -among them, Joseph’s brother-in-law, and from the same fire—showd -themselves with the robbers, and were foremost in plundering -the buildings.</p> -<p>Here was an opportunity for religion to show itself, if there -was any. Never before had temptation come to Joseph and -his native brethren, in the ch. in this dress. But now it came, -and his fall, as I regard it, and that of some others, has given to -the Christian world a lesson that should be well studied, before -it again places the lives and property of missionaries at the -mercy of lawless savages, without a military force to keep them -in awe.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_103">103</div> -<h2 id="c22"><span class="small"><span class="larger">THINGS IN OREGON.</span></span></h2> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/melon.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="425" height="70" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c23"><span class="small">CHAPTER XVI.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Arrival of Gov. Lane—Description of Port Astoria and vicinity—Narrow escape from Shipwreck.</p> -<p><i>March 8th, 1849.</i>—I am quietly stowd away in a private -family in Oregon city, after having roamd up and down the -valley, in pursuit of information.</p> -<p>All is commotion here. Gov. Lane, from Indiana, arrivd in -town the first of this month, bringing the new government with -him in his pocket up the Willamet river in a skiff, over the -Clackamas rapids. As to whether he got out and helpd to pull -the boat over the rapids or not, I have not been informd. The -big men of the place are brushing up their boots and putting on -their best clothes, as the Governor passes the streets, hoping as -he passes along, that his eye may fall upon them placidly. I -do not very well know what such things mean, though I suppose -that politicians do.</p> -<p><i>April 7th.</i>—The first public mail arrivd in Oregon city, from -the U. States, by the mail steamer of San Francisco, to-day. This -country begins to be alive to maritime business—the first vessel -ever built at the Willamet falls in Oregon, is now on the stocks. -Her owners say her tunnage will be from 50 to 60 tuns burden.</p> -<p>After having staid in Oregon nearly seven months, I take my -departure from Oregon city, the 10th of April, for San Francisco, -by way of the ocean.</p> -<p>Port Astoria, <i>26th</i>.—To-day embarkd on board ship for -San Francisco bay, after having staid nearly two weeks at Astoria, -<span class="pb" id="Page_104">104</span> -waiting for the ship to be in readiness to leave. My stay -at this place has given me an opportunity of learning something -of this part of the country, the difficulty of navigating the river -at this part of it, and the prices of some articles of produce, as -sold here in these times of great excitement.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p><span class="sc">Port Astoria</span> is situated about 15 miles from the mouth of -the Columbia river, on the south side of it. The place has not -been improvd since its first establishment. There are only five -or six houses in the place that have been built by the whites, -excepting a storehouse or two built by the Hudson Bay Company. -The country here and around Astoria, is rugged and unpleasant, -heavily coverd with fir and hemlock, some of which is -of giant size.</p> -<p>About 25 miles of the river from its mouth, is indented with -bays by various names, making a width of from 7 to 10 or 12 -miles.</p> -<p>At the mouth of the river, on the north, is Cape Disappointment.</p> -<p>Eight miles distant, on the opposite side, is Clatsap point, -sometimes calld Point Adams.</p> -<p>Cape Disappointment, by its projection from the main land, -forms a little cove, calld Baker’s bay. Here ships may lie in -perfect safety.</p> -<p>On the south side, higher up, at the entrance of Young into -the Lewis and Clark’s river, is Young’s bay.</p> -<p>At the mouth of the Columbia river, between Cape Disappointment -and Clatsap point, is an extensive sand-bar, which -renders an entrance to the river difficult, except by experiencd -navigators of the river.</p> -<p>The first 15 or 20 miles of the entrance of the river, has a -channel so crooked that almost every point of compass is traversd, -which makes navigation by sail ships slow and dangerous. -At every new point, ships are obligd oftentimes to stop -several days and sometimes weeks for a change of wind. The -only successful and speedy mode of traversing the river will ultimately -be by steam vessels.</p> -<p>Amongst other things that have fallen within my notice whilst -<span class="pb" id="Page_105">105</span> -at Astoria, was the price of a few articles of produce brought -to this place to sell to passengers, whilst waiting for the readiness -of the ship. Potatoes were sold at one dollar per bushel, -eggs at $1 per dozen, butter at $1 per pound. Flour a little -more moderate—its price per barrel was only $10. During my -stay at Astoria, a beef was killd at Clatsap and brought here, -and sold at 12 cents for the fore, and 15 for the hind quarters, -per pound.</p> -<p><i>27th.</i>—On leaving Astoria, our ship was thrown on the beach, -where she remaind during the day, occasiond by the drunkenness -of our pilot.</p> -<p><i>Thursday, May 3d</i>, we left Baker’s bay for the broad ocean, -with a fair wind and high hopes of crossing the sand-bar with -pleasantness and safety. The number of souls on board was -about 130. We proceeded gently along for three-fourths of an -hour, when we arrivd near the place where the ships Shark, -Vancouver and Maine were wreckd, and the wind nearly ceasd -to blow. Our ship became unmanageable, drifting by the -strong tide which was then unfavorable, and likely in a few -minutes to carry us from the channel and place us upon the -sands, where the ship must inevitably have become a wreck.</p> -<p>In this critical situation, with only 18 feet of water for a ship -drawing 15, and the tide yet falling—by the energetic movement -of our officers and crew, they were enabld to stay the ship by -immediately casting anchor. After waiting more than 2 hours -in this perilous situation, the wind became of sufficient strength -to justify an attempt to make our escape by parting anchor.</p> -<p>During this time of extreme anxiety, soundings were constantly -kept up both on ship and at a distance around.</p> -<p>When all things were ready on board for the attempt, orders -were given and instantly the anchor with 180 feet of chain were -severd from the ship, and she under way in a retrograde course -towards Cape Disappointment. We continud our retrograde -course till we arrivd as near the cape as practicable, in consequence -of a bar which projected a short distance from it, at -which point we changd our course to the south-west, and in -less than one hour we were in the broad ocean, and over all -danger from sand-bars.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_106">106</div> -<p><i>Monday evening, 9 o’clock, May 7th.</i>—Safely anchord in San -Francisco bay. Our passage from the time we were relievd at -the Columbia bar, may be reckond at 96 hours’ sailing. More -than 12 of this was under extremely moderate wind, though in -a favorable direction. The remainder of the way, was under a -very strong breeze. It would seem then, that the distance may -be saild, with a strong wind, in about 3½ days, which is about -560 miles, by the way of the ocean.</p> -<p>To my great astonishment, on looking about on the morning -of the 8th, I counted about 60 vessels of various sizes lying in the -bay, most of which were inactive for want of men to work them, -they having left for the mines. On passing up the St. Waukeen, -the course of my first visit to the mines, I saw scatterd -along at different points, many more vessels of various sizes.</p> -<p>The present head of navigation for sail ships, is a little cloth -town calld Stocton. Here were 8 or 10 more vessels lying disrobd -of their sails to make cloth houses of. This town is more -than 100 miles up from San Francisco. At this place, supplies -are deposited for the mines, which are carrid by wagons and -pack animals, to the mining district, a distance of 70 or 80 miles -further, upon the tributaries of the Saint Waukeen.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_107">107</div> -<h2 id="c24"><span class="small"><span class="larger">GOLD MANIA,</span> -<br />Or Yellow Fever, as some call it.</span></h2> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/melon.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="425" height="70" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c25"><span class="small">CHAPTER XVII.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Excitement in Oregon, relative to the discovery of Gold in California.</p> -<p>The discovery of the Gold District in California, has producd -the greatest excitement of any thing of a similar nature in -modern days.</p> -<p>The first commencement of the excitement in Oregon was -about the middle of August, 1848, and within one month’s -time, nearly 2000 persons left Oregon for that place.</p> -<p>The district is said to be the richest ever known. Though it -is questionable whether the gold obtaind by Solomon was not -found equally abundant, since among so great a number of citizens -as Jerusalem furnishd, the abundance of gold in that place -had reducd the value of silver to almost nothing.</p> -<p>When the news of gold in California reachd Oregon, the -wheat harvest was not yet ended, and so great was the delirium -when the news arrivd, that many of the farmers left their fields -unfinishd, giving them up gratuitously to any one who might -be disposd to harvest them, or let them waste upon the ground.</p> -<p>As late as the 10th of March, 1849, the fever continud with -unabated fury, increasing in its sanguinary features as the warm -season approachd, preying upon the heart and vitals of every -human being in Oregon.</p> -<p>From the 13th of Sept. last, which was the time I arrivd at -<span class="pb" id="Page_108">108</span> -Oregon city, to the 10th of March following, not one day passd, -Sundays not excepted, without the mention by some one in -my presence, of the gold speculation.</p> -<p>During the remainder of my stay in Oregon city, tools of various -kinds were invented and being made at that place, ready -for departure to the mines, so soon as they might be profitably -worked, on the opening of the warm season.</p> -<p>The following description of the Gold Mania is taken from -the Oregon Spectator, as quoted from the Californian—</p> -<h3 id="c26">GOLD MINES OF CALIFORNIA.</h3> -<p>In our paper of August 16, we devoted considerable space to -the subject of the gold mines, stating some facts in regard to -their discovery, and the manner in which the ore was collected. -So well was the article receivd by the public—then on the <i>qui -vive</i> for information about the mines—and consequently so great -the demand for our paper, that in a few hours after publication -the entire edition was disposd of. Since then we have receivd -many and urgent demands for that number of the Californian, -and this week, at the solicitation of a number of our patrons, -we repeat the substance of our former article, with some additional -particulars.</p> -<p>It appears that in the first part of February last, Messrs. Marshall -and Bennett were engagd with a party in erecting a saw-mill -for Capt. J. A. Sutter, on the American fork of the Sacramento -river, about 40 miles above its mouth. In excavating -the tail-race, they removd the rock during the day, and let in the -water during the night, in order to wash out the loose dirt and -sand. On the morning of the 10th, after shutting off the water, -Mr. Marshall discoverd the first gold, lying upon decomposd -granite, in the bottom of the race.</p> -<p>It would seem that but little doubt was entertaind of its being -the real <i>simon pure</i>, for operations immediately ceasd on the -mill, and all hands commencd searching for gold. It was soon -found that gold abounded along the American fork for a distance -of 30 miles. For a time the discoverers were the only -ones aware of the fact, but the news finally spread through the -settlements. But little credit however was gaind by the report, -<span class="pb" id="Page_109">109</span> -though occasionally a solitary “gold hunter” might be seen -stealing down to a launch with a pick and shovel, more than -half ashamd of his credulity.</p> -<p>Some time during the month of May, a number of credible -persons arrivd in town from the scene of operations, bringing -specimens of the ore, and stating that those engagd in collecting -the precious metal were making from $3 to $10 per day.</p> -<p>Then commencd the grand rush!</p> -<p>The inhabitants throughout the territory were in commotion. -Large companies of men, women and children could be seen -on every road leading to the mines, their wagons loaded down -with tools for digging, provisions, &c. Launch after launch left -the wharves of our city, crowded with passengers and freight -for the Sacramento.</p> -<p>Mechanical operations of every kind ceasd—whole streets, -that were but a week before alive with a busy population, were -entirely deserted, and the place wore the appearance of a city -that had been suddenly visited by a devastating plague. To -cap the climax, newspapers were obligd to stop printing for -want of readers.</p> -<p>Meantime our mercantile friends were doing an unusual -“stroke” of business. Every arrival from the mining district -brought more or less gold dust, the major part of which immediately -passd into the hands of the merchants for goods, &c. -Immense quantities of merchandize were conveyd to the mines, -until it became a matter of astonishment where so much could -be disposd of. During the first eight weeks of the “golden -times” the receipts at this place in gold dust amounted to -$250,000. For the eight weeks ending at this date, they were -$600,000.</p> -<p>The number of persons now engagd in gold hunting, will -probably exceed 6000, including Indians, and one ounce per -day, is the lowest average we can put for each person, while -many collect their hundreds of dollars, for a number of days in -succession, and instances have been known where one individual -has collected from $1500, to $1800 worth of pure gold in a -day.</p> -<p>Explorations have been progressing, and it is now fully ascertaind -<span class="pb" id="Page_110">110</span> -that gold exists on both sides of the Sierra Nevada from -lat. 41 North, to as far South, as the head waters of the San Joaquin -river, a distance of 400 miles in length, and 100 in breadth. -Farther than this has not been explord, but from the nature of -the country beyond the sources of the San Joaquin, we doubt -not gold will also be found there in equal abundance. The -gold region already known, is however sufficiently extensive -to give profitable employment to 100,000 persons for generations -to come. The ore is in a virgin state, disseminated in -small doses, and is found in three distinct deposits,—sand and -graveld beds, on decomposd granite, and intermixd with a kind -of slate.</p> -<p>For a long time subsequent to the discovery of the mines,—the -only implements usd in washing the gold, were large -tin pans, or Indian baskets. Latterly, ‘machines were usd—at -first, a rough log hollowd out (in some, instances,) by burning -and scraping with a butcher knife—afterwards, more finishd -ones made their appearance, built of red wood boards, in the -shape of an ordinary trough, about ten feet long, and two feet -wide at the top, with a riddle or sive at one end to catch the -larger gravel, and three or four small bars at the bottom, about ½ -an inch high, to keep the gold from going out with the dirt and -water at the lower end. This machine is set upon rockers,—which -gives a half rotary motion to the dirt and water inside.’—Four -men are requisite to work one of these machines properly.</p> -<p>Within the past month, many sick persons from the mines -have arrivd at this place, and scarcely a launch comes down -the Sacramento, without more or less sick persons on board,—while -some die on the river. The very natural inference drawn -from this, by those who have never been at the mines, is, that -they lie in a sickly section of the country, and those at work -there, are in daily expectation of being sick. In our opinion,—however, -nothing can be farther from the truth. As far as our -experience goes, it is on the large rivers only, where disease prevails, -and in passing up and down upon them, the person not -in perfect health is almost invariably the one to become sick.—We -have observd but few, very few cases of sickness in the immediate -<span class="pb" id="Page_111">111</span> -neighborhood of the mines, but such as we believe -would have occurd under similar circumstances in any other -climate. Let the miner pass the Sacramento safely, (and we -would almost insure any person’s doing so that was perfectly -regular and temperate in all his habits,)—let him not, when he -arrives at the mines, work as though he was privilegd to operate -for a limited time only, but poco poco, resting at proper intervals,—let -him abstain from the free use of intoxicating drinks, -living upon wholesome food,—avoiding, for instance, half baked -bread—let him sleep under the shelter of a tent, with warm -bedding,—and if, after following our advice in all these particulars, -the gold hunter becomes sick, why—we do not know anything -about the matter.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_113">113</div> -<h2 id="c27"><span class="small"><span class="larger">CALIFORNIA GOLD MINES DESCRIBED.</span></span></h2> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/melon.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="425" height="70" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c28"><span class="small">CHAPTER XVIII.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Geography of the Gold District of Alta California.</p> -<p>From recent searches for gold in Northern California, it appears -that the present gold district is comprisd, nearly all of it, -within the following boundary. It lies on the western declivity -of the Sierra Neveda range of mountains, and gold is sought for -along the tributaries of the great Sacramento river in the northern, -and the St. Waukeen river in the southern part of Northern -or Upper California.</p> -<p>The names of the tributaries of the St. Waukeen, beginning -with the most northern one, are as follows. Makelemas, which -unites with the Saint Waukeen, near its confluence with the -Sacramento. Next south, is Calaveras. South of this, is Stanislaus. -The next important river, is Twalamy. Still farther -south, a distance of 20 or 25 miles, is a considerable stream, -calld Merced, or River of Mercy. South of Merced, is another, -calld Mereposa, though I believe this is dry part of the year. -These constitute the principal mountain streams, tributary to -the St. Waukeen.</p> -<p>The names of the rivers in the northern mining district, tributaries -to the Sacramento, are, first and nearest the confluence of -the Sacramento with the St. Waukeen, the Cosumnes. Next -northward, the American river, the largest tributary to the Sacramento. -It has several forks, calld North, South and Middle -forks of the American river. Next, Rio de los Plumos or Feather -river. Still farther north, are Bear, Quesnels and Sycamore -rivers.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_114">114</div> -<p>The length from north to south, of the present gold district, -cannot well be computed at more than 400 miles, lying within -the latitudes of 36 and 42 deg. north. In its width, which is -mostly containd within a distance of from 20 to 30 miles, it traverses -the middle portion of the western declivity of the aforementiond -range of mountains, though miners assert that gold -has been found sparingly, high up some of the mountain streams, -toward its axis.</p> -<p>The whole surface of the gold district presents one continud -scene of uneven country. Much of it, the hills soar far above -the intervening valleys below—and along some of the principal -tributaries, for miles in length, very deep kanions are formd.</p> -<p>The water of the large streams is very pure and healthy, being -mostly from the melted snows of the mountain. During -the summer season it seldom rains, and the rivers continue to -fall, till quite along into the winter season. After the rainy season -commences, which is most powerful toward the summit of -the mountains, floods are often witnessd low down the streams, -where not a single drop of water has fallen for months. These -floods descend with a mighty rush, and often surprise the miner -before he is able to remove his mining implements from the bed -of a stream.</p> -<p>The mining district is coverd with a thin growth of scrub -oaks and yellow pine. The earth is divested of soil, except -sparingly in some of the valleys, being of a reddish color, by -the decomposition of rocks containing iron.</p> -<p>The climate is so dry during summer, that little grass grows -in any part of the mines. Nauseous exhalations are therefore -excluded, and the atmosphere is quite healthy. In some parts -of the mines the miners become sick, but it is mostly attributable -to their treatment with themselves. Through the summer -months, the days are warm but the nights are cool, and but few -nights occur in which a man does not need considerable night -clothing toward morning.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_115">115</div> -<h2 id="c29"><span class="small">CHAPTER XIX.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">The Geology of the Gold District of California, with the probable cause of the production of Gold to the surface of the earth.</p> -<p>The rocks of Golden California, in common with the whole -western declivity of the Sierra Neveda mountains, are principally -composd of primary, stratified, slate rocks. Some of these -rocks are talcose slate. Others are more silicious, approaching -even to coarsish sandstone slate, of various colors.</p> -<p>Before confining the reader expressly to the gold district, a -few remarks relative to that portion of California lying west of -the Neveda mountains to the valley of the great Sacramento -and St. Waukeen, may afford some light on the subject of that -part of the western declivity lying within the seat of mining -operations. The slate rock on the western side of the mountain -range, from its axis to its base, is tilted up a little more than -perpendicularly outward from the axis of the mountain, a distance -of more than 60 miles in width, and traverses the whole -range, as far north and south as the present mines extend, in -lines parallel to the course of the mountain’s axis.</p> -<p>At the base of the mountain, commences a tertiary deposit of -about 20 miles in width, which, with an alluvial deposit of -about 20 more in width, to the great rivers of the valley, hides -from sight the remaining portion of tilted rocks, so that the entire -width of the tilted strata can never exactly be ascertaind. -But if a mountain range like the one under consideration, is -formd by the furrowd and ridgd condition of the earth’s crust, -by conforming to a diminishd molten nucleus within, from refrigeration -of its heat, it may be expected that the whole declivity, -from its axis or highest point to its lowest or mid valley, -may be all of it tilted up in the same manner as that portion -which is presented to sight. If this be fact, we are then apprizd -that a portion of the earth’s crust must have had a thickness of -full 100 miles, by measuring across the tilted rocks, from the -central valley, to the top of the mountain, eastward,—a fact not -hitherto believd by geologists, from experiments made upon the -increase of downward heat, to where the crust must necessarily -become molten.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_116">116</div> -<p>As so many and various opinions of the tilted condition of -primary stratified rocks have been advancd among the visitants -of the gold district of California, a few conflicting opinions -may serve in some degree to satisfy the mind of the curious.</p> -<p>It is the belief of some, that rocks cannot have become tilted -without the expansive powr of volcanic agency. Hence, -on viewing the country around, they imagine they see successions -of craters, formd all over the western declivity of the Neveda -mountains, and in some places, profusions of scoria bestrewing -the ground. For my own part, I must confess that I -have seen nothing in my ramblings to justify a belief that volcanic -agency any where has existed so as to produce the present -appearance of those rocks.</p> -<p>Those persons imagining volcanic agency in those parts, are -not aware that intense heat destroys stratification, for in the -middle of the craters of some of their imaginary volcanoes, the -stratification is as perfect as in any other portion of the tilted district, -and they are not apprizd that in such case a discrepancy -must therefore exist.</p> -<p>After the tilting of those rocks had occurd, it would not be improbable, -with such an enormous crust resting entirely upon a -liquid, molten nucleus, that many undulations in it should occur, -and in many instances the crust should become weakend -and even sunderd apart by the severe strain. Into fissures so -formd, granite, sandstone and conglomerated rocks, may have -subsequently been intruded, presenting, therefore, to persons unacquainted -with such rocks, the appearances of craters, scoria, -&c. In some parts of New England, primary stratified rocks -are tilted up confusedly, having no regular line of strike. In -some cases, the dynamics employd may have been volcanic, or -they may have been paroxysmal, acting from time to time, till -those rocks were thrown into their present condition. But tilted -rocks that have a regular line of strike, must have a regular agency -to place them in such condition. Hence, then, considering -the perfect parallelism of the tilted rocks of Golden California -with the mountain axis, it seems to follow, that an exceedingly -slow and regular movement of the tilting of those rocks must -have occurd.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_117">117</div> -<p>Another consideration of the western declivity of the Neveda -mountains, is in relation to the formation of its rivers.</p> -<p>Almost invariably, the rivers of Oregon were formd by an expansive -force from beneath, but the rivers of California were -formd by undulations in the earth’s crust, which is well proven -by the entire passage of unbroken strata across the beds of -streams. Such condition of its rocks, is also another proof -against volcanic agency in those parts.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>The inquiring mind may now be led to the subject of <span class="sc">Quartz -Rock</span>, containd among the slate rock of the gold district.</p> -<p>The quartz rock of the gold region is mostly white, though -some of it is of the carnelian order, whilst some is translucent, -and other specimens are entirely transparent. The carnelian -appearance of some of the quartz seems to have been nothing -more than the circulation of water containing the red oxide of -iron, through the cracks of the broken quartz, till the rock became -tingd with it. The transparent variety is crystalizd, and -is found only sparingly.</p> -<p>Quartz is found interstratified amongst the tilted slate, varying -from less than one quarter of an inch in thickness to -several feet, and in some places even to rods, penetrating the -slate indefinitely downward.</p> -<p>Although quartz is mostly seen lying in a position parallel -with the stratified slate rock, yet in some instances it is found -crossing it diagonally.</p> -<p>To account for the formation of quartz and its occupying its -present position in the gold district, is to account also for the -formation and production of gold to the surface of the earth, -as is satisfactorily believd by all. It is hard to account for much -of the works of nature. If it be considerd, that the quartz veins -of the gold district be of aqueous origin, that is, formd by infiltration, -or the percolation of silicious water into unoccupied -spaces, till they are completely filld with silicious sediment, so -as to become rock, we then have to account for its existing there -in a friable state, which is hard to conceive, since a formation -by aqueous agency would most likely produce solid rock.</p> -<p>It is equally hard to see how gold can be found imbedded in -<span class="pb" id="Page_118">118</span> -solid masses in those quartz veins, since, if by the percolation -of the water, quartz was producd there, so also must the gold -have been producd by infiltration—and in such case, it must -have been disseminated through the whole rock, giving hues of -various shades, as is the case with iron in a soluble state.</p> -<p>Another objection to the formation of the quartz of the gold -district by infiltration, is, that it is not generally transparent, -since the percolation of silicious water through cold and silent -places will most naturally produce such result. It is most probable -that the crystalizd portion of those rocks was formd from -silicious water, after the original deposit.</p> -<p>It has been asserted by some miners, that they have seen gold -in a state of formation, by the percolation of water over quartz -rock. Those men are probably such as believe that quartz is -the mother of gold—and by the way, I should like to have them -tell me also what the father was. They say that the yellow appearance -of the mud and other sedimentary matter, which they -have seen passing through quartz veins, is gold in a state of -formation. Perhaps they might allow of a correction in their -minds on that subject, if they were told that the yellow appearance -they saw was nothing more than decomposd iron—probably -the chromate of it.</p> -<p>Another view of the subject may be taken, somewhat like the -following. It may be considerd that the quartz of the gold district -was formd previous to the tilting up of the slate rock, by -alternations of tabular masses with the slate.</p> -<p>Some objections to this mode also naturally arise. One objection -is, that there are instances of quartz veins traversing the -stratified slate rock diagonally. Another is, that it cannot well -be conceivd that so thin layers, as is the case with some of the -quartz rock, can well be formd in a tabular way. And if the -quartz had been formd by alternate layers with the stratified -slate, it must of necessity have been of aqueous origin, and -also the gold.</p> -<p>The last view I shall take of the quartz, as found interstratified -with the slate rock, is, that the slate rock is of aqueous origin, -and the quartz rock of igneous origin, intruded from beneath -after the tilting up of the slate.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_119">119</div> -<p>In the formation of stratified rocks, the planes of stratification, -or sides facing each other, are never firmly united together, being -formd by depositions from water at different times, so that -by subsequent movements they are liable to be sunderd apart. -If it now be considerd the enormity of a massive crust of earth -resting upon a molten nucleus, it becomes easy to see how intrusions -upward of melted matter can take place amongst stratified -rocks, and the many undulatory movements of the rocks, -as appear in the mining district, only give facility to its accomplishment.</p> -<p>If it be taken for fact, that the quartz of the mining district -was intruded in a melted state, it must also be considerd that -gold was intruded with it. To account for the friable state of -the quartz, moisture must be supposd to have been present, -whilst the quartz was in a heated state.</p> -<p>Such a state of things would produce a disintegration of the -quartz rock, and set at liberty the imbedded gold, to be carrid -downward by gravitation from the hills into ravines, creeks and -rivers. To account next, for the difference between massive -imbedded gold in quartz rock, and gold disseminated in small -particles, needs only to consider the quartz acting as a flux during -a state of fusion, to bring the gold together, in the same manner -as borax, glass or quartz will do in the artist’s crucible—and -the only probable difference between the gold of California and -that of Georgia, is, during a melted state of the quartz, a higher -degree of heat existed in the quartz of California than that of -Georgia, thereby bringing about a more perfect work of separation -between the quartz and the gold.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c30"><span class="small">CHAPTER XX.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Three varieties of Gold, with their distinctions, and the reasons given why they are found in separate localities.—Philosophy of running water.</p> -<h3 id="c31">FIRST VARIETY.</h3> -<p>The first variety of Gold may be considerd as that which is -<span class="pb" id="Page_120">120</span> -in dry ravines, or between hills, where there is no running water, -except in the time of showers, or the melting of snows.—This -variety is calld dry ravine or angular gold, from the fact -that whatever be its form, whether in plates or heavy solid masses, -or in thin scales,—the edges are all sharp and angular, as nature -formd it, having never been rounded off by attrition among -moving pebbles or sand, in violent streams of water. The -agent of deposit seems to have been mostly that of gravitation -during the decomposition of the rocks of the hills containing -gold, aided probably by the moistening influences of rains upon -the alluvium of the hills, and the general movement of alluvium -from higher to lower levels. When once deposited in -these situations, it never after receives a secondary removal, -except by the hand of the miner.</p> -<p>Dry ravine deposits vary in their advantages for obtaining -gold, according to the slope of the hills, through which the ravine -passes. At the heads of ravines, where the country is but an -undulating one, of moderate hills, and wide-spread valleys, the -deposits are generally so disseminated, that but little advantages -are gaind, by searching for gold in such situations.</p> -<p>Downward, towards the mouths of ravines, where the hills -are in close contiguity, gold is deposited in a line along the -center of ravines, varying somewhat in richness, according to the -richness of the adjoining hills that deposited it, or the inclination, -or basin-shapd appearance of the ravine along its course to its -mouth. If ravines are of rapid descent from their sources to -their outlets, they mostly contribute their gold to the streams into -which they empty themselves.</p> -<h3 id="c32">SECOND VARIETY</h3> -<p>The second variety of gold is that which is creek-washd,—the -corners and edges of which are rounded off by attrition -among moving pebbles and sand of the tertiary deposits of -creeks, during the time of freshets. This gold, whether found -in plates, or rounded masses, is most of it too heavy to float in -running water, being carrid onward to its place of rest, by the -united agency of gravitation, moving water, and the tertiary sediment.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_121">121</div> -<p>The creeks and large rivers receive their gold from the mouths -of ravines and hills contiguous to the creeks and rivers.</p> -<p>Gold is found in dry ravines, creeks, and in basins of rivers, -weighing several ounces.</p> -<p>In some places along the creeks, the miner finds angular gold -deposited in the banks of the streams at the foot of a hill, where -it had not slidden down sufficiently far to reach the power of -the waters of the stream.</p> -<p>Lost, or erratic gold is sometimes found in the creeks among -the creek-washd sand and gravel of the stream, being subject to -occasional removals, by subsequent freshets. Such gold seems -to be on its way to its final deposit or resting place in situations -where subsequent freshets can take no effect upon it for -further removal.</p> -<p>Some of this gold is in pieces of several dollars value, but -most of it is in fine grains, with a mixture of floating gold.</p> -<p>The fine gold is found in situations above the rock, in deposits -of loose sand, where every violent freshet gives it another removal, -till it is ultimately carrid downward and deposited in the -bars of the large rivers.</p> -<h3 id="c33">THIRD VARIETY.</h3> -<p>The third variety of gold is that which may be denominated -bar, scale, or floating gold. This gold is found in the tertiary -deposits, commonly calld bars of the large streams flowing -down from the Neveda range of mountains. Hence the name -of bar gold.</p> -<p>Its form is that of very thin scales, which causes it to float in -waters that are highly agitated. Hence also, the names of scale, -and floating gold.</p> -<p>This gold is seldom found in pieces worth more than a dollar, -and is rounded off by attrition, the same as the creek-washd -gold.</p> -<p>The several varieties here describd, were the same, only differing -in form, in the original rock—but the several agents of -deposit, have separated them into separate classes, according to -the several capacities of gold to receive the power of the several -depositing agents. Hence, the finest floating gold is found -<span class="pb" id="Page_122">122</span> -lowest down the principal rivers, where it is deposited. Creek-washd -gold, being heavy, is never movd very far down the -stream, from where it was first deposited into it—and dry ravine -gold, having still a little different agent from the others, has -never been movd but a very short distance.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>If no more could be said of water, than of other matter of -the earth, that it seeks rest by gravitation, in common with the -harder portions of matter, but little of its influences could ever -be known, to what is now apparent, when viewd in all its bearings. -But the fluidity of water, gives it advantages over other -matter, in possessing movements, which the latter can never -receive—such as lateral motion, capillary attraction, great expansion -by heat, aerial passages from rare to dense mediums, -thereby giving a new preparation to descend in the form of rain -or snow, to restore again its former equilibrium.</p> -<p>Running water, in the light here intended to be explaind, is -that which flows down rivers and creeks, from higher to lower -levels. Water, like all other substances, will fall perpendicularly -from higher to lower levels, if there be no interposing -obstacle. But as the beds of streams descend like an inclind -plane, from their sources to their mouths, water is forcd over -them by the power of gravitation, till it arrives at a level with -other surrounding water, and is thereby prevented from descending -further. Now in the movement of water, along its -downward passage, many considerations arise.</p> -<p>First, if water were made to pass downward thro’ a straight -duct or channel, whose lateral and vertical sides were perfectly -smooth, so that no friction could exist between the water and -the trough or duct that containd it, there would be no eddy -formd along its sides, for the water would all of it have a straight -forward, and downward movement.</p> -<p>But as the bottom and edges of streams are rough and uneven, -very frequent obstructions to water occur. Places so obstructed, -are the eddies or partial eddies, so commonly observable -in streams of running water.</p> -<p>If an observer stands on the bank of a creek, during a time of -high water, where there is much irregularity and unevenness of -<span class="pb" id="Page_123">123</span> -its bottom, he will see in some places, that the water is nearly -motionless—in others, a whirling round of the water,—in others, -a retrograde or up stream motion. Under all the circumstances -of these several appearances of the water, those places that -are the most quiet, approach nearest to the most perfect eddies.</p> -<p>Wherever a bend in a creek occurs, the water, by an opposing -bank, is forcd to take a new direction, passing downward, -along on its inclind, though uneven bottom. The opposing -bank stops a portion of the flowing waters, and causes them to -turn back, along the shore of the creek, producing, thereby,—a -section of inactive waters, between those of the downward and -those of the upward course.</p> -<p>Again, if a lateral stream of water flows into a creek, similar -or nearly so in magnitude, the two partially opposing currents -form an eddy in the upper angle of the two, and an eddy of -less magnitude, is also formd in the angle of the two, on the -lower side of the lateral stream.</p> -<p>When water passes over a reef of rock, that traverses entirely -across the stream, like a mill dam, the central waters or current -cannot well form an eddy immediately below the reef, on -account of its impetuous movement—though laterally, towards -the banks, partial quietness of the water may exist.</p> -<p>If an obstacle, as a rock or other body, protrude in the current -of a creek, so high that water is forcd around it, instead of -running over it, an eddy is formd immediately below it, in magnitude -according to the size of the obstacle.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c34"><span class="small">CHAPTER XXI.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Mode of searching for Gold in California.</p> -<p>Rock gold, or that which is disseminated in dust or fine particles -amongst quartz rock, being so rare in California, but little -attention is paid to searching for it in such situations.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_124">124</div> -<h3 id="c35"><i>Mode of Searching for the First Variety.</i></h3> -<p>The miner, in prospecting for the first variety, or dry ravine -gold, selects a situation where, judging from the appearance of -the hills, or the slope of the ravine likely to contain gold, it may -be found most abundant. He commences his excavation at -the center of the ravine, by digging downward till he arrives in -most cases at the rock on which the deposit was made, which -varies from 2 to 10 or 15 feet in depth. He then prospects outward -toward the hills till he arrives at the line of deposit, in case -any deposit there exists.</p> -<p>After having found a lead of gold, he excavates upward and -downward the ravine, being careful whilst progressing along, to -watch the several meanderings of the lead, which are likely to -occur even in very short distances.</p> -<p>The miner never need be long at a loss to determine whether -there be gold in the place where he is prospecting. If gold exists -only in moderate quantities, the pick will generally detect -it by occasionally throwing out into view pieces of gold, even -when they are quite small. In digging in dry ravines, the miner, -after having arrivd within a few inches of the rock where he -expects to find gold, tries the earth by washing some of it. If -he finds no gold, all of the earth above this place is thrown -away as useless. He then continues to dig downward, trying -the dirt at short intervals, till he finds gold in his washings. He -then is careful to save and wash all of the remainder that lies -above the rock, and even to pick off a few inches from the top -of some rocks that are loose and open enough to receive gold -in some of their crevices, carefully saving and washing the -whole.</p> -<p>In some instances in dry ravines, where slate rock occurs, it -is decomposd into clay, to a considerable depth, from the vast -amount of time elapsd since it has been placd in its present -situation. Where such decomposition has occurd, it is useless -to penetrate downward into it, in search of gold, as the gold was -deposited most generally in a strong iron deposit, previous to -the decomposition of the rock. This strong iron deposit is -formd of soluble iron, amongst which the gold is mechanically -entangld and there held, unless the iron becomes again soluble -<span class="pb" id="Page_125">125</span> -and leaves the gold to settle down by gravitation into the decomposd -rock below. Cases of the second solubility of the iron -do not often occur in dry ravines.</p> -<h3 id="c36"><i>Mode of Searching for the Second Variety.</i></h3> -<p>It is more difficult to point out a successful mode of searching -for gold of the second variety than either of the other two. -Yet notwithstanding the difficulties attending it, some hints may -be given, useful to the miner, who has previously become in -some degree acquainted with the philosophy of running water -and the nature of tertiary deposits.</p> -<p>Those creeks of intermediate size between dry ravines, and -the large rivers flowing down from the mountains, though dry -or nearly so at some seasons of the year, are powrful in times -of heavy rains or the rapid melting of snows, as is evident from -the position of some heavy rocks in those streams, which none -other agent the powr of a mighty stream could have placd -there.</p> -<p>In prospecting for gold in those creeks, the miner may select -a position which he judges to be the channel of the creek, or -that portion of it where the greatest powr of water is exerted, -and commence digging downward, till he arrives at the rock -over which various tertiary sediment has flowd, and if he finds -the coarse gravel and sand through which he passes, entirely -down to the rock, cleanly washd of alluvium, he may fairly conclude -that he is in the current of that stream, or where the water -passes with greatest force. In those situations, he rarely finds -gold, or if he does, it is in sparing quantities.</p> -<p>If upon arriving at the rock, he finds a cross reef or ledge -rock, rising one foot or more above the rocks downward stream -from his position, he may then prospect outward either way -toward the banks of the creek, keeping close to the rock on -the lower side, till he arrives a little outward from the current -where the waters formd an eddy, as denoted by a mixture -of alluvium with the sand and gravel of the creek. In those -situations, he may expect to find gold. If he finds gold in such -a locality, he may prospect outward toward the banks of the -creek, till he has exhausted the whole deposit.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_126">126</div> -<p>As the tilted rocks of the gold district have universally one -course, and as creeks meander across them in nearly every possible -direction, there are chances in many places for reefs of -rocks to traverse the beds of creeks, directly along their channels. -Under such circumstances, but little gold has been deposited. -If the miner continues his search along the creek downward, till -he arrives at a bend in it, where the water is forcd over such -reefs, a little outward from the channel, gold is often found in -great abundance—watching carefully whilst excavating the earth -in such places, to prospect the lower side of any reefs that may -be found there.</p> -<p>If a rock of several feet in hight traverse crosswise the whole -width of a creek, so that the only passage for the water of the -stream is over it, like the fall of a mill-dam, its force seldom allows -gold to be deposited near to it. But a short distance below, -where the first quiet waters occurd, gold may be found in -lateral and central pockets and little basin-shapd hollows of the -rock at the bottom of creek deposits.</p> -<p>Again, if a rock project from any portion of the stream, so -high that water cannot run over it but is forcd around it, an eddy -is in such case formd immediately below it, in which situation -gold may be expected to be found.</p> -<p>In some situations, along some of the creeks, as at Sullivan’s -camp, on one of the tributaries of the St. Waukeen, the slate -rock, on which the gold was deposited, has since been decomposd -to a considerable depth below the tertiary deposit. It -would seem that a second solubility of the iron deposits had -taken place, and liberated the gold to settle down into the decomposd -rock. In such situations, the miner continues to prospect -downward, as long as he finds gold abundant enough to -reward his labors.</p> -<p>Creek-washd gold is sometimes found higher up in the banks -from the current of creeks than the experiencd miner is aware -of, but the man acquainted with the appearance of creek-worn -pebbles is never at a loss to determine the agent that placd them -there—and if, in such situations, he finds rounded, creek worn -pebbles, he may conclude that the pebbles and gold also were -deposited there by water. In such cases, it becomes the miner -<span class="pb" id="Page_127">127</span> -to examine the bearing and level of the creek above such place, -and see if the creek may not some day have formd an eddy -there, and deposited its various contents. If, still higher up in -the bank, he finds gold entirely angular, he may conclude that it -has slidden down from the hill above.</p> -<p>Another thing to be observd by the miner, relative to creek-gold, -is, that in prospecting up and down creeks for gold,—he -carefully observe where a level expanse is formd at the foot of a -cascade. Near the head of such expanse, between the cascade -above, and the next one below, he will find gold more abundant -than toward the lower end of such expanse.</p> -<p>In searching for eddies of creeks, where the greatest amount -of gold is often deposited, the miner should bear in mind that -eddies formd in time of freshets, are most likely to contain the -most and heaviest gold, from the fact that much power is requird -to move heavy gold, and tertiary sediment.</p> -<h3 id="c37"><i>Mode of searching for the Third Variety.</i></h3> -<p>To obtain a knowledge of prospecting for bar gold, requires -also a knowledge of the philosophy of running waters—yet -gold is prospected with less difficulty in the bars of large rivers -than creek-gold.</p> -<p>As the bar gold is very light and thin, it is subject to the various -freaks of running water, in which it is mechanically suspended, -during times of freshets. In prospecting therefore, for -gold along the bars of rivers, the principal thing to be attended -to, is the formation of eddies along those streams, which, if the -edges of the water were straight and unbroken, through the -length of a bar, would also be formd along in straight lines but -a short distance from shore, or outer edge of the water. These -eddies are the intermediate line between the downward current -of the stream, and the retrograde or upward movement of the -water along the shore, where water is nearly in a quiescent -state.</p> -<p>But as the edges of streams are rough and uneven, the eddies -are also formd uneven. Hence, a deposit of gold in those -eddies, is not straight, but varies according to the unevenness of -the shore.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_128">128</div> -<p>Such a line of quiet water, is the only deposit of bar gold -which is likely to be richest, near the heads of bars.</p> -<p>The best method of prospecting for bar gold, is to commence -an excavation, a short distance out from the water of the river, -near the head of a bar, digging downward but a short distance -among the sand and gravel, occasionally washing the earth.—And -if gold is found, progress toward and from the river, till the -richest deposit is found. Then change the course upward and -downward the river, and continue to prospect as long as gold -is abundant enough to pay for working.</p> -<p>As this gold is subject to subsequent removals by every -succeeding freshet, it never gets deeply embedded in any -solid tertiary deposits. Hence, it is most usually found among -loose sand and gravel, near the surface.</p> -<p>This search should be made when the water of rivers is quite -low, which time is also best in searching for the other two varieties.</p> -<p>If along a line of bar deposit, a rock is found protruding high—gold -may be expected more abundant immediately below it, -than elsewhere.</p> -<p>To those searching for gold along the bars of rivers, it was at -first, not a little surprising to learn that but little gold was deposited -toward the center of the stream—but on reflection,—it -will be seen that the water is too violent to admit floating gold -to come to rest in such situations.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c38"><span class="small">CHAPTER XXII.</span></h2> -<p class="revint">Cost of transporting Goods from the several embarkadaries to the mines—Price of -Merchandize in the mines—Cost of Provisions—Price of Medical Services—Administration -of Justice—Manner of spending the Sabbath.</p> -<p>From the two principal embarkadaries upon the St. Waukeen -and Sacramento rivers of California, provisions and mining -<span class="pb" id="Page_129">129</span> -implements are transported to the seat of mining operations -at exorbitant costs.</p> -<p>On passing up to the mines from a place calld Stocton, upon -the St. Waukeen, our company hird a teamster to carry our -goods and implements, for which we paid him, for one wagon -load, more than <i>fourteen hundred dollars</i>, rated at 30 cents per -pound. Afterwards during the summer, goods were carrid on -pack mules at a somewhat less cost. It may also be added, -that conveyances were got up for the accommodation of passengers -between Stocton and the mines, a distance of 70 or 80 -miles, at a charge of 2 ounces of gold dust for each passenger, -which, according to its value in California, is worth $32.</p> -<p>From Sacramento city, the present head of navigation upon -the Sacramento river, similar prices are chargd for the transportation -of goods into that quarter of the mining district.</p> -<p>The price of merchandize at the mines is quite dissimilar to -prices in the States. Tea, best, per pound, is worth from $2 to -$4. Common sizd frying pans at $8. Tin pans, a large size, -at $8 apiece. India rubber elastic cots at $50 to $75 each. -Calf-skin shoes, per pair, at $8, and boots at $16. An ordinary -article of ax-helve at $3. Lumber, scarce, at $2 per ft. Pint -tin cups at $1.50 each. Coarse sheeting, 50 cents per yard.</p> -<p>The cost of provisions ranges somewhat as follows. Flour -is worth, per pound, from 75 cts. to $1. Pork, per pound, $1. -Beans are sold by the pound, at $1 per pound. Rice, per lb., -62½ cents. Light bread, per loaf of one pound, $1. Beef, 25 -cents the pound. Potatoes are sold by the pound, at 50 cents. -Green peas preservd in air-tight jars, per pint, $4. Onions, per -pound, $2. Public meals, $2.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p><i>Medical services</i> are likewise high, in the mining district. -Each visit, near to patient, is 1 oz. of gold, or $16. If a week’s -attendance is requird, no reduction upon each visit is made. -For extracting a tooth, $10 is chargd. Very extravagant prices -are chargd for distant visits.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>In relation to the <i>administration of justice</i> in the mining district, -wherever a sufficient assemblage of miners exists to be -<span class="pb" id="Page_130">130</span> -thought worthy of judicial attention, an alcalda or justice of the -peace is appointed, who presides over the judiciary department, -with almost as unlimited sway as an emperor. And although -in addition to an alcalda, a sheriff is appointed to a permanent -office, and cases are almost universally tried by a jury, which -is summond by the sheriff, yet they are generally selected of a -stamp congruous to the feelings of the alcalda. From the decisions, -no appeal can ever be made, whether right or wrong. -I would likewise remark, that decisions are very apt to be made -against the party having the most gold, and especially if one of -the parties is rather low in circumstances. Such a state of judicial -dispensation may seem somewhat objectionable, at first -thought, but when we reflect, that where no legislation exists, -lynch law is the only mode of dispensing justice, to which men -can well resort, and this is so terrific in its consequences of -criminal justice, that rogues tremble in view of its administration. -Much more civility and less theft exists in the mines than -might at first be supposd.</p> -<p>The costs of legal services may be arrangd somewhat as follows: -Alcaldas, for each suit, 1 oz. To the sheriff, 1 oz. To -each juryman, half an ounce of gold,—and legal pleadings are -often enormous, even to $100 for the service of an hour or two.</p> -<p>The several foregoing costs of transportation, price of merchandize, -costs of provisions and medical services, are very often -increasd or diminishd, according to location, distance, or difficulty -of transporting, and also the season of the year.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>There is a consideration, likewise, in relation to <i>spending the -Sabbath amongst the gold mines of California</i>.</p> -<p>The reader may greatly wonder what is the mode of spending -the Sabbath there, when I say to him, that the Sabbath appears -as silent as the house of mourning. Seldom is a man -seen with his implements in his hands, laboring for gold. All -around is quiet, except now and then a few horsemen are passing -from one little town to another, for purposes best known to -themselves. What, then, is the wonderful employment or idle -condition of miners upon that day? Alas! every public tent -through the whole mining region is resorted to for gambling. -<span class="pb" id="Page_131">131</span> -In each of these tents, stands from one to four or six monte tables, -around which, miners of all classes assemble to risk their -fortunes. These tables are arrangd with small or large sums of -money, by one or more persons, according to the ability of the -person or persons that establish them. The sums of money so -arrangd are calld banks, or monte banks. On opposite sides of -the table, sit two men, who manage the affairs of the bank, and -deal the cards by which the fate of bettors is determind. This -game at cards is carrid on from morning till night, and often -through the following night till twilight breaks upon them, with -the stillness and quiet of a religious assemblage.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/p2.jpg" alt="Cornucopia" width="317" height="490" /> -</div> -<div class="pb" id="Page_132">132</div> -<h2 id="c39"><span class="small"><span class="larger">DESCRIPTION OF CALIFORNIA</span></span></h2> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/melon.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="425" height="70" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c40"><span class="small">CHAPTER XXIII.</span></h2> -<p class="revint">Alta or Upper California With respect to Agriculture—Climate and Health of Alta -California—Navigation of its two principal Rivers—Some of the principal Towns -of Alta California—Its Bays and Harbors.</p> -<p>It can hardly be imagind, how the business of agriculture -can be carrid on successfully in a country circumstancd like -Upper California. In the mountainous portions, grain can not -do well without resort to irrigation, and this, from extreme cost, -can not well be done on an extensive scale.</p> -<p>The low country of the great valley of the St. Waukeen and -Sacramento, is not unfrequently inundated a month or two, during -the latter part of the winter, which renders passages from -one part of the valley to another by land, entirely impracticable, -and although along the borders of those two large rivers, and to -some distance outward from them, there is a good soil, yet it is -well known to farmers, that wheat will not live but a few days, -entirely immersd in water—so that the wheat crop could never -be depended upon as a safe investment.</p> -<p>Along the borders of these rivers, in some places, the native -grasses are of a tolerable growth. Outward toward the base of -the mountain, the earth becomes so dry during the summer, -that vegetation is entirely dried up. It however arrives at maturity, -at a stinted growth. I have seen native oats growing -upon the plains of the great valley. These also are not very -enormous in size. Notwithstanding, they for awhile furnish -good grazing for the roaming cattle of the country, upon which, -and the short bunch grass growing upon some of the hills, they -<span class="pb" id="Page_133">133</span> -become very fat during the summer. But as the grasses of the -country are of so stinted a growth, farmers cannot live in crowded -communities, as in the States, but at distances of from 10 to -20 miles apart. Locations of this kind are calld ranches, or -rancheros, and farmers so living often own several hundred head -of cattle and horses.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p><i>The climate of California</i>, of which I shall next speak, varies -considerably in different parts of the country, according to its -distance from the ocean or from the Neveda mountains, or the -unevenness of the surface of the country.</p> -<p>In the mountain district of the Neveda range, the climate -was describd in the geography of that portion of California.</p> -<p>Lower down and westward, along the great valley, the climate -is milder, through the whole of the year. I believe the -large rivers of the valley are not frozen during the winter, and -the weather in summer is quite warm. Thus far from the axis -of the Neveda mountains eastward, to the two great rivers -westward, during the summer season, the sky is serene, and -the stars and planets shine with great splendor.</p> -<p>No dew falls in that part hitherto describd, during the hottest -season of the year, and travelers may lie upon the ground without -exposure from the unhealthiness of a damp ground and a -moist atmosphere.</p> -<p>Farther outward, and along the coast, the country is much of -the time during the year, coverd with fogs, which render it unpleasant, -and in some measure unhealthy. The town of San -Francisco, most of the year, is envelopd in a thick fog, during -much of the night and the following day, till 10 or 11 o’clock, -after which time the wind becomes of sufficient strength to clear -away the fog, which often renders the remainder of the day unpleasant. -This town, from the almost continued dampness of -the atmosphere, and the unavoidable use of mineralizd water, -can hardly be considerd a healthy place. Dysentery and fever -seems to be the prevalent disease.</p> -<p>I had nearly forgotten an idea which I now recollect to have -heard, relating to the dryness and purity of the atmosphere of -California. It has been said that the flesh of animals may be -<span class="pb" id="Page_134">134</span> -hung up in the open atmosphere, till it becomes perfectly preservd -by drying, without salt, and during such process, no annoying -insects ever disturb it—and also, that a man would never -die there, except by being dried up.</p> -<p>It is true, that the Spaniards have a mode of preserving the -flesh of the ox, by cutting it into very small strips, and hanging -it upon strings cut from the raw hide, where it is exposd to the -heat of the sun. In this way, meat could be preservd in any of -the States, but if it be left in large masses, and so circumstancd -that any part of it is kept from drying immediately on the outside, -the green fly, an insect common to that country as well as -the States, is presently found to be a loathsome intruder.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>When I left the mining district for the valley, on my way to -San Francisco, on the 13th of October, I saw eight or ten vessels -lying at Stocton, and at the head of Suisan bay, three or -four more, and at the head of Pablo bay, six or seven more. -These, with ten or twelve lying at Sacramento city, and as many -more scatterd along the two rivers and in the several bays, added -to about 130 which I counted in the harbor of San Francisco, -on my arrival there, will make about 175 vessels within the -country of California. Most of the vessels lying in the harbor -of San Francisco, were inactive, for want of help to work them.</p> -<p>The business of transportation upon the two rivers, St. Waukeen -and Sacramento, I believe to be as profitable as any that -is attended to in California. When I left, two small steamers -were constantly plying between San Francisco and Sacramento -city, and another was being put together at Suisan bay, for the -navigation of the St. Waukeen. More busines at present is -done upon the rivers by launches, a small vessel of only one -mast, than by any other vessel. These are more easily managd -than large ships, along the intricate windings of those extremely -crooked rivers, but so soon as a sufficient number of -steamers can be obtaind for the business of the rivers, other -means of transportation will in a great degree cease.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>That portion of Alta California, where at present men’s conceptions -are most vivid, and where at every corner, pass or avenue, -<span class="pb" id="Page_135">135</span> -the lively turn of the foot is seen, and where men’s views -and feelings to-morrow will not be what they are to-day, and -where also the sight of the golden streams from the Neveda -mountains produce electrical shocks upon all persons, whose -hearts are tund to chant the new and animating lays of later -scenes of better days, and where nearly all of the “Elephant,” -in his varied and portentous displays, is seen—may be comprisd -within the small tract of country, over which the waters of -the two principal rivers, Sacramento and St. Waukeen, flow. -Along these waters, are several newly laid out towns, together -with some of ancient Mexican date.</p> -<p><span class="sc">San Francisco</span> is situated upon a side hill, on the south side -of the bay of the same name. Its inhabitants were reckond, -on the first of November, ’49, at 25,000, though six months before -there were scarcely 5000. Such has been the rapid progress -of San Francisco. The town is 10 or 12 miles within -the entrance of the bay from the ocean.</p> -<p>At the head of Pablo bay, is a newly laid out town, calld -<span class="sc">Benetia</span>. It lies on the north side of the strait between Pablo -bay and Suisan bay. This strait will doubtless bear the name -of Benetia. The town will ultimately be a pleasanter one than -San Francisco. One mile east of Benetia, upon the same side -of the strait, the United States have establishd an arsenal.</p> -<p>At the head of Suisan bay, is a new town calld <span class="sc">Western -New York</span>. This town lies on the south side of the waters -of the bay, upon, a flat piece of ground, at the lower confluence -of the Sacramento and St. Waukeen. The delta between the -upper and lower confluence, is about 20 miles in length. New -York, situated as it is, will command the business of both -rivers, and if it is lucky enough to avoid being inundated once -a year, will ultimately be a place of considerable importance.</p> -<p>At the present head waters of navigation for the St. Waukeen, -upon a slough about three miles distant from the river, is -a town calld Stocton, the principal embarkadary for the south -division of the mining district. This town is situated on low, -flat ground, which rises but little above the waters of the river, -at lowest stages. When the country around is overflowd with -<span class="pb" id="Page_136">136</span> -water, this town must necessarily suffer much inconvenience -therefrom.</p> -<p>The last town which I shall here mention, is <span class="sc">Sacramento -city</span>. Like Stocton, it is situated at the present head waters of -the Sacramento river. It serves as the principal embarkadary -for the northern mining region, as Stocton does for the south, -and from this place, provisions and implements are carrid to all -parts of the northern mining region. The place is more than -half as large as San Francisco, and is fast improving.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>Before closing the subject of California, a few remarks concerning -its <i>bays and harbors</i> may not be uninteresting.</p> -<p>The <span class="sc">Bay of San Francisco</span> is nearly surrounded by high -hills, with a narrow entrance from the ocean, and now and then -an island is interspersd, to hide the scenery of its waters from -the hills contiguous to the town of San Francisco. It is large -enough to contain the shipping of the whole world, and its waters -are not of inconvenient depth for anchorage.</p> -<p>Next above this, lies <span class="sc">Pablo bay</span>, or <span class="sc">Bay of St. Paul</span>. It is -inferior in size, but ships can anchor in any part of it, and lie at -all times with a tolerable degree of safety.</p> -<p>At the head of Pablo bay, commences <span class="sc">Suisan bay</span>, which extends -upward to the delta that divides the two rivers, Sacramento -and St. Waukeen. The waters of this bay are so shoal -that vessels have difficulty in sailing over it, except directly -along its channel.</p> -<p>The distances across the several bays are as follows. From -San Francisco to Pablo bay, is about 10 miles, and through -Pablo bay to Suisan bay, is 40 miles, and Suisan bay differs -but little from 50 miles in length, from Benetia to New York, -at the head of the bay.</p> -<div class="pb" id="Page_137">137</div> -<h2 id="c41"><span class="small"><span class="larger">HOMEWARD BOUND.</span></span></h2> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c42"><span class="small">CHAPTER XXIV.</span></h2> -<p class="revint">Scenes on the Pacific Ocean.—Difficulty of reaching the harbor of Panama, by sail -ships.—Arrival at Panama.—The town of Panama, and its inhabitants.—Passage -across the isthmus, to Chagres.</p> -<p>After a stay in California of a little more than five months, -I took my departure for home by way of the ocean, on board a -sail ship bound for Panama, the 21st day of October, 1849. As -there is often a difficulty in getting out of the bay of San Francisco -into the ocean, with sail ships, on account of a strong -wind that is much of the time blowing through the straits eastward -from the ocean, and the dense fog that envelops the sea, -at the entrance of the bay, we were detaind nearly two days -before we could pass the straits into the ocean.</p> -<p>Our passage from San Francisco to Panama, was accomplishd -in 40 days, a distance of about 4000 miles, tho’ along the -coast, it would not much exceed 3500. This passage was considerd -by the master of the vessel, as expeditious as is common -upon waters of as little wind as is not unfrequently witnessd -upon the Pacific ocean.</p> -<p>Whilst on my passage from Oregon last spring, to California, -I saw a short distance from ship, a whale, in an attempt at -running a race with us. He kept along in a parallel course -with the ship, one or two miles, and then left us. Ship-masters -say they will outrun the fleetest ship.</p> -<p>But we saw on our passage from San Francisco to Panama, -but few of the monsters of the deep, so often describd in history -<span class="pb" id="Page_138">138</span> -and romance, although this coast is the place to which whalemen -resort. At a distance from ship, we saw now and then a -few whales, spouting the briny waters high into the atmosphere—and -then again, a shoal of porpoises surrounding the ship—some -of which, our sailors caught with their hooks and lines.—The -flesh of the porpoise is of a reddish color, and coarse, but -tolerably pleasant to eat.</p> -<p>The dolphin is a small fish of only two or three feet in length—and -has the power of changing its color. The flesh is said -to be poisonous in some degree, and is therefore not good for -food. These fish are shy and hard to take, except by stratagem.</p> -<p>Our captain is an old whaleman, and his vessel was fitted -out from Nantucket, for that purpose. On our way south,—he -one day took 4 or 5 men into a whale-boat, and started out from -the vessel in pursuit of some black fish we saw at a short distance -from us. We had not watchd him long before we saw -him returning with a large black fish in tow of his whale boat. -He presently came along side, and down the halyards were let—to -haul the monster upon deck,—and in a few minutes, -was seen stretchd athwart the ship, a giant fish, weighing about -2500 pounds,—out of which, was obtaind 4 barrels of oil.</p> -<p>This was a specimen of whaling on a small scale. The fish -here caught, was a species of whale, and was organizd similarly. -A few inches from the end of his snout, upon the top of -it, was a valve, about 3 inches square, out of which, the animal -spouts.</p> -<p>After tossing and rolling about upon the wide Pacific, till I -was utterly tird of my situation, we at length arrivd at the outer -confines of Panama bay, on Monday, Nov. 26. Although this -bay is more than 100 miles wide at the entrance, yet it is so situated, -that most of the year, there is a wind from the Caribbean -sea, blowing across the continent outward from the harbor -of Panama, which renders an entrance into it slow and difficult. -We, however, after tacking the ship the tedious number of 10 -times, arrivd in safety at the harbor of Panama, on the evening -of Friday, Nov. 30.</p> -<p>Our arrival at Panama, was an epoch of satisfaction to me, -<span class="pb" id="Page_139">139</span> -as well as my fellow passengers, after having experienced so -many days of monotony upon the ocean.</p> -<p>The anchorage for ships is inconveniently situated from -town, being nearly 3 miles distant.</p> -<p>After having arrivd at the town, and wanderd over it somewhat, -I found it to be located upon a rock, formd of successive -layers of apparent lava. But as my opportunity of examining -it was scanty, I could not well determine its character. The -town wears a dilapidated appearance, from its extreme age, and -a want of attention to repairs. Many of the houses are large,—and -three stories high, with broken down roofs, and with grass -growing out of every corner, and upon the roofs. They have -the oddity of being built partly of bricks, and partly of stone, -intermingld together in the body of the walls. They have windows -arrangd similar to windows in houses of the states, but -without sash or glass, being left entirely open. No chimneys -are built to any of the houses, and cooking is done with small -portable furnaces, or a fire is built upon the ground, between 2 -small rocks set up edgewise, so as to contain the fuel. In the -cooking apartments, an arrangement is made for the escape of -the smoke at the top of the room, so that it may not communicate -with their dining or sitting rooms.</p> -<p>The town, previous to the gold excitement of California, was -in a great measure, vacant of inhabitants, and large and commodious -rooms may have been hird for the small sum of 12½ -cents per day. The streets are mostly narrow, but they are tolerably -well pavd, and are washd nearly every day for ¾ of -a year, from the all copious fountain of the heavens above. No -drays or coaches are seen to mar the beauty of the streets, and -grass is seen growing even in the middle of the streets, and -along its sidewalks. This was once a populous town, but now—like -most other Spanish towns along the western coast of -America, is seen the marks of imbecility, indifference and decay. -They have a small market or two, to which all classes indiscriminately, -resort for their daily support. The town next to -the bay is walld around, upon which, a few cannon were placd -for its former defense.</p> -<p>The inhabitants speak the Spanish language. They are -<span class="pb" id="Page_140">140</span> -cleanly in dress, plain in their manners, and familiar in their -conversation. They are unassuming in their style, and liberal -in their hospitalities.</p> -<p>I am inclind to think the character of the American Spanish -has hitherto been misrepresented. During my stay in California, -I was located among that people, and I ever found them willing -to part with half their last meal to feed a hungry man. Although -the Spanish ladies are almost universally neat washers, -yet their is a want of taste in their dress, it being loosely, though -not fantastically adjusted about their persons. In their behavior, -their sitting and reclining postures have an unchaste appearance, -though this may arise from want of proper training.</p> -<p>The width of the isthmus from Panama across to the bay of -Darien, is not much different from 50 miles—but by the way of -the old Panama road to Chagres, the distance is about 64 -miles. Through this route the present emigration passes.—From -Panama, there is a portage of about 24 miles, to Cruses, -a town of about 150 houses, at the present head waters of the -Chagres river. There is also, another town of similar importance, -about 5 miles below, upon the Chagres river, calld Gorgona. -To this town, also, there is a road which leads off from -the Cruses road about half way distant from Panama to Cruses.</p> -<p>The present Cruses road is probably of as ancient date as the -town of Panama. It has once been pavd, and a tolerably good -road for pack animals to pass, but too narrow to admit of carriages. -Across the portage, the country is uneven, though not -mountainous, and much of the way, the road is cut through -hills of soft rock. At present, the pavement is almost all broken -up, and the road is muddy and disagreeable to pass, much of the -year, even with pack animals. Most of the property that now -passes that road, is carrid upon the backs of native citizens,—though -horses or mules can be hird at either end of the rout for -the transportation of property.</p> -<p>The houses of Cruses and Gorgona, and also a few scattering -houses along the portage, are made of Bamboo, a reed which -grows very tall, but small in size. These reeds are set upon -the ends, and firmly crowded together to the size of the requird -wall. At the corners of these walls, are set posts of sufficient -<span class="pb" id="Page_141">141</span> -strength to support the roofs, which are thatchd of the cocoa -leaf. After the roofs are completed, no rains can penetrate -them. The slender appearance of these houses, seems to be a -proof that no tornados or heavy winds exist along the isthmus,—and -some families live in tenements of nothing but a roof -placd upon posts in the form of a Dutch barrack.</p> -<p>The remainder of the way from Cruses to Chagres, is down -the Chagres river,—a stream of considerable importance in time -of high water, though not of sufficient depth to admit of the -navigation of any but small class steamboats, in times of common -stages of the river.</p> -<p>The country across the isthmus truly indicates a want of yankee -enterprise. No agricultural interests are resorted to for the -support of the inhabitants. All appears drear, and the country -is thickly coverd with low, leafy kinds of timber, heavily laden -much of it, with vines of various kinds, pending their branches -near to the ground. Now and then, however, along the way is -seen a small opening or lawn, where a few cattle are grazing—and -these of the thriftiest kind,—indicating the advantages -which might be derivd from the improvement of the soil upon -the isthmus.</p> -<div class="img"> -<img src="images/mroll.jpg" alt="Decorative glyph" width="178" height="43" /> -</div> -<h2 id="c43"><span class="small">CHAPTER XXV.</span></h2> -<p class="center small">Town of Chagres—Its inhabitants—Trip to New Orleans—Thence up the Mississippi to St. Louis—Arrival home.</p> -<p><span class="sc">Chagres</span> is a town of some over 150 houses, situated on the -South American side, at the mouth of the Chagres river. The -houses are like those of Gorgona and Cruses, many of which -appear to be of considerably ancient date. The ground upon -which the town stands, is of but little elevation above the waters -of the river, and it seems that it must inevitably become inundated, -should a strong wind continue to blow a considerable -<span class="pb" id="Page_142">142</span> -time from off the Caribbean sea. This town, as also Gorgona, -Cruses and Panama, belongs to the republic of New Grenada. -Bogota is the capital of this republic, and is situated interior, -several hundred miles to the south of Chagres. An entrance to -the mouth of the Chagres river, by sail ships, is often attended -with the danger of being wreckd on the beach. Hence, a steamer -is kept at the harbor for the conveyance of passengers from -them, at a distance of 2 miles, where they are obligd to anchor.</p> -<p>At the entrance of the river and contiguous to the town, upon -a projecting eminence, is an old, dilapidated fort, with a large -number of brass cannon scatterd about upon the walls. There -appear to be a few soldiers strolling about the fort, but with a -total indifference to the attention which a fort requires for its requisite -abilities, in an emergency.</p> -<p>The inhabitants of Chagres have more of negroes and negro -blood in them than the citizens of Panama, Cruses or Gorgona, -but they are of similar stamp with their neighbors in that part -of America, and speak the same language. The females dress -much in lawns and other light clothing, as is most suitable for -the climate. The religion here, and mostly throughout this part -of the country, is Roman Catholic.</p> -<p>The bells of the churches are generally hung in the windows, -or outside, near the ground, at their entrances. The cross-bar -on which they are hung, often contains two bells, so that the -ringing of them is frequently done by two persons, in quite a -ludicrous manner. The mode of ringing is performd by each -person’s taking a small hammer or stick, and striking upon the -outside of the bells, keeping time with each other, similar to the -beating of two drummers.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p><i>Saturday, Dec. 8th.</i>—Embarkd on board brig Major Eastland, -bound to New Orleans, and arrivd there, Thursday, December -20th. Our trip was a tolerably short and pleasant one, -for the season of the year. We experiencd no storm upon the -Caribbean sea, nor any through the Gulf of Mexico. Nothing -of importance was experiencd on the way, to change the monotony.</p> -<p>On the 21st, I left New Orleans by steamboat, for St Louis, -<span class="pb" id="Page_143">143</span> -a distance of 1200 miles by water, though probably not much -exceeding 600 direct. The old towns of Natchez and Vicksburg -are in a decayd condition. Memphis appears to be the -most thriving town between New Orleans and St. Louis.</p> -<p><i>Monday, Dec. 31st</i>, I found myself at the St. Louis levee, -after struggling with floating ice for a day or two, the latter part -of the distance. I left St. Louis, Jan. 2d, 1850, and arrivd at -Knox co., Ill., Jan. 8th, having been gone from home, one year, -nine months and five days.</p> -<p>On my arrival at home, I found my friends in a state of -health, though many deaths in town had occurd during my absence, -and the place had exceedingly improvd.</p> -<p class="center"><span class="gs">* * * * * * * *</span></p> -<p>A few remarks appendant to the foregoing, in relation to traveling -expenses, may be of use to those desirous to go to California, -by the way of the oceans and the isthmus. At present, -the arrangement for running steamers between San Francisco -and Panama, is, to leave each place for the other, but twice each -month, which is on the 1st and 20th. Sail ships are also running -between the two places with frequency. Prices of passage, -the fall of 1849, between the two places, were $300 cabin, -$150 steerage. On board sail ships, $150 cabin, and $75 -steerage. An arrangement from Chagres to New York, by the -way of New Orleans and Havana, is made by the U. S. Mail -Ship Company, for carrying passengers, so that passengers can -leave Chagres on the 28th of each month, at $150 cabin, $125 -forward, and $80 steerage. This state of things will not last -long, before there will be a sufficient amount of competition for -the speedy accommodation of all who wish to go to California.</p> -<h2>Transcriber’s Notes</h2> -<ul> -<li>Silently corrected a few typos; retained the author’s idiosyncratic and inconsistent spelling.</li> -<li>Retained publication information from the printed edition: this eBook is public-domain in the country of publication.</li> -<li>In the text versions only, text in <i>italics</i> is delimited by _underscores_.</li> -</ul> - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Journal of Travels from St. Josephs to -Oregon, by Riley Root - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS FROM ST. JOSEPHS TO OREGON *** - -***** This file should be named 62155-h.htm or 62155-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/6/2/1/5/62155/ - -Produced by WebRover, MWS, Stephen Hutcheson, The Internet -Archive (TIA) and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team -at https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from images -made available by the HathiTrust Digital Library.) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/62155-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/62155-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3c9e5e7..0000000 --- a/old/62155-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/62155-h/images/maxil.jpg b/old/62155-h/images/maxil.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index e421d95..0000000 --- a/old/62155-h/images/maxil.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/62155-h/images/melon.jpg b/old/62155-h/images/melon.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 696528d..0000000 --- a/old/62155-h/images/melon.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/62155-h/images/mroll.jpg b/old/62155-h/images/mroll.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 235bdaf..0000000 --- a/old/62155-h/images/mroll.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/62155-h/images/p1.jpg b/old/62155-h/images/p1.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index dd9262f..0000000 --- a/old/62155-h/images/p1.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/62155-h/images/p2.jpg b/old/62155-h/images/p2.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9ff245a..0000000 --- a/old/62155-h/images/p2.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/62155-h/images/spine.jpg b/old/62155-h/images/spine.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0056058..0000000 --- a/old/62155-h/images/spine.jpg +++ /dev/null |
